Home

ZyXEL P-2602HWLNI User's Manual

1. ARRET RET US FE EE BLAS SE CT BE DR EET ENEH WD EWI Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device has been designed for the WLAN 2 4 GHz network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada Viewing Certifications 1 Go to http www zyxel com 480 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix F Legal Information 2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product 1s free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either par
2. 131 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 13 Table of Contents 9 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST cesscccceeesssceceeeessncecerenteaees 132 9 3 Wireless PerTomiatibe D UOPVIGIN arisane Eolo Cep bk eA iaoiaeii FEM SUR ER iduku KERN AR 132 9 3 1 Quality of Semice QOS em 132 9 3 2 Wireless Distribution System WDS sissies ssassccsvssasautessiseadeedssiovsatarisadesteisssoeseenanees 132 gA Additonal Vkeless TOE 415p e P e Ehe Dr een R o vis o Pea MEME 133 9 9 General WLAN SCRE m e 133 cYcW Ni ems rij PPP VOTER 134 2 0 2 WEF EBD ION SOEIIPI couteaux i LEUR eel RUE pA DRE UDN OH ELE I Pe ERN MEA En 135 BROSWPALPHPSK uet beri t det tr N 136 9 5 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen eeleeseeee sees ea nei etna nah tha a a a nna a d n uan stnad a 138 9 5 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup assecuti eres inii Ste iu ep ebp Ibo epe Haee SURE HUE ONER 139 DD OTIS SEBO ni Locri oH po b Lt EAE EU S ERE ERE R E ee FERRE Hd Fa Fede A 140 2 0 0 Motes OW OUST E 143 cra ed A E 143 Up ASSODIBIOI EISE ace da pb etiaai a aR Lowe dread eM Md PU Rata AA Duda 145 uM IOS OPEM assssetebpsanttiutasubu ta itebicin pieni bed letter meni tele eas ti 145 9 9 1 Application Priority Configuration ssiaiezcxs ratto a rri Far FL R4 o e HR afe 147 BI WIDE BORGO qa tantas Ena Esaa atlas Rat bn ths pa EM Ls pecu Ebr bua LE EQU RI CURED EUER RAD LEA a a 148 ueri WEP d e ER 149
3. PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN L to L ZyXEL Device LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device W to W ZyXEL WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN Device ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device Table 168 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply 0 Echo reply message 3 Destination Unreachable 0 Net unreachable 1 Host unreachable 2 Protocol unreachable 3 Port unreachable 4 A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF 5 Source route failed 4 Source Quench P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 397 Chapter 27 Logs Table 168 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network Redirect Redirect datagrams for the Network Redirect datagrams for the Host Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network WI NI RIO Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host Echo Echo message 11 Time Exceeded Time to live exceeded in transit Fragment reassembly tim
4. 280 ToS ID ype and Comont Tm 281 18 9 1 ID Type and Content Exams ccc ccaiessiccsten deci ceedaaaieinaiade denise 282 Te OP c h nocE S Htc 283 T8 TEDO VFN PONES rere eee eee terre usui utet T a A 283 1 T2 IKE ILI 288 TAAT Negotin s m M 289 18 12 2 DitigsPHellman DH Key Groups 4 25 i ne t peei HEU da brkE So R EerR II Rr Or EE RE PEU SeaEE EDS 289 13 12 23 Perfect Forward Secrecy PED uoc euddeseetididekkuidad acte ciu d esas cid d dest x daa 289 18 13 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings iusserat ga nad x x dna Kia ec 289 Te sie Wey Se M ET 292 18 14 1 Security Parameter Index SPI ostrea n E arat tees 292 18 15 Copiguring Manual US 292 18 16 Viewing SA MONO 295 18 17 LUG Global SB icisxxksudercoduspti dad en Un o galt a btc nd Af dott d 297 18 18 Telecommuter VPN IP Sec Examples i torri ento cosisongssccananosasuaerioonecscasanssoseascaaerte 297 18 18 1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example eeceeeeeeeeeeess 297 18 18 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example sssssesssssss 298 18 19 VIN ang Remotes MOHSOSIWBRL 2aqedcbetonqestbetota abend pice iu inai Nanan 300 Chapter 19 MU T 301 TOT Mq CI o M 301 19 1 1Advantages 0f qeu ee 302 jJERE I Ew ipel o sni ni a 302 19 3 Coniiguration SOME
5. 44 Figure Firewall BO OWCAHON EET D T OE D D DOTT 45 Figure 3 LAN Ace LAN ABDIICSUON ues o DIE eER II UTE Pr tb Dealers bM aie 45 Figure 6 LEDS pe 46 Figure T Password ORB ceu odes pda cdc Le rd al dicated ll irk aaa de 50 Figur Ce Password Sorel oe 51 Figure 9 Replace Corilicato SOCON jecsessiesccresiansmccassrnsacexasidaonecdavnnninesaeinanmineiend isis sansa auonsessnnesniaasunaenitas 51 Figure 10 Wizard or Advanced SCION TE 52 Figure TI hi c 52 igus tT 5 1 po ca upiieaid anni aniline 64 gr cwkSuquls c leg em 64 Figure T4 Auto Detection No DSL COFPPIOGUIOE iiia cauce rer tu ni rior tuna oet ertt epe rette peer eE aan E e 65 Figure 19 Auto Detection PPPOE used ect tbi k o tnn ao x ceni sx en aces a REPE CI dL EP Iud i RA 65 Figure T6 Aud Detach Fallo oaactusdieaso en Itin I E RPEPITEPEPI TEE E REO UI ERE PN ERA HERREPL QE EET DR RE REE OS 66 Figure 17 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters ccccccssessccccceeeseececceeeseececenesecceeeenenaees 67 Figure 18 Internet Connection with PPPOE ioci rrt eorr inant eti nunen d eie opa dada RR EXE ERR E pu P eM aa aN 68 Figure 19 Intermet Connection with REC 1493 sccssieccsssievencsssstsencesesteese tuunia petram ueni ere dn Euc ate ee e 68 Figure 20 laemest Connection with ENET ENGAB isses ett tt ort LER ERE EE PE EM ELE Ka ra i 69 Figure 21 Inteiigl Connection wi PPPOA 2a sorbet FEE pr EE FE
6. Configure Using DHCP Server DHCP Client ID IP Address s will be supplied by server gt Suret mask lt will be supplied by server gt Router address lt will be supplied by server gt Search comans Name server addr x will be supplied by server gt 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 443 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer 1f prompted Verifying Settings Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 260 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu Grab File Edit Captu About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software System Preferences Dock gt Location 2 Click Network in the icon bar Select Automatic from the Location list Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list Click the TCP IP tab Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window 3 For dynamica
7. The ZyXEL Device at A sends outgoing authentication to the remote peer device vue The remote peer device confirms that the username and password match an account in its incoming authentication list The remote peer device forwards the call to Sales1 Sales1 picks up and the call commences 888 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 225 Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Phone Usage This chapter describes how to use a phone connected to your ZyXEL Device for basic tasks 13 1 Dialing a Telephone Number The PHONE LED turns green when your SIP account is registered Dial a SIP number like 12345 on your phone s keypad Use speed dial entries see Section 11 16 on page 198 for peer to peer calls or SIP numbers that use letters Dial the speed dial entry on your telephone s keypad Use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call regular telephone numbers 13 2 Using Speed Dial to Dial a Telephone Number After configuring the speed dial entry and adding it to the phonebook press the speed dial entry s key combination on your phone s keypad 13 3 Internal Calls BS When you have more than one phone connected to the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you can make internal calls from a phone connected to one port to a phone connected to another When you have more than one phone connected to a single anal
8. essen 220 Figure 128 VoIP to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication cccsccccccsscceeeeesssneeeeeenseceeeeenenees 220 Figure 129 VolP to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication ja ccccsscecsacevssnasseessannswenevanedsa etu eH aea ins 221 Figure 130 PSTN to PS TIN EXaITIG 2 raro Epub pukc tt i a E E A ARNa anrai 222 Figure 131 PSTN to PSTN Example General Configuration sseenne 223 Figure 132 PSTN to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication eerte nennen 223 Figure 133 PSTN to PSTN Example Call Rule iir edt da oda d bod e o neat oa 224 Figure 134 PSTN to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication seee 224 mosaic Posee M 235 Figure 135 Three Vias Hands hako sssrinin ian N SE REIHEN REGR AR VR FAS RHOD ER Rad RS ades 236 ao meet dew dlp gm SUE 237 Figure 156 SIMU PACK qe 237 Fig re 139 Stateful INSPECT Pc T 239 Figure MO Firewall Gened uc idet rre aa Em Ev sa tUe et ERE AME but septbuletenn iid 248 zc X Rd Dc M diii 250 Figure 142 Firewall Edt RUIG sessionen pl a qt E seinen auis ERR E ect NEE AEN EE EAA SA ENIM CELA ut ERU D MR NEARNE 252 Figure 143 Firewall Customized SOFViIGGS cccccccsssenccacssseaacacsssianaseistiaancvors tenancies ER E bYEXS E HL MEX REV d da vende 254 Figure 144 Firewall Configure Customized Services esses enean nnne nnne nnn 255 Figure
9. 39 Iritrogducing Hia Cy AL DOVE ausosoreski axUGURRODL GUY AQURRECU ERU EA AA RO RU RM AGRAR GG UO OSSA RR 41 introducing ihe Web Gong Bl Lesser pe dina EVER E REX EP Pur COE ERE FEE blYatbpA S DONE eo rear ER an PEE paa 49 Wizards and SOG oii ie sak cadi oe QUORUM RENE EERER OX pa UESTRE ace AARAA REPE VERA iaka 61 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Lese ederet ttr k teo aa nn ek La ERR epe dea nn 63 bel E 77 Bandwidth Management e vIP2 o PN 83 cB RENI OU S I mE 87 NODNOER deiode RISE RM IUX E rA EUER YOU IUE EIE MRERTE Qai sls TRE NNARUSVES E RUES E A E VER E MEM EAM 99 WAN SOND e 101 AN SEIT H CHPTS 117 DU 3 p HMM a E S E SOE OENES EDN EAA 129 Network Address Translation NAT Screens cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenanaeeeeeeeeees 155 Qui ce 167 po 169 MO TOMAS ien rti peh AS TR PFEAISSR NE RERO NER PUDHS TER PRCU GEB Nen EDARBNNEPLLAN A babe Y Sp CHR ER PPOK E op Elda 211 lj 48r see ne RD eT Cre N 227 a T A I T E E T T RDRSTPE RES 231 dicis E E E A E E T A UL E E E 233 Firewall ConniguralON M 245 COUTTS NIL FE E T UE TT NE EEE 265 dures wemredlmes eet TOTIS 269 Pixel er 275 E eo S ansonsten dI nam cc E Em DAI ueni Er eid 301 PAINS B AE E A PR REPE E LEUR AR
10. sss 283 Table TOS Edt VPN PaCS 284 Table TIO Advanced VPN PONCIES gx ciccctsisicctsiatnnusiei densi Rese aaa 290 Table 111 VPN nct M 293 Table TZ YPN SA MOMIOF acs cotta vial daselbst aaie eda iss x edel enact CoD Me 296 TOET YPN Gba n o orna 297 Table 114 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example ccccsccccccessnneeceeessceeeeeenseneeceeenneanes 298 Table 115 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example sse 299 I zREtae uelin mW 303 Table 017 My Series IMPIT Luces ern Ea Pha ia d i Ch a Eo t a P an cet d Hd 305 Table uA P a ei id ee E 306 Table 119 My Ceriicate Detalls M M 310 Table TOU TUSE OAS axsctsuabdivenmecrdsc aa EE n SU CCP V AN IURE Okpad bx LAKE x CE eb Rap E EU cb LI 312 Tapie 121 TUU CA IMPON sonaren RANAN 313 Table 122 Trusted CA DES sosincs D pedi eon e pa HM ec Do em ba t td 315 Table 123 Trusted Remote HOSS uere papa PE e pd Eu E mta bes E Spi Gt Fre bride ee PEL UNE a onn eds 317 Table 124 Trusted Remote Host IPIDOFE ieciics cia eise sec eur Feu eti e ER CIE enna UP II E eS OON 319 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 35 List of Tables Table 125 Trusted Remote Host DOLI aol p vetu trpe c ira eol aa e d tr nata a tea gute t 321 PRES USED DIR Lp gr abe pP 323 Table 127 Directory Se
11. HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 E A 17 2 1 IPSec Algorithms The ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol RFC 2406 and AH Authentication Header protocol RFC 2402 describe the packet formats and the default standards for packet structure including implementation algorithms The Encryption Algorithm describes the use of encryption techniques such as DES Data Encryption Standard and Triple DES algorithms The Authentication Algorithms HMAC MD5 RFC 2403 and HMAC SHA 1 RFC 2404 provide an authentication mechanism for the AH and ESP protocols Please seeSection 18 2 on page 275for more information 17 2 2 Key Management Key management allows you to determine whether to use IKE ISAKMP or manual key configuration in order to set up a VPN 17 3 Encapsulation The two modes of operation for IPSec VPNs are Transport mode and Tunnel mode P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 271 Chapter 17 Introduction to IPSec Figure 156 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation Original IP TCP Data IP Packet Header Header Transport Mode IPSec IP TCP ap Protected Packet Header Header Header Tunnel Mode IP IPSec IP it Tus Protected Packet Header Header Header Header 17 3 1 Transport Mode Transport mode is used to protect upper layer protocols and only affects the data in the IP packet In Transport mode the IP packet contains the security protocol AH or ESP l
12. 19 11 Trusted Remote Hosts Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen This screen displays a list of the certificates of peers that you trust but which are not signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen You do not need to add any certificate that 1s signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen since the ZyXEL Device automatically accepts any valid certificate signed by a trusted certification authority as being trustworthy P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Figure 177 Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts Trusted Remote Hosts PKI Storage Space in Use 7 0 am 100 Trusted Remote Host Certificates Issuer My Default Self signed Certificate CN P 2602HWL D1A 001349000001 1 VeriSign cer Authority O RSA 1994 Nov 9th 2010 Jan 7th E S 00 00 00 GMT 23 59 59 GMT OU Secure Server Certification Data Security Inc c US Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 123 Trusted Remote Hosts LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more c
13. Security Security Mode Static WEP w WEP Key Note The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 13 or 29 characters or Please type exactly 10 26 or 58 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters a f or A F Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 48 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt Static WEP LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box WEP Key The WEP key is used to encrypt data All of the wireless APs including the ZyXEL Device must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively 9 10 2 WPA PSK The WPA PSK Pre Shared Key standard uses TKIP Temporal Key Integrity Protocol encryption When you choose this the Pre Shared Key you enter must have the following format Sixteen character common key common all APs in the WDS share the same common key All ASCII characters including spaces and symbols are allowed Eight character transmission key tx this must be the same as the next AP s reception key All ASCII characters including spaces and symbols are allowed
14. To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Access Status field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows 1 SSH 1 Telnet 2 HTTPS and HTTP 23 1 1 Remote Management Limitations Remote management does not work when You have not enabled that service on the interface in the corresponding remote management screen You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens The IP address in the Secured Client IP field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it 23 1 2 Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN Usethe ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN 23 1 3 System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remai
15. 115 Figure S9 LAN and WAN IF Aaa SBS Lui asd A 117 eee eee UN F cc o4 LE I ILI EE IU UM 121 Figure CO LAN E e 122 Figure 61 Advanced LAN SOBRE 2uesssecto ko eduxi tdt ped iecttuxt Mb OO sau iG IR AR bat Khan E E C KR ua kan 123 Figure B DFCP SD ascuaiueteqpetbemN ere pa t ID MNBEA UE NM ae eet ies 124 pica ee LANC on aW ut 126 Figure 64 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks sssssssee e 127 Figure GS LAN Ec ge E 127 Figure 66 Example of a Wireless NetWork 21 1 rts tn takii Le snan sAN A 129 route hy EPE ota NDO EI ae aA 132 Figure 68 Wireless LAN CI rM S 134 Figure 69 Wireless No Security 222a cien iret aono Et a ERU Kod ea EETA ER Ka RA KK EN dd 135 Figure 70 Wireless Slate WEF ENG iy Rin m 136 igus Ti VV WPA PPO o 137 54 X2 4011 vin NET 138 u UuNAEUIIO C IM HR c ope 139 Figure 74 Network gt Wireless LAN OTIST uussssisaseeie adden et aaaod Lexi nn a da a ad i od e da Ra 141 Figure 75 Example Wireless Client OTIST Sereen 24 cepere red ete bebe PHEEPPX eee bre Fees ae et b er pa ARE R bul 142 UL FIigesERISH gri e 142 Figure 77 OTIST In Progress on tha ZyXEL Devic Lunes nest Rt eiu iate na ku ERR n quid 142 Figure 78 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device iiiiesieexrer trea ette aa EHE Erben
16. DSL Firmware This field displays the current version of the device s DSL modem code Version WAN Information DSL Mode This is the DSL standard that your ZyXEL Device is using IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the WAN Mask Default This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable Gateway VPI VCI This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the wizard or WAN screen LAN Information IP Address This field displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This field displays the current subnet mask in the LAN Mask DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the ZyXEL Device is providing to the LAN Choices are Server The ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server in the LAN It assigns IP addresses to other computers in the LAN Relay The ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients None The ZyXEL Device is not providing any DHCP services to the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it WLAN W models only Information SSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in the
17. seessseeees 414 29 7 4 Backup Configuration Using TE TP ius esiti eret terr tret perta derriere ved roue 414 29 7 5 TFTP Command Configuration Backup Example ssssssseseseses 415 29 7 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients sseeeeeeeess 415 29 8 Using FTP or TF TP to Restore Configuration cccieiissssccsasivsensaseusteanassassccriasssiccnmnauady renee 416 29 8 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example resonet rta pid Kat 416 29 9 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads eere 416 29 9 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example 417 29 9 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload esses 417 PERS We UP FIS UPORI e 417 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents 29 9 4 TFTP Upload Command Example 1 isenee iter tort Roe E Eo RE ES Yo a d 3e sent ERR i4 418 Chapter 30 Sie ipeo oM Tr Uer ron 419 ENEE E WE ci e E E E A E E ieee E E 419 30 2 DOL LING DRQMOSIC 419 Chapter 31 Product Specification Ssss 423 31 1 Hardware Specihcati ns dsini sadid onani kuanda aia kaaa dad eaaa aiai aaide 423 12 Fimwaie SpECMCAIOMS e 423 21 3 VOICE SDSCICH OUR rsa eaaa E pp gd op LES uda 427 31 4 Wireless Features Wireless Devices Only ccccsseseec
18. Figure 183 Directory Server Add and Edit Name Server port Login Setting Login Password Directory Service Setting Access protocol LDAP Server address Host Name or IP Address 389 m m Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 127 Directory Server Add and Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Directory Service Setting Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters spaces are not permitted to identify this directory server Access Protocol Use the drop down list box to select the access protocol used by the directory server LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a protocol over TCP that specifies how clients access directories of certificates and lists of revoked certificates 1 Server Address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation or the domain name of the directory server Server Port This field displays the default server port number of the protocol that you select in the Access Protocol field You may change the server port number if needed however you must use the same server port number that the directory server uses 389 is the default server port number for LDAP Login Setting Login The ZyXEL Device may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the directory server Type the login name up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certific
19. This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired CRL Issuer This field displays Yes if the certification authority issues Certificate Revocation Lists for the certificates that it has issued and you have selected the Issues certificate revocation lists CRL check box in the certificate s details screen to have the ZyXEL Device check the CRL before trusting any certifica
20. To block allow both inbound WAN to LAN and outbound LAN to WAN traffic between the specific inside host network A and outside host network B If the filter blocks the traffic from A to B it also blocks the traffic from B to A Filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address To block allow IP trace route 14 7 2 Firewall The firewall inspects packet contents as well as their source and destination addresses Firewalls of this type employ an inspection module applicable to all protocols that understands data in the packet is intended for other layers from the network layer IP headers up to the application layer The firewall performs stateful inspection It takes into account the state of connections it handles so that for example a legitimate incoming packet can be matched with the outbound request for that packet and allowed in Conversely an incoming packet masquerading as a response to a nonexistent outbound request can be blocked The firewall uses session filtering smart rules that enhance the filtering process and control the network session rather than control individual packets in a session The firewall provides e mail service to notify you of routine reports and when alerts occur 14 7 2 1 When To Use The Firewall To prevent DoS attacks and prevent hackers cracking your network Arange of source and destination IP addresses as well as port number
21. Figure 146 Edit Custom Port Example Config Service Name MyService Service Type rcpiupe Port Configuration Type single C Port Range Port Number From 123 To 123 Cancel Delete 7 Select Any in the Destination Address box and then click Delete 8 Configure the destination address screen as follows and click Add P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 147 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address Edit Rule 1 M Active Source Address Address Type any Address 7 Start IP boso Address End IP noon X Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Destination Address Address Type Range Address 7 Start IP 10 0 0 140 Address zi piget End IP Roooi1s Address LUTS Subnet Mask 1 0 0 0 Action for Matched Packets Permit 7 Add gt gt Edit Delete Edit Delete Source Address List Any Destination Address List 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 9 Use the Add gt gt and Remove buttons between Available Services and Selected Services list boxes to configure it as follows Click Apply when you are done Custom services show up with an before their names in the Services list box and the Rules list box P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 257 Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 148 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permi
22. ReAuthentication Timer 1800 In Seconds Idle Timeout 3600 _ In Seconds Group Key Update Timer 1800 In Seconds Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 39 Wireless WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 PSK Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA PSK and WPA2 PSK simultaneously Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The seconds default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed T
23. e g is a Shorthand for for instance and e means that is or in other words P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icons The ZyXEL Device icon is not an exact representation of your device ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook computer on x Server DSLAM Firewall Num um em ci S c C Ns cm ea un exams rmt Telephone Switch Router Co ws P 2602HWLNI User s Guide a Safety Warnings Safety Warnings gt For your safety be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions e e e e e e e e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Please contact your vendor for further information Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports Place connecting cables carefully so th
24. Figure 92 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example A 192 168 1 33 b 192 168 4 1 Till P ams f B 192 168 1 34 E3 f a f Internet C 192 168 1 35 EJ D 192 168 1 36 dd dE IP address assigned by ISP P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 10 5 Configuring Port Forwarding BS If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen This screen is available only when you select SUA only in the NAT gt General screen See Appendix E on page 475 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 93 Port Forwarding Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server Port Forwarding Service Name ww z Pe a a 0 0 0 0 Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 Add Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 54 Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specifi
25. For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 1 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AALS A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL Device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an ATM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line DSL Access Multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP 7 1 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation
26. Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Czech s r o Modransk 621 143 01 Praha 4 Modrany Cesk Republika Denmark Support E mail support zyxel dk Sales E mail sales zyxel dk Telephone 45 39 55 07 00 Fax 45 39 55 07 07 Web www zyxel dk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Columbusvej 2860 Soeborg Denmark Finland Support E mail support zyxel fi Sales E mail sales zyxel fi Telephone 358 9 4780 8411 Fax 358 9 4780 8448 Web www zyxel fi Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Oy Malminkaari 10 00700 Helsinki Finland France E mail info zyxel fr Telephone 33 4 72 52 97 97 Fax 33 4 72 52 19 20 Web www zyxel fr Regular Mail ZyXEL France rue des Vergers Bat 1 C 69760 Limonest France Germany Support E mail support zyxel de Sales E mail sales zyxel de Telephone 49 2405 6909 69 Fax 49 2405 6909 99 Web www zyxel de Regular Mail ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH Adenauerstr 20 A2 D 52146 Wuerselen Germany Hungary Support E mail support zyxel hu Sales E mail info zyxel hu Telephone 36 1 3361649 Fax 36 1 3259100 Web www zyxel hu Regular Mail ZyXEL Hungary 48 Zoldlomb Str H 1025 Budapest Hungary 484 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix G Customer Support India Support E mail support zyxel in Sales E mail sales zyxel in Telephone 91 11 30888144 to 91 11 30888153 Fax 91 11 30888149 91 11 26810715
27. Subnet Mask fo 0 0 0 Destination Address Address Type Any Address z Start IP anon Any Address ee _Add gt gt End IP boso dites Address ZU Edit Subnet Mask fo 0 0 0 Service Source Address List Delete Destination Address List Available Services Selected Services Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply M Everyday IV sun M Mon V Tue M wed V Thu IV Fri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M All day Staro hou minute Endo hou minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 93 Firewall Edit Rule Packet LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this option to enable this firewall rule Action for Matched Use the drop down list box to select whether to discard Drop deny and send an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender of Reject or allow the passage of Permit packets that match this rule P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Table 93 Firewall Edit Rule continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Source Destination Address Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular single IP a range of IP addresses for instance 192 168 1 10 to 192 169 1 50 a subnet or any IP address Select an option from the drop down list box tha
28. P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Table 92 Firewall Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing firewall rule A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule Note that subsequent firewall rules move up by one when you take this action Order Click the Move icon to display the Move the rule to field Type a number in the Move the rule to field and click the Move button to move the rule to the number that you typed The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their numbering Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 6 1 Configuring Firewall Rules Refer to Section 14 1 on page 233 for more information In the Rules screen select an index number and click Add or click a rule s Edit icon to display this screen and refer to the following table for information on the labels P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 142 Firewall Edit Rule Edit Rule 2 M Active Action for Matched Packets Permit Source Address Address Type any Address z Start IP anna Any Address e _Add gt gt End IP fo 0 0 0 Edit lt lt Address
29. WPA PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable WPA2 TKIP AES No Enable WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable 472 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Antenna Overview An antenna couples RF signals onto air A transmitter within a wireless device sends an RF signal to the antenna which propagates the signal through the air The antenna also operates in reverse by capturing RF signals from the air Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN Antenna Characteristics Frequency An antenna in the frequency of 2 4GHz IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g or 5GHz IEEE 802 11a is needed to communicate efficiently in a wireless LAN Radiation Pattern A radiation pattern is a diagram that allows you to visualize the shape of the antenna s coverage area Antenna Gain Antenna gain measured in dB decibel is the increase in coverage within the RF beam width Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications For an indoor site each 1 dB increase in antenna gain results in a range increase of approximately 2 5 For an unobstructed outdoor site each 1dB increase in gain results in a range increase of approximately 5 Actual results may vary depending on the network environment Antenna gain is sometimes specified in dBi which is how much the antenna increases the signal power compared to using an isotropic antenna An isotropic antenna 1s a theo
30. ae CN CC me LAN Remote DNS 212 54 64 170 IPSec Router HQ 10 1 1 1 200 212 54 64 171 a GM Xn VPN Tunnel 2 192 168 1 1 50 3 172 16 1 1 50 If you do not specify an Intranet DNS server on the remote network then the VPN host must use IP addresses to access the computers on the remote network 18 9 ID Type and Content With aggressive negotiation mode seeSection 18 12 1 on page 289 the ZyXEL Device identifies incoming SAs by ID type and content since this identifying information is not encrypted This enables the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between multiple rules for SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses Telecommuters can use separate passwords to simultaneously connect to the ZyXEL Device from IPSec routers with dynamic IP addresses seeSection 18 18 on page 297 for a telecommuter configuration example Regardless of the ID type and content configuration the ZyXEL Device does not allow you to save multiple active rules with overlapping local and remote IP addresses With main mode seeSection 18 12 1 on page 289 the ID type and content are encrypted to provide identity protection In this case the ZyXEL Device can only distinguish between up to 12 different incoming SAs that connect from remote IPSec routers that have dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device can distinguish up to 12 incoming SAs because you can select between three encryption algorithm
31. 11 7 Phone You can configure the volume echo cancellation and VAD settings for each individual phone port on the ZyXEL Device You can also select which SIP account to use for making outgoing calls 11 7 1 PSTN Line With the PSTN line you can make and receive regular PSTN phone calls Use a prefix number to make a regular call When the device does not have power you can make regular calls without dialing a prefix number LES When the ZyXEL Device does not have power only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port can be used for making calls Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice You can also use the PSTN Line screen to specify phone numbers that should always use the regular phone service without having to dial a prefix number Do this for emergency numbers like those for contacting police fire or emergency medical services 11 7 2 ISDN Line With an ISDN line you can make and receive regular ISDN phone calls Use a prefix number to make a regular call You can also use the ISDN Line screen to specify phone numbers that should always use the regular phone service without having to dial a prefix number Do this for emergency numbers like those for contacting police fire or emergency medical services 11 7 3 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression Voice Activity Detection VAD detects whether or not sp
32. 12345 The settings dealing with dialing interval and a timeout period are left at default The ZyXEL Device waits 10 seconds after initial connection between PSTN caller and the ZyXEL Device for the PSTN caller to initiate VoIP trunking by dialing another number It waits 3 seconds between dialing digits before it determines that the entire phone number is entered These settings can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt General screen 222 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Figure 131 PSTN to PSTN Example General Configuration v Enable Trunking Auto Attendant Timeout sec fio Dialing Interval sec 5 v Enable Auto Attendant Authentication Password 12345 Cancel 2 Anoutgoing authentication account needs to be configured This account consists of the IP address and port number of the branch office ZyXEL Device as well as the username and password for authentication This username and password must match the incoming authentication account username and password on the branch office ZyXEL Device The name of this account is CityB referring to the branch office ZyXEL Device In this example the username is headquarters and the password is password This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen Figure 132 PSTN to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication l Peer Call Outgoing Authentication 1 2 3 4 EE po 5 6 7
33. 32 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Tables List of Tables Uc E c 0o cT 41 lis 274 NIE seperate eects E ERR 46 Table 3 Web Configurator Icons in the THe Bar 1e ceccer etcetera tetendit nt tice zt 53 Table d Navigation Panel SUITE uio rrr de Oo EEITE IE REY de rre EE PRI S 3 Sa MET TEN TXRP Rb 13K PERRA Fa PRESS 53 Table c Svalgbls POSU BR 25 0 pou I ERO ELMNNI ERU DER ARM ER P EM RN rM MM d i PME 57 Table 6 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters sssssssssssssssesseeeeene 67 Table 7 Internet Gonmection with PPPOE 15 beer SPI REY E Nada Len ba Fk E REP EA ARR EE Temes 68 Table 3 Intervet Connection with RFG T483 ueissasposesestd aso ee EE RPE Od wate mn EHI AEE FTN AEEER MES oneness 69 Table 9 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP 1 sert hr FRE Fd 19 Sarai EE ERR E SEE Rb aad ERU S ned 22 69 Table 10 Intemet Connection With PP PIC iusssacesskEU Pa EUR EEMPR ERU senaian kinkan onada iaaa EbX E aou RV saadi 70 Table 11 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard T use iie t tininda e exi div V osvb ebd Ekk vta NET REEF OE EP ba E 72 Table T2 Wireless LAN Seb Visa Z uuiusussien ci d ba e ate er a Rl la obe E een pease 73 Table 13 Manually Assign a WPA KOY aaxiitassertefexn ten iuh ironii NEUEN ait 74 Table 14 Manually Assign a WEP KOy Lettre t tape cet AREE eve R 75 Table 15 Voll Wizard ODIO ID 2d ces scanned phe oai roba x eub a kkb kd t Rada dia kb beet kata kata tb hug od 80 Table 16 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Infor
34. 373 374 System Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time and date settings 25 1 General Setup and System Name General Setup contains administrative and system related information System Name is for identification purposes However because some ISPs check this name you should enter your computer s Computer Name In Windows 95 98 click Start Settings Control Panel Network Click the Identification tab note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System Name In Windows 2000 click Start Settings Control Panel and then double click System Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button Note the entry for the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name n Windows XP click start My Computer View system information and then click the Computer Name tab Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as the ZyXEL Device System Name 25 1 1 General Setup The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN If you leave this blank the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used While you must enter the host name System Name the domain name can be assigned from the ZyXEL Device via DHCP Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 375 Chapter 25 System Figure 225 System General Setup System Setup System Name Domain Name Timer Password O
35. Advanced Setup screen Voice Compression field needs to be set to G 729 and DTMF Mode field needs to be set to SIP INFO Figure 123 VoIP gt Trunking gt General General Enable Trunking Auto Attendant Timeout sec Dialing Interval sec Enable Auto Attendant Authentication o o Password Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Each field is described in the following table Table 82 VolP gt Trunking gt General Interval sec LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Trunking Select this to turn on VoIP trunking on your ZyXEL Device Auto Attendant This is the setting which determines how long the ZyXEL Device waits for a caller Timeout to enter a phone number when it receives the call Enter the number of seconds before the Auto Attendant times out The default value is 10 seconds and entering 0 does not change the default Enter a value from 1 to 255 seconds When the auto attendant times out the phone directly connected to the ZyXEL Device rings Dialing Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait after you stop dialing numbers before it makes the phone call The value depends on how quickly you dial phone numbers The default value is 3 seconds and entering 0 does not change the default Enter a value from 1 to 255 seconds Enable Auto Select this to enable authentication for calls coming into your ZyXEL Device This Attendant i
36. CA Server Address Enter the IP address or URL of the certification authority server CA Certificate Select the certification authority s certificate from the CA Certificate drop down list box You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen where you can view and manage the ZyXEL Device s list of certificates of trusted certification authorities Request Authentication When you select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online the certification authority may want you to include a reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification request Fill in both the Reference Number and the Key fields if your certification authority uses CMP enrollment protocol Just fill in the Key field if your certification authority uses the SCEP enrollment protocol P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 307 Chapter 19 Certificates Table 118 My Certificate Create continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Key Type the key that the certification authority gave you Apply Click Apply to begin certificate or certification request generation Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen After you click Apply in the My Certificate Create screen you see a screen that tells you the ZyXEL Device is generating the self signed certificate or certifi
37. Choose an authentication algorithm Choose whether to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS using Diffie Hellman public key cryptography see Section 18 12 3 on page 289 Select None the default to disable PFS Choose Tunnel mode or Transport mode 288 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Set the IPSec SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long the IPSec SA should stay up before it times out The ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if there is traffic when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires The ZyXEL Device also automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA if both IPSec routers have keep alive enabled even if there is no traffic If an IPSec SA times out then the IPSec router must renegotiate the SA the next time someone attempts to send traffic 18 12 1 Negotiation Mode The phase 1 Negotiation Mode you select determines how the Security Association SA will be established for each connection through IKE negotiations Main Mode ensures the highest level of security when the communicating parties are negotiating authentication phase 1 It uses 6 messages in three round trips SA negotiation Diffie Hellman exchange and an exchange of nonces a nonce is a random number This mode features identity protection your identity is not revealed in the negotiation Aggressive Mode is quicker than Main Mode because it eliminates several steps when the communicating parties are
38. Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 9877 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 11 14 2 4 European Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Diala phone number directly to make another call If you want to have the call use a certain interface SIP PSTN or ISDN enter the SIP PSTN or ISDN prefix number first 3 When the second call is answered press the flash key and press 3 to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone to drop the connection 5 Ifyou want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections one is on line the other is on hold press the flash key and press 2 11 14 3 USA Type Supplementary Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the USA Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice After pressing the flash key if you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub co
39. ISDN Line Figure 117 ISDN Line gt General Call through ISDN Line ISDN Line Pre fix Number 0000 Relay to ISDN Line o 0 74 ondu m Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 78 ISDN Line gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION ISDN Line Pre fix Enter 1 7 numbers you dial before you dial the phone number if you want to Number make a regular ISDN phone call while one of your SIP accounts is registered These numbers tell the ZyXEL Device that you want to make a regular phone call Relay to ISDN Enter phone numbers for regular calls not VoIP calls that you want to dial without Line the prefix number For example you should enter emergency numbers The number 1 9 is not a speed dial number It is just a sequential value that is not associated with any phone number P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 207 Chapter 11 Voice Table 78 ISDN Line gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 23 Fixed Line Numbers Configure the Fixed Line Numbers screen to Use your analog phone s to make and receive calls over the ISDN line using Multiple Subscriber Numbers MSNs See Section 11 23 1 on page 208 The MSNs you enter here are used in the VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone screen which you must also conf
40. Layer 5 AALS The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to RFC 1483 for more detailed information 7 1 2 Multiplexing There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP 7 1 2 1 VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP etc VC based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical 7 1 2 2 LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried protocol for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 7 1 3 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more i
41. P S66 B 11e cesse snuace essa ducuc tust d apuc eae pp 2 dane konin eua d su E REOR 288 Figure 163 Advanced VEN POlCES i ciis karckc ber kagoconi ka spl bebo eter d Lao eei d bent ncn k ti i d n sana 290 zc mo VFN amid IK Gy Ee TT 293 Figure ToS VENE SS NIORIEOE 1 22 ss J 08s Maca eio Dao Paco Uo ao Ho dan uo e d ean Dada ee m uc e ace 296 Figure 156 VPN Global Gening seda eben Eier Ee enna Sabin obe bin Step usadas Phi Ended id 297 Figure 167 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example aces cere nanus 298 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Figures Figure 168 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example sse 299 Figure 169 Certificate Configuration Overview iieue ecce rrr ntn Ra anu ERR Rak xu ERR Ax k Ru senna uuu EEBAR 302 Figure 170 Why CORNCEIGS e 303 Figure T71 My Ceti IMPO 1 occae nisu eredi add el atl taal ed ea nat ded LR a Eu he aes 305 Figure 172 My COITU Croesia E a academia unii sies 306 Figure 173 MY C rniiicate Dera Mov 309 Foue Te mT a eM 312 Figure 179 rusted C IMENT cdndededitietn e bd nE 313 Figure 179 Tied CA DEIS esas tiesto cal A 314 goDDMEKADI CE ariire eR 317 Figure 176 Remote Host COMminGales e 318 Figure 179 Cerificate DANS E 318 Figure 180 Trusted Remote Host Mit de EP 319 Figure 181 Trusted Remote Host Details cc ccccssustccsestsaws cessssmiese
42. RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast Multicast packets are sent to a group of computers on the LAN and are an alternative to unicast packets packets sent to one computer and broadcast packets packets sent to every computer IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 24 Advanced Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type for applications with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation Select VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type for connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the S
43. Router LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router WAN to LAN Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply For example LAN to LAN Router means packets traveling from a computer subnet on the LAN to either another computer subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyXEL Device or the ZyXEL Device itself Default Action Use the drop down list boxes to select the default action that the firewall is take on packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of the firewall rules Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet for a TCP packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message for a UDP packet to the sender Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets Log Select the check box to create a log when the above action is taken for packets that are traveling in the selected direction and do not match any of your customized rules Expand Click this button to display more information Basic Click this button to display less information Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 6 Firewall Rules Summary BS The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in turn Refer to
44. VPN and Monitor to open the SA Monitor screen as shown Use this screen to display and manage active VPN connections A Security Association SA is the group of security settings related to a specific VPN tunnel This screen displays active VPN connections Use Refresh to display active VPN connections This screen is read only The following table describes the fields in this tab P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens When there is outbound traffic but no inbound traffic the SA times out automatically after two minutes A tunnel with no outbound or inbound traffic is idle and does not timeout until the SA lifetime period expires See Section 18 6 on page 2790n keep alive to have the ZyXEL Device renegotiate an IPSec SA when the SA lifetime expires even if there is no traffic Figure 165 VPN SA Monitor Monitor 1 O ow O n amp WY N O RI O RA O R O RIO RI O RI O RIO KRA ORO RR mm m om M om M om M m o o w Om 2 0 N OC N e mer Disconnect Refresh Name e Encapsulation IP Sec Algorithm The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 112 VPN SA Monitor LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the security association index number Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocol encryption
45. When these fragments are reassembled at the destination some systems will crash hang or reboot 6 Weaknesses in the TCP IP specification leave it open to SYN Flood and LAND attacks These attacks are executed during the handshake that initiates a communication session between two applications Figure 136 Three Way Handshake Client Server ACK E pee Under normal circumstances the application that initiates a session sends a SYN synchronize packet to the receiving server The receiver sends back an ACK acknowledgment packet and its own SYN and then the initiator responds with an ACK acknowledgment After this handshake a connection is established SYN Attack floods a targeted system with a series of SYN packets Each packet causes the targeted system to issue a SYN ACK response While the targeted system waits for the ACK that follows the SYN ACK it queues up all outstanding SYN ACK responses on what is known as a backlog queue SYN ACKs are moved off the queue only when an ACK comes back or when an internal timer which is set at relatively long intervals terminates the three way handshake Once the queue is full the system will ignore all incoming SYN requests making the system unavailable for legitimate users P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls Figure 137 SYN Flood Client Server SYN SYN SYN SYN SYN ACK SYN ACK SYN ACK SYN ACK Ina LAND Attack hackers flood SYN packets into
46. ZyXEL Network Operating System sometimes referred to as the ras file is the system firmware and has a bin filename extension Find this firmware at www zyxel com With many FTP and TFTP clients the filenames are similar to those seen next ftp put firmware bin ras This is a sample FTP session showing the transfer of the computer file firmware bin to the ZyXEL Device ftp get rom 0 config cfg This is a sample FTP session saving the current configuration to the computer file config cfg If your T FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the source you will need to rename them as the ZyXEL Device only recognizes rom 0 and ras Be sure you keep unaltered copies of both files for later use The following table is a summary Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename on the ZyXEL Device and the external filename refers to the filename not on the ZyXEL Device that is on your computer local network or FTP site and so the name but not the extension may vary After uploading new firmware see the Status screen to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version Table 176 Filename Conventions INTERNAL NAME Configuratio Rom 0 This is the configuration filename on the ZyXEL rom n File Device Uploading the rom 0 file replaces the entire ROM file system including your ZyXEL Device configurations system related data including the default
47. before releasing it On newer telephones there should be a flash key button that generates the signal electronically If the flash key is not available you can tap press and immediately release the hook by hand to achieve the same effect However using the flash key is preferred since the timing is much more precise With manual tapping if the duration is too long it may be interpreted as hanging up by the ZyXEL Device You can invoke all the supplementary services by using the flash key Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services This section describes how to use supplementary phone services with the Europe Type Call Service Mode Commands for supplementary services are listed in the table below After pressing the flash key 1f you do not issue the sub command before the default sub command timeout 2 seconds expires or issue an invalid sub command the current operation will be aborted Table 70 European Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call Switch back to the call if there is no second call Flash 0 Drop the call presently on hold or reject an incoming call which is waiting for answer Flash 1 Disconnect the current phone connection and answer the incoming call or resume with caller presently on hold Flash 2 1 Switch back and forth between two calls 2 Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call 3 Separate the cur
48. mode ENET Encar Select the encapsulation method used by your ISP Your ISP may list ENET ENCAP as Static IP or Dynamic IP Encapsulation Multiplexing Select the multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 6 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode From the Mode drop down list box select Routing default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box either VC based or LLC based Virtual Circuit VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit ID Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click Back to go back to the previous screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen The n
49. mode checkbox to allow any ZyXEL WLAN devices that support this feature to associate with the ZyXEL Device at higher transmission speeds This permits the ZyXEL Device to transmit at a higher speed than the 802 11g Only mode Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving changes Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 9 6 OTIST Screen Use this screen to set up and start OTIST on the ZyXEL Device in your wireless network To open this screen click Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST BS Ensure that your network s SSID is fewer than 23 characters in length before you start OTIST Click Wireless LAN gt General to change your network s SSID P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 74 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST OTIST Setup Key qQ Note 01234567 M Yes Please enhance the Wireless Security Level to WPA PSK automatically if no WLAN security has been set This will generate a random PSK key for your convenience Please make sure the SSID length is less than 23 characters before starting OTIST Start The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 42 Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST LABEL DESCRIPTION Setup Key Type a key password 8 ASCII characters long Note If you change the OTIS
50. r OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc Cc us Signature Algorithm rsa pkcs1 md2 Valid From 1994 Nov 9th 00 00 00 GMT Valid To 2010 Jan 7th 23 59 59 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 1000 bits MD5 Fingerprint 74 7b 82 03 43 f0 00 9e 6b b3 ec 47 bf 85 a5 93 SHA1 Fingerprint 44 63 c5 31 d7 cc c1 00 67 94 61 2b b6 56 d3 bf 82 57 84 6f Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format ALUEBhHNCVV Mx IDAeBgNVBAOTF1JTOSBEYXRhIFN1 1Y3VyaXR5LCBJbmMuMS4wLAYD VOOLEyVTZWNicmUgU2VydmnVyIENlcnRpZmljYXRpb24gQXV0aG9yaXRSMB4XDTKkO MTEwOTAwMDAwHFoXDTEwMDEwNzIzNTkiOVowXzELMAKGA1UEBhMCVVMxIDAeBgNV BAoTF1JTQSBEYXRhIFNl1Y3VyaXRSLCBJbmMulMS4wLAYDVQOLEyVTZWNicmUGU2Vy dnVyIENlenRpZmljYXRpb24gQXVOaG9yaXRSMIGbMAOGCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAAAGJ ADCBhQJ4AJLOesGugzSaqomDV6wlAXYMra6OLDfO6zVAZFQDSYRAUcm jwjiioII OhaGNiXpsSECrXZogZoFokvJSyVmIlZsi ePO4FZbYOHZXATcXY m3dM41CJVphI uR2nKRoTLkoRWZweFdVJVCxzOmmCsZc5nGiwZ0j1383WyB57A gMBAAEwDQYJKOZI hvcNAQECBQADfgBl3X7hsuyw4jrg7HFGmhkRuNPHoLQDQCYCPgmc4RKzOVr2N6W3 af RINT us I Tm ee TTT W PE SB ee Tine ee Oe eI ATTA TOE T LTTO TTA E Back Export Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 122 Trusted CA Details Issues certificate revocation lists CRLs LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change
51. ssssssssseeeeneeee 365 Figure 215 BRUDIEIMI PONCE Sao ice p dqietiiede solet aiete ien isi eta A 365 Figure 216 Network COnnectiGniE UM 366 Figure 217 Intemet Connection Properties occ ssecaeenissssaaceeuasseannewedssannneeins sanaadeeainaanetutsstnaecedarsnaceeasinees 367 Figure 218 Intemet Connection Properties Advanced Settings 5 itera eiit tb iauna 368 Figure 219 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add eseessueuss 368 Figure 220 System Tray ICON iotitasspa der bith Perd p Sarda cts capa Nath daedaw bah indus obit Sapna bon Bibi e I NAM RI inda 369 Figure 221 Internet GOnMECION SAS disiris eibar iiaeaa ob EUR p NINE a cU Pub I T RUbRA 369 Figure 22 NEDWOIK COMMO STONE 2125555 1091158 DIEM UE FOGSRR KR GENS ERECH EU Ha Ls Rad gait Att 370 Figure 223 Network Connections My Network Places cccssccccnssecncecnctanccseeeestenecteesseneecerentnenees 371 Figure 224 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example sssssss 371 Figura 225 System General Setup uius ene dte inta ER bn Beni a ad Ee E I E a Ri RR RE aaa 376 Figure 220 System TIT SGU usideceinasite satius m bUp a brin dei Eum E blletetei bust enne eDim ties 377 Foue 227 CAHE QUEEN succes i RE RRRHRHED ESO REL GEAA EEL LES ERU L HS EREE REEL KL FS KO aad 382 Figure 228 Call History gt Call HIStONY er 383 Figure 229 Call History gt Call History Settings ici icti ertt breed potiti is
52. the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection allows packets traveling in the following directions LAN to LAN Router This allows computers on the LAN to manage the ZyXEL Device and communicate between networks or subnets connected to the LAN interface LAN to WAN By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful packet inspection drops packets traveling in the following directions WAN to LAN e WAN to WAN Router This prevents computers on the WAN from using the ZyXEL Device as a gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN and or managing the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration You may define additional rules and sets or modify existing ones but please exercise extreme caution in doing so BS If you configure firewall rules without a good understanding of how they work you might inadvertently introduce security risks to the firewall and to the protected network Make sure you test your rules after you configure them For example you may create rules to Block certain types of traffic such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic such as Lotus Notes database synchronization from specific hosts on the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow everyone except your competitors to access a Web server Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules wo
53. up to eight digits which you must enter again when you pick up the call If you do not enter the correct number you cannot pickup the call This means that only someone who knows the number you have chosen can pick up the call You can have more than one call on hold at the same time but you must give each call a different number Call Return With call return you can place a call to the last number that called you either answered or missed The last incoming call can be through either SIP or PSTN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 427 Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 185 Voice Features Country Code Phone standards and settings differ from one country to another so the settings on your ZyXEL Device must be configured to match those of the country you are in The country code feature allows you to do this by selecting the country from a list rather than changing each setting manually Configure the country code feature when you move the ZyXEL Device from one country to another Distinctive Ringing With the distinctive ring feature you can assign different ringing tones to different incoming calls based either on the number that calls you or from where the call originates SIP PSTN or internal Use this feature to let you know where a call comes from before you answer it Do not Disturb DnD This feature allows you to set your phone not to ring when someone calls you You can set each phone
54. variations in delay Mid Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Low This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users 21 6 Configuring Bandwidth Management General Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT to open the screen as shown next Use this screen to enable or disable bandwidth management and to enable or disable automatic traffic classification Figure 188 Bandwidth Management General Bandwidth Management M Active M Auto Classifier q Note Automatically assign the packet to predefined classes depending on the packet size Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 21 Bandwidth Management The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 134 Bandwidth Management General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to enable bandwidth management Auto Select the check box to enable Automatic Traffic Classifier ATC ATC assigns each Classifier packet to a bandwidth management class based on its size since time sensitive applications such as VoIP tend to have smaller packet sizes than non time sensitive applications such as FTP When ATC is enabled traffic with a smaller packet size is assigned a higher priority than traffic with a lar
55. when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary occ WN Use get to transfer files from the ZyXEL Device to the computer for example get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to your P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools computer and renames it config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 29 7 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example This figure gives an example of using FTP commands from the DOS command prompt to save your device s configuration onto your computer Figure 244 FTP Session Example 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp gt bin 200 Type I OK ftp get rom 0 zyxel rom 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 16384 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp gt quit 29 7 3 Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in GUI based FTP clients Table 179 General Commands for GUI based FTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Address Enter the address of the host server Login Type Anonymous This is when a user I D and password is automatically supplied to the server for anonymous access Anonymous
56. with AP 2 the notebook computer can access the Internet through AP 2 Figure 67 Example of a WDS Link E Y Internet it ILI AP 1 AP 2 132 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 9 4 Additional Wireless Terms The following table describes wireless network terms and acronyms used in the ZyXEL Device s Web Configurator Table 35 Additional Wireless Terms TERM DESCRIPTION Intra BSS Traffic This describes direct communication not through the ZyXEL Device between two wireless devices within a wireless network You might disable this kind of communication to enhance security within your wireless network RTS CTS Threshold Use RTS CTS to reduce data collisions on the wireless network if you have wireless clients that are associated with the same AP but out of range of one another When enabled a wireless client sends an RTS Request To Send and then waits for a CTS Clear To Send before it transmits This stops wireless clients from transmitting packets at the same time and causing data collisions A wireless client sends an RTS for all packets larger than the number of bytes that you enter here Set the RTS CTS equal to or higher than the fragmentation threshold to turn RTS CTS off Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your wireless network There are two preamble modes long and short If a device uses a different preamble mode than the ZyXEL Dev
57. 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise 8 3 1 1 Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand i
58. 2 TIC diei dd ee toe 135 Table 38 Wireless Statio WEP EnOrypllDI iusssesecieus ct ritutta cubita phe tat resa ctb rid neta aak 136 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 33 List of Tables Tte 39 Wireless WPA PSRK nausibsaiisriemdzisris esi eu pa a erba grove tend serata qaa dae t Sr 137 tecwd amp vl mls T 138 Ie rubulii2 am aW Li Ein ERAADA EEEE EEE a 140 Tabie 42 Network gt Wireless LAN S OTIST isssexxeeton tdde aeo ret ae EIER anra rx levers rds oa E tan 141 Table 43 MAC Address FIT 2 scs ei pe i trietea etes tds oli eatxidet ena ie Tusc ktu ere en ER RI Na 144 Table 44 Wircless LAN Association LISE cciiceicssecsicoriescsiaresiessasaaauesingeustectiasardeesinqwustemiieeieersadereueeas 145 He uices DOS Tr 146 jr ibieklegesscupndPens r0 m 147 Tabu 4r Wueless LAN gt WDS aui e oin ute od erp Dr Da o P d E se Da Do D d 149 Table 48 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt Static WEP ssssssssssssessssessseeeneene nennen nennt nnn enne nnne 150 Table 49 Wireless LAN WDS gt WPA PSK Lanixczoncsebiotesiseeorerec testa adus EF ePERPYVLE EE IEA CE LEN E Fer Radar Eas Ee 152 Table 50 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt WPA2Z PSK useecctospte Ear rI ben ELE Epp R EIS etd E E EE E ERU Sad 153 TADE ST ERIS Meer 155 Table 527 NAT Mapping TYPES israiska ses qi de usui etn Fovod eia Ft dr Erin eb v a RENE ER OVI onii en 158 TOES NAT GENEE Me ccm TERN 159 Tabs o4 PORC EOBERIMIBIE cancuiodtiielqveliqnspspetes extr iedene PH ut
59. 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max 12 Watt max Safety Standards TUV CE EN 60950 1 TUV CE EN 60950 1 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 31 Product Specifications P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART VIII Appendices and Index Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 435 Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 447 IP Addresses and Subnetting 453 Wireless LANs 461 Services 475 Legal Information 479 Customer Support 483 Index 489 Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN port Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Sett
60. 2usustescd treten d Ebro PEE brladeda te tute ies Premi uEpE Tur Fa pte Vahl top TENE LIA tae 419 EE Har eis HERE I 420 Figure 248 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configurati n Lusia inta kk cn sco c 436 Figure 250 Windows 95 98 Me TGPHP Properties IP Addrees i e ertt entretenir tais 437 Figure 251 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration eessessssssss 438 Figure 252 VOUS A age dls IB narsiai decedit bursa o pep a tetas debat etra DOO GU 439 Figure 253 Windows XP COMI PATI ucciso ctncteseus caer tezisboct iubes tiec pntat oer tad eS ena ihe inaina 439 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Figures Figure 254 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties usus 440 Figure 255 Windows AP Local Area Connection Properties uicissim ak Cit tid ERR EE Hc na 440 Figure 256 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Settings eee rra rte etant trata an ia siannu ERR a add ania 441 Figure 257 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties cccccssssccceeessssceeeetteneeeceeessnanees 442 Figure 258 Macintosh OS e 9 Apple Meu sir eint aor kin Evo e Reb Ee ES ea EPI e Eni bu eorr EA ER A TEE ERR Lad 443 Figure 259 Macintosh Of BIS TEE scicisscsunccsssacduccuininieleosucs teksista beh atti R ELM Dx CIE CEU clu aia 443 Figure 260 Macintosh OS x Apple Menu uii iectensk coen brad Ehre ELE E PEE ER EUR NR kka S SUE GN ER PER EC REA d EPHLKRE Ert ERR ELI
61. Backup Gateway The following network topology allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is connected to the LAN Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical networks with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Put the protected LAN in one subnet Subnet 1 in the following figure and the backup gateway in another subnet Subnet 2 Configure filters that allow packets from the protected LAN Subnet 1 to the backup gateway Subnet 2 Figure 56 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup Subnet 1 192 168 1 0 192 168 1 24 Be Internet LAN gt dE j Backup Gateway Subnet 2 192 168 2 0 192 168 2 4 7 10 WAN Backup Setup Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s WAN backup Click Network gt WAN gt WAN Backup Setup P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 57 WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup WAN Backup Setup Backup Type DSL Link Check WAN IP Address 1 pooo Check WAN IP Address 2 foooo Check WAN IP Address 3 pooo Fail Tolerance lb j Recovery Interval o sec Timeout o sec Traffic Redirect Active Traffic Redirect Metric fis Backup Gateway 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 28 WAN Backup Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Backup Type Select the method that the ZyXEL Device uses to check the DSL connection Select DSL Link to have t
62. Calls With Digital Phones s 209 11 23 3 Configuring the Fixed Line Numbers Screen ssseens 209 Chapter 12 bul LONKING t M n 211 IAXETINIULIDSEST uU UP M 211 12 2 VolP Trunking and SOOO siecaxscseu ead pon E nni ipod pacc E o d tpa e ibaa 211 12 2 1 Auto Attendant and Authenticallon eh ede Cof itu he CEPI qu PE FO uda ehe sa bna Co ada uda 211 122 2 Peor Call Authentication uses occi aa petE nrbes d Lets a Man dE FE FM ped IS ess 212 pote ln TTE 213 124 VoiP Trunking Scenarios c ani a E 213 124 1 VolP Phone To PSTN PhOlS oz tat cass pa evecare a aA 213 124 2 PSTN Phone TO VolP PHONE uact reete E S REPRE RERE E AE AREA 213 12 4 3 PSTN Phone To PSTN Phone via VolP ccce to ornant rhet ann 214 12 5 Trunking General Soro Mc raa SiE E EAE EAAS SEAR ENNE 214 124 Wein Peer Cal Sreo ptt 215 12 7 Munking Cal Rub SOCON sosca on Mate attic A ERA o o P tado 217 12 8 VolP Trunking Exemplo VolP TG PSTN 1uuccacse eint nane a eri eL a net d 219 Jr Ne sereni e 219 12 9 2 Configuration D tails CUIGOIPl auiussiaackteeesrinsetesiesiobexduss dose EU dada liia easi 219 12 8 3 Configuration Details COMING dud ezuosgackkkniiN AREE PEIIRuerE nanne 220 12 8 0 Call Progression 221 12 9 VoIP Trunking Example PSTN to PSTN via VOIP sss 221 129 1 Background MOMMA OI oerna tA D
63. Chapter 11 Voice Each field is described in the following table Table 68 VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Group Select this if you want to use the group number for PHONE 1 and PHONE 2 ports Number Phone This is the phone port number Group Enter a group number for this phone port The maximum length of a group number Number is four digits This is only available when you select Enable Group Number For example you can assign the Phone 1 and Phone 2 ports the group number 5 When you dial 5 all the phones connected to both Phone ports ring Sub Number Enter a sub number for this phone The maximum length of a sub number is four digits When the Enable Group Number is not selected the extension number is simply the sub number Extension This read only field displays the extension number which is a combination of the Number Group Number and the Sub Number When you change a group number or a sub number the extension number automatically refreshes Use the extension number to make calls between phones connected to the ZyXEL Device Advanced Click the edit icon to edit advanced settings ISDN Phone This is the MSN index number Sub Number Enter a sub number for this MSN The maximum length of a sub number is four digits Note If an ISDN phone already has MSNs configured for ISDN calls use the existing MSNs Extension This read only field di
64. Eight character reception key rx this must be the same as the next AP s transmission key All ASCII characters including spaces and symbols are allowed The common transmission key and reception key are connected by the plus sign The following example shows how to set up a WDS link between wireless APs using WPA PSK with TKIP P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 86 Example WDS Link using WPA PSK with TKIP i i AP 1 AP 2 AP 3 01234567891 23456 01234567891 23456 01234567891 23456 22222222 22222222 33333333 33333333 22222222 33333333 AP 1 AP 2 and AP 3 share the same common key 0123456789123456 The transmission key 22222222 of AP 1 is exactly the same as the reception key 22222222 of AP 2 The transmission key 33333333 of AP 2 is exactly the same as the reception key 33333333 of AP 3 To access this screen choose WPA PSK from the Security Mode list Figure 87 Wireless LAN WDS WPA PSK General OTIST MAC Filter Association List QoS Remote Bridge MAC Address Ps active MAC address 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 CY IB CI ECI Security Security Mode WPA PSK x Pre Shared Key Note TKIP 16 characters common 8 characters tx 8 characters rx Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen T
65. IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use See Section 24 2 1 on page 362 for configuration instructions 24 1 1 How do know if I m using UPnP UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device 24 1 2 NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following Dynamic port mapping Learning public IP addresses Assigning lease times to mappings Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT 24 1 3 Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapte
66. Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 477 Appendix E Services 478 Table 204 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet file transfer protocol similar to FTP but uses the UDP User Datagram Protocol rather than TCP Transmission Control Protocol VDOLIVE TCP 7000 A videoconferencing solution The UDP port UDP user number is specified in the application defined P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Legal Information Copyright Copyright O 2006 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or softwa
67. O O Phone Book Speed Dial O O Incoming Call Policy O Distinctive Ring O SIP Prefix O O PSTN Line General O O ISDN Line General O O P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 5 Available Features LINK FEATURE USER ADMINISTRATOR Fixed Line Fixed Line Numbers O O Numbers Trunking General O Peer Call O Call Rule O Security Firewall General O O Rules O Threshold O Content Filter Keyword O Schedule O Trusted O VPN Setup O Monitor O VPN Global Setting O Certificates My Certificates O Trusted CAs O Trusted Remote Hosts O Directory Servers O Advanced Static Route Static Route O Bandwidth MGMT General O O Rule Setup O Monitor O O Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS O Remote MGMT HTTP O Telnet O FTP O SNMP O DNS O ICMP O SSH O UPnP General O O Maintenance O System General O O Time Setting O O Logs View Log O O Log Settings O O P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 5 Available Features LINK Call History FEATURE USER ADMINISTRATOR Summary Call History Call History Settings Tools Firmware Configuration O Restart Diagnostic General DSL Line Olo lo ojolojojo 2 3 3 Main Window The main window displays informatio
68. P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for applet under Java Sun is selected 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 269 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections 29 Java Sun C v Use Java 2 v1 4 1 07 for applet requires restart Microsoft vv O Java console enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing x b Restore Defaults Cancel Apply P 2602HWLNI User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also
69. Panel e Add Hardware Qe Switch to Category view See Also A 5 Game A Windows Update Controllers 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 254 Windows XP Control Panel Network Connections Properties Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Qs oF 27 Fe Search gt Folders E Address Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks E Create a new 4 connection ocal Area Connection nabled ac a Standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte Set up a home or small Disable office network Status Disable this network 3 device Repair EN Repair this connection i Rename this connection View status of this connection Change settings of this connection Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Rename Properties 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and click Properties Figure 255 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties 4 Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Hi Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter This connection uses the following items v I amp Client for Microsoft Networks v 8 File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks vi JZ QoS Packet Scheduler
70. Rey LOIR S atiosscic tet brrct d Eevto Rad eu bimbo quil lob dH R nt daro pad sast ada sdagi unitas 197 Table 72 VOIP gt Phone gt RI wee t EET 198 Table 79 Phone Book gt Spee Al Mec ms 199 Table 74 Phone Book gt Incoming Gall PUlGU 1t tu sedat d a eri dta AS 201 Table 75 Fhone Book DistnCuve IBI us osesttosude pP D ep PIE REFE E Iden ERU REY eb d rr re ERR 203 Table 70 Phone Book SIP PreK quusexssutizixas esent shinda oneic inidan anaona dx I ana PEE LES OE amine 205 UH FE PS IN ONES GETAN MER Re NEMO 207 Table 8 ISON Lie gt Sanral 12 5 on iE REISEN ErH EIS damier isis E ORBI EH HM ERROREM INN UE NIM IN EMAE 207 Table 79 VolP gt Fixed Eine Numbers Sereen 1 ond rrr ERR EX PER ERR Eee d a e rh Lan hen n 210 Table 80 Matching Incoming and Outgoing Authentication sssse em 212 TANE SI Call RUES e c 213 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Tables Table 32 VoIP gt Tunkng Gonaral 215 Table 33 VolP Tunkng gt Peer 56 Meer TUS 216 Table 34 VolP gt Trunkirig gt Call RUIG 22 2 uiidde cien rtdit ortae cte deckt dado a E 218 Table 65 VolP Trunking Gall Progression ducis redit ree a d icr d ee Us edd d t SO o ed edis 221 Table 86 PSTN to PSTN VolP Trunking Call Progression quscecvatkbeteixe nk kPEI NER eEkEEI TE eEVR FHPEI e ERR TE IRR ER HA 225 E BF Common UII I
71. Section 14 1 on page 233 for more information Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules to bring up the following screen This screen displays a list of the configured firewall rules Note the order in which the rules are listed P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 141 Firewall Rules Rules ol o RII Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 195 Packet Direction Create a new rule after rule number ES euep Darena aeae Aceon eenaaael can anada om 100 Lan to LAN Router o 7 Add Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 92 Firewall Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use This read only bar shows how much of the ZyXEL Device s memory for recording firewall rules it is currently using When you are using 80 or less of the storage space the bar is green When the amount of space used is over 80 the bar is red Packet Direction Use the drop down list box to select a direction of travel of packets for which you want to configure firewall rules Create a new rule after rule number Select an index number and click Add to add a new firewall rule after the selected index number For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 The following read only fields summarize the rules you have created that
72. Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified below If this field is left blank logs and alert messages will not be sent via E mail Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e mail message that the ZyXEL Device sends Not all ZyXEL Device models have this field Send Log to The ZyXEL Device sends logs to the e mail address specified in this field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs Table 153 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Send Alerts to Alerts are real time notifications that are sent as soon as an event such as a DoS attack system error or forbidden web access attempt occurs Enter the E mail address where the alert messages will be sent Alerts include system errors attacks and attempted access to blocked web sites If this field is left blank alert messages will not be sent via E mail Enable SMTP SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Authentication Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive the e mail logs User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters usually the use
73. TT AZ VoF Weard SOU M 77 Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard 2 seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeennenneeeeeeeeeseeseneeneeseeseeees 83 STO EON erai EET TR 83 5 2 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup i rrr rd RR En EE anina i aiiai 83 Chapter 6 SAS ol ONS iaa 87 FTN eeo aaa E 87 6 2 Any IP TANG 91 GL LAN SUE aosi aE ratas Fic nera A EA testa aa E I CUR aE aE E 92 OA Packat Stasis 1 enisi pp e A E 92 5 5 YAP S E n a A A 94 OO LED SONS aoa NUES 96 Part ME NOPRADER acca vies aaa ce esses een ees renee 99 Chapter 7 WAN SOTAR me 101 KE OVO i MUT DT mE 101 12 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents Z1 A E ERIDSU OU sepisanan ai NA AL 101 ZUMINDEST assess Fue ehe Ria o Bra ep etta Y thea EU soe EA ceased pter EOD UAI KHU D c REO SEN HON uad d dead 102 De eae SPU WC I Tee 102 TL4 IP Address FSS ym m 102 Tel Naleg Up Comodo PPP ciuccissscitacceniedateceiasniertrieeennsieasacamualcnlaranteiss 103 DEI DIM e 103 PP WUE rur RINT TU TERN 103 Fk LANG ra 104 Fon WP Ve 2o oen t om Eoo e t s otia cO o rd MUN 105 7 4 Zero Configuration Internet Access eee iie na tta d aaa ERA RAE ERI RA 44A ER uA 44 105 PESADO rec dell o 106 7 5 1 Advanced Intemet Access SOW ior erret hh EYE REI A EXE E Re NNE 10
74. Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available Tim uses his private key to encrypt the message and sends it to Jenny Jenny receives the message and uses Tim s public key to decrypt it Additionally Jenny uses her own private key to encrypt a message and Tim uses Jenny s public key to decrypt the message a kk WwW DN The ZyXEL Device uses certificates based on public key cryptology to authenticate users attempting to establish a connection The method used to secure the data that you send through an established connection depends on the type of connection For example a VPN tunnel might use the triple DES encryption algorithm The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates Anyone can then use the certification authority s public key to verify the certificates A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust a certificate if any certificate on its path has expired or been revoked P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked certificates A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration is called a CRL Certificate Revocation List The ZyXEL Device can check a peer s certificate against a directory server s list of revoked certificates The framework of servers sof
75. Use NAT to convert your public IP address es to multiple private IP addresses for the computers on your network Port Forwarding If you have a server mail or web server for example on your network you can use this feature to let people access it from the Internet DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Use this feature to have the ZyXEL Device assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your network Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS Domain Name System support you can use a fixed URL www zyxel com for example with a dynamic IP address You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider IP Multicast IP multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers The ZyXEL Device supports versions 1 and 2 of IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol used to join multicast groups see RFC 2236 Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device You can also set the time manually These dates and times are then used in logs Logs Use logs for troubleshooting You can send logs from the ZyXEL Device to an external syslog server Universal Plug and Play UPnP A UPnP enabled device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network Firewall You can configure firewall on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet a
76. Web http www zyxel in Regular Mail India ZyXEL Technology India Pvt Ltd II Floor F2 9 Okhla Phase 1 New Delhi 110020 India Support E mail support zyxel co jp Sales E mail zyp zyxel co jp Telephone 81 3 6847 3700 Fax 81 3 6847 3705 Web www zyxel co jp Regular Mail ZyXEL Japan 3F Office T amp U 1 10 10 Higashi Gotanda Shinagawa ku Tokyo 141 0022 Japan Kazakhstan Support http zyxel kz support Sales E mail sales zyxel kz Telephone 7 3272 590 698 Fax 7 3272 590 689 Web www zyxel kz Regular Mail ZyXEL Kazakhstan 43 Dostyk Ave Office 414 Dostyk Business Centre 050010 Almaty Republic of Kazakhstan Malaysia Support E mail support zyxel com my Sales E mail sales zyxel com my Telephone 603 8076 9933 Fax 603 8076 9833 Web http www zyxel com my Regular Mail ZyXEL Malaysia Sdn Bhd 1 02 amp 1 03 Jalan Kenari 17F Bandar Puchong Jaya 47100 Puchong Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia North America Support E mail support zyxel com Support Telephone 1 800 978 7222 Sales E mail sales zyxel com Sales Telephone 1 714 632 0882 Fax 1 714 632 0858 Web www zyxel com P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix G Customer Support 486 Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Inc 1130 N Miller St Anaheim CA 92806 2001 U S A Norway e e e e e Support E mail support zyxel no Sales E mail sales zyxel no Telepho
77. Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Status Screens Use the Status screens to look at the current status of the device system resources interfaces LAN and WAN and SIP accounts You can also register and unregister SIP accounts The Status screen also provides detailed information from Any IP and DHCP and statistics from VoIP bandwidth management and traffic 6 1 Status Screen Click Status to open this screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens 88 Figure 43 Status Screen Device Information Host Name Model Number MAC Address ZyNOS Firmware Version DSL Firmware Version WAN Information DSL Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway VPI VCI LAN Information IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP WLAN Information SSID Channel Security Security Firewall Content Filter oIP Status SIP 1 SIP 2 SIP 3 SIP 4 SIP 5 SIP 6 SIP 7 SIP 8 SIP 9 SIP 10 Refresh Interval None System Uptime 0 02 29 P 2602HWNLI D7A Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 32 20 00 13 49 81 1e 65 System Mode Routing Bridging V3 40 ADV 3 b2 03 06 2007 CPU Usage BRE 11 15 TI AR7 07 00 04 00 Memory Usage B 48 NORMAL 0 0 0 0 Interface Status 1 0 0 0 0 s N A z 1 32 Interface status NN DSL Do
78. ZyXEL Device and other wireless APs NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Forwarding Use this screen to make your local servers visible to the outside world VoIP SIP SIP Settings Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Voice over IP settings QoS Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s Quality of Service settings for VoIP Phone Analog Phone Use this screen to set which Phone 1 and Phone 2 port settings ISDN Phone Use this screen to configure the ISDN phone port settings Common Use this screen to configure general phone port settings Ext Table Use this screen to configure extension numbers of the phone ports Region Use this screen to select your location and call service mode Phone Book Speed Dial Use this screen to configure speed dial for SIP phone numbers that you call often Incoming Call Use this screen to configure call forwarding Policy Distinctive Ring Use this screen to configure ring tone behavior based on the origin of incoming calls SIP Prefix Use this screen to set up numbers you dial to select a SIP account for outgoing calls PSTN Line General Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for PSTN calls ISDN Line General Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for ISDN calls Fixed Line Fixed Line Use this screen to allow your ISDN phone to receive PSTN calls Numbers Numbers You can also use this screen to allow your analog phone s to make and
79. address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 22 1 1 DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname If you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS See Section 22 2 on page 339 for configuration instruction 22 2 Configuring Dynamic DNS To change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown See Section 22 1 on page 339 for more information P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 22 Dynamic DNS Setup Figure 192 Dynamic DNS Service Provider Host Name User Name Password C Use specified Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Type Enable Wildcard Option Enable off line option Only applies to custom DNS IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Address C Dynamic DNS server auto detect IP Address wy DynDNS ORG Dynamic DNS x IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 137 Dynamic DNS LABEL DE
80. addresses in the IP address pool Address Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP address of the Server actual remote DHCP server here DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP address to the DHCP clients First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose User Defined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 User Defined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to User Defined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined changes to None after you click Apply Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy only when the ISP uses IPCP DNS server extensions The ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address displays in the field to the right read only The ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the DNS server When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer You can only select DNS Relay f
81. algorithm and authentication algorithm used in each VPN tunnel Disconnect Select one of the security associations and then click Disconnect to stop that security association Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection s P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens 18 17 Configuring Global Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s global settings click VPN and then Global Setting The screen appears as shown Figure 166 VPN Global Setting PN Global Setting PN Global Setting Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP M Allow NetBIOS Traffic Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 113 VPN Global Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Windows Networking NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that NetBIOS over TCP IP enable a computer to find other computers It may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through VPN tunnels in order to allow local computers to find computers on the remote network and vice versa Allow NetBIOS Traffic Select this check box to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection Through All IPSec Tunnels Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 18 18 Telecommuter VPN IPSec Examples 18 18 1 The following exam
82. allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Local Start IP This is the starting local IP address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end local IP address ILA If your rule is for all local IP addresses then enter 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to One and Server mapping types Global Start IP This is the starting global IP address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server mapping types Server Mapping Only available when Type is set to Server Set Select a number from the drop down menu to choose a port forwarding set Edit Details Click this link to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a port forwarding set that you have selected in the Server Mapping Set field Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART IV VoIP Voice 169 VoIP Trunking 211 Phone Usage 227 Voice This chapter provides background information on
83. amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components E 2 Management and Monitoring Tools M Networking Services 0 3 MB O Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network related services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 9 MB 5 In the Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Figure 215 Networking Services Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s incladed in a component click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services O SB RIP Listener 0 0 MB C MB Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB g Universal Plug and Play 0 2 MB Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 24 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected
84. any MSNs you configure in this screen Click Apply 4 On your ISDN phone set the same number that you configured in the Number field as the MSN Refer to the documentation supplied by your phone s manufacturer for details Now when your ZyXEL Device receives an analog PSTN call your ISDN phone rings Configuring the Fixed Line Numbers Screen Click VoIP gt Fixed Line Numbers The following screen displays P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 118 VoIP gt Fixed Line Numbers Screen Fixed Line Numbers PSTN ISDN Number lt max 16 gt item MSN Number Brief Description 1 max 30 gt 2 _ max 30 gt SF 3 ee max 30 gt 3 4 xmax 30 gt um II 5 oF lt max 30 gt 7 6 T max 30 gt a 7 mM max 30 C 8 A max 30 gt O 9 a max 30 gt 10 max 30 gt Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 79 VolP gt Fixed Line Numbers Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION PSTN Number Configure this field if you want to allow your ISDN phone connected to the ZyXEL Device s ISDN PHONE port to receive PSTN calls Enter a number up to 15 digits no hyphens or spaces allowed that is different from all of your other MSNs and click Apply Next configure the MSN in your ISDN phone to use the same number see your ISDN phone s documentation for details on how to do t
85. appears only if you select Application Priority in WMM QoS Policy This is the number of an individual application entry Name This field displays a description given to an application entry Service This field displays either FTP WWW E mail or a User Defined service to which you want to apply WMM QoS Dest Port This field displays the destination port number to which the application sends traffic Priority This field displays the priority of the application Highest Typically used for voice or video that should be high quality High Typically used for voice or video that can be medium quality Mid Typically used for applications that do not fit into another priority For example Internet surfing Low Typically used for non critical background applications such as large file transfers and print jobs that should not affect other applications P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 45 Wireless LAN QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to open the Application Priority Configuration screen Modify an existing application entry or create a application entry in the Application Priority Configuration screen Click the Remove icon to delete an application entry Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device 9 9 1 Application Priority Configuration Use this screen to edit a WMM QoS application entry Click the edit
86. applications to have more throughput you should turn off other applications for example using bandwidth management see Chapter 21 on page 331 Memory Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s memory is currently used Usually this percentage should not increase much If memory usage does get close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is probably becoming unstable and you should restart the device See Section 29 6 on page 413 or turn off the device unplug the power for a few seconds Interface Status Interface This column displays each interface the ZyXEL Device has Status This field indicates whether or not the ZyXEL Device is using the interface For the DSL interface this field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the LAN interface this field displays Up when the ZyXEL Device is using the interface and Down when the ZyXEL Device is not using the interface For the WLAN interface it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or Inactive when WLAN is disabled Rate For the LAN interface this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the DSL interface it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate For the WLAN interface it displays
87. are processed more quickly than those with low priority 1f there is congestion allowing time sensitive applications to flow more smoothly Time sensitive applications include both those that require a low level of latency delay and a low level of jitter variations in delay such as Voice over IP or Internet gaming and those for which jitter alone is a problem such as Internet radio or streaming video P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 331 Chapter 21 Bandwidth Management ATC assigns priority based on packet size since time sensitive applications such as Internet telephony Voice over IP or VoIP tend to have smaller packet sizes than non time sensitive applications such as FTP File Transfer Protocol The following table shows some common applications their time sensitivity and their typical data packet sizes Note that the figures given are merely examples sizes may differ according to application and circumstances Table 130 Typical Packet Sizes AER ASIN SENSITIVITY BYTES TETUR Voice over IP SIP High 250 Online Gaming High 60 90 Web browsing http Medium 300 600 FTP Low 1500 When ATC is activated the device sends traffic with smaller packets before traffic with larger packets 1f the network 1s congested ATC assigns priority to packets as shown in the following table Table 131 Automatic Traffic Classifier Priorities PACKET SIZE BYTES ATC PRIORITY 1 250 ATC Hi
88. cM WA UE cl T 150 TIS WPA II aana 152 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT SCreens 2 eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 155 DUMN CNEC 1 0 BN Lp c e o D ncm 155 URNA INE Dni cu mor T plata leinaabunaaiecndatiis 155 DURAS S NEU e M 156 TOT How NAT WOKS E M 156 10 14 WAL ADDICION suncana enone 156 TUE T S NAT Mapping TUBOS uiscusboooamdcassbruqecioddteio dieviguad TRU Rid Oda Ek HDD EVERL LI I a RAI i Rd 157 10 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT eeeessiieiseseesiesee niente tnn annt nnn naa 158 TES WAT ug Ee E R 158 TOA FON dudo 159 10 41 Default Server IP Address uiccedstusiupe ERU ERR e EIE PE SURE E pea EUR Feet ii EE RERE C bL raa EL pU RA 160 10 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers eeeeeeeee eterne nnns 160 10 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example esses 160 10 5 Connotea Fort FOFSEUIBIO a Ludiaskhe pner EPRpX REX ER EX nae pe PE e HARPE n xar e eR Pr rsen 161 10 5 1 Port Forwarding Rule EOI 2i teniente eorpore Ra sE 162 Tous Addicss RAPID scd vada santas iesu c mee EAEE HE SD aceon ORE UK Paa toa RERO E EUK CEU FI baa ERR PvE CE DUAE E 163 105 1 Agdress Mapping Rule Edil iios oskee E p EFFI FErE PERPE QUEE ERI Pe Rc EbbHEP o En be Ea 164 Pan W VOIP eret 167 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of C
89. certain type such as IRC Internet Relay Chat from the LAN to the Internet Allow certain types of traffic from the Internet to specific hosts on the LAN Allow access to a Web server to everyone but competitors Restrict use of certain protocols such as Telnet to authorized users on the LAN These custom rules work by evaluating the network traffic s Source IP address Destination IP address IP protocol type and comparing these to rules set by the administrator The ability to define firewall rules is a very powerful tool Using custom rules it is possible to disable all firewall protection or block all access to the Internet Use extreme caution when creating or deleting firewall rules Test changes after creating them to make sure they work correctly Below is a brief technical description of how these connections are tracked Connections may either be defined by the upper protocols for instance TCP or by the ZyXEL Device itself as with the virtual connections created for UDP and ICMP 14 5 3 TCP Security The ZyXEL Device uses state information embedded in TCP packets The first packet of any new connection has its SYN flag set and its ACK flag cleared these are initiation packets All packets that do not have this flag structure are called subsequent packets since they represent data that occurs later in the TCP stream If an initiation packet originates on the WAN this means that someone is trying to m
90. certificate Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Enrollment Protocol Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP CA Server Address CA Certificate 7 see Trusted CAs Request Authentication Key Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 118 My Certificate Create LABEL DESCRIPTION Certificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters not including spaces to identify this certificate Subject Information Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the certificate You do not have to fill in every field although the Common Name is mandatory The certification authority may add fields such as a serial number to the subject information when it issues a certificate It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Common Name Select a radio button to identify the certificate s owner by IP address domain name or e mail address Type the IP address in dotted decimal notation domain name or e mail address in the field provided The domain name or e mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string 306 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Table 118 My Certificate Create continue
91. certificate Use the My Certificate Details screen to view the certification request and copy it to send to the certification authority Copy the certification request from the My Certificate Details screen see Section 19 7 on page 308 and then send it to the certification authority Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online Select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate immediately online to have the ZyXEL Device generate a request for a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate You must have the certification authority s certificate already imported in the Trusted CAs screen When you select this option you must select the certification authority s enrollment protocol and the certification authority s certificate from the drop down list boxes and enter the certification authority s server address You also need to fill in the Reference Number and Key if the certification authority requires them Enrollment Protocol Select the certification authority s enrollment protocol from the drop down list box Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol SCEP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco Certificate Management Protocol CMP is a TCP based enrollment protocol that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X 509 working group of the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF and is specified in RFC 2510
92. channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs BS Figure 276 RTS CTS pron CTS Range it ath O nn om pent RR ARI ER RR je ma aene P mra Station AP E oss iia j A Data E Mr Pi Ce r m DC Ke EH NR Stations A and B do not FN 7 pee Station A D hear each other They f Station B m t m can hear the AP When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations RTS CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS
93. click Add to manually add port mappings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 367 Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 218 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Advances Settings Services Select He sarnvices unnig an pour netccre that lemel elt can xd Services Gi memea H2 1 EB 1688618 TEETH TEP be mernece 192 1681 85 3858 P77 LIDP msrases 132 1EE 1 81 7281 25037 UDF 9 meneg 192 1681 F810 31 711 TCR Figure 219 Internet Connection Properties Advanced Settings Add Service Settings Description of service Tes Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP C UDP Internal Port number for this service 143 Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 220 System Tray Icon 4 Internet Connection is now connected Click here For more information 7 Double click on the icon to display your current Internet connection status Figure 221 Internet Connection Status Y Internet Connection Status gro X General Internet Gatewa
94. device in the wireless network The devices in the wireless network have to support OTIST and they have to be in range of the ZyXEL Device when you activate it See Section 9 6 on page 140 for more details 9 3 Wireless Performance Overview The following sections introduce different ways to improve the performance of the wireless network 9 3 1 Quality of Service QoS You can turn on Wi Fi MultiMedia WMM QoS to improve the performance of voice and video applications in the wireless network QoS gives high priority to voice and video which makes them run more smoothly Similarly it gives low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications 9 3 2 Wireless Distribution System WDS The ZyXEL Device can act as a wireless network bridge and establish up to four WDS Wireless Distribution System links with other APs You need to know the MAC addresses of the APs you want to link to Once the security settings of peer sides match one another the connection between devices is made At the time of writing WDS security is compatible with other ZyXEL access points only Refer to your other access point s documentation for details The following example illustrates how the WDS link works Notebook computer A is a wireless client connecting to access point AP 1 AP 1 has no wired Internet connection but can establish a WDS link with access point AP 2 which does When AP 1 has a WDS link
95. directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake Ifthe RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type Preamble is used to signal tha
96. displays the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN Off The ZyXEL Device does not have a successful Internet connection This field displays the default IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN Phone 1 Green This phone port has a successful SIP account registration This Phone 2 field displays the number of the SIP account used to make outgoing calls on the corresponding phone port This field also displays the current SIP registration status of the phone port On Register The phone port has a successful SIP account registration and the phone connecting to this phone port is ready to make outgoing VoIP calls Off This phone port does not have a successful SIP account registration This field displays the number of the SIP account used to make outgoing calls on the corresponding phone port This field also displays the current SIP registration status Not Register The phone port has not registered a SIP account yet Register Fail The phone port tried to register a SIP account and the registration failed Inactive The phone port does not have a SIP account enabled If you did not change the SIP account settings from the defaults ChangeMe displays instead of the SIP account number Poll Interval s Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device update the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Pol
97. e 198 Figure 112 Phone Book gt Speed Dial Luise c opea dod ee ean rn E non balk cds po ER E n pud d Kd 199 Figure 113 Phone Book ihcoming Call Oli aco conl n ect opone E CHPR QE opEO RE EH Po a Pr Hp FH a Ono ERE ERUA 200 Figure 114 Phone BOOK ENSURE sscccexevkuntidi a pte XR nO EXTERN ILLI Ies 3 YR FOR ESSA ADLER E EY Rd 203 Figure 119 Phone Book SIP PEOR 1saesqecene ce enki ceti a ea etus Uu Citt a a Citta Ce AEA Di ade 205 Figure TIG EE gt General 206 Figure TI eh Ling OMENI aa 207 Figure TIS VolP gt Fixed Line Numbers OO quuussozreceineivtetese rete vene arp rein a 210 Figure 119 Peer Devices CODNGCUNO Me 212 Figure 120 VolP Phone To PSTN PRONG eun iere crea re ont elc E Gn E Rr Cin b o Cont db d d 213 Figure 121 Pol er hens TO VolP PIONO uoi cor RO PHP ina EERH IN p EpHLOt pe UEoE PUN ER EON Fe EE PN eet manage 214 Figure 122 PSTN Phone To PSTN Phone vis VolP 55 esci i oe Mosca n ete d b te oe 214 Figure 123 VolP rng gt General eicere m ierra eb pond rac od etd e ppt dk c Ra ba ERA D n gd 214 Figure eun iE gt Paer Call e 216 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Figures Figure 123 VolP gt Tralking Call RUIG incontra rci rh t P ada SD t a ar anaes 218 Figure 126 VolP to PSIN n 2 P m 219 Figure 127 VoIP to PSTN Example Speed Dial Screen
98. encoded PKCS 7 File Path Browse Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 121 Trusted CA Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 313 Chapter 19 Certificates 19 10 Trusted CA Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted CA Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the certification authority s certificate change the certificate s name and set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check a certification authority s list of revoked certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Figure 176 Trusted CA Details Certificates Trusted CAs Details Certificate Name verisign cer Property Vv Issues certificate revocation lists CRL Certificate Path ad Certificate Informations Type Self signed X 509 Certificate Version v1 Serial Number 3558802160848854062232407011527417280 Subj OU Secure Server Certification Authority O RSA Data Security Inc ject C US Issu
99. ex FERE sirsenis 143 Figur FS Slt EST uetus cena n Dad cen od bacs Dt end c Ho aa n Open Hui ad c Oe 143 Figura 90 MAU Address Filter Lucus icio deter ener tnis Sinn ota io aa bits raa FA FRU RN EMEN aed dL uina 144 Figure 81 Wireless LAN Associaton LIGE iiie erret rra eot bo Pk erbe enna SE ERR RENS Teens souurteneeaa yond 145 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Figures Figure oz Vises LAN IOS ues qaeina adeb aate o ad d qo d ld a t ad S d S Hg a d RH 146 Figura 83 Application Priority ConfigUratiOri 34cuc eaaet tuat rk ttt rna DRE istnenceusssneaacetssteaauens FER CI ua R eR Y nne 147 Figure 84 Wireless LAN gt WDG 1 4 esie tena te rr tpa ss Eka abba La ELLE Cb d EPk eu bb KIA Sb Ed Ra 149 Figure 85 Wireless LAN gt WDS Static WEP se tende otia a tea ex a oc b ta EU 150 Figure 86 Example WDS Link using WPA PSK with TKIP iui oct toti cette t barba ce ral eek kac 151 Figure 87 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt WPA PSK 122aaeiiicsisessiiu crema itti isini ana iier dnas au epa duni soup q 2 con pu DOR 151 Figure 88 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt WPAZ PSK sseeuiesennnne rn rhnn nan ht nan naL ko ERR RAE E PAR R RE anesan ARA anann 152 Figure d EON NAT OR cunnen ite P MM qatrEPLU HAT CLIE ren rt IR EPI ERU UE x HUN M RUN 156 Figure BU NAT Application With TP AUS sic Eoo poda E prre b tex a Ho x Cer d eoe 157 Figura 91 DET OONO a coe deer tet sod epi ee bb dd hea s Eidxx nc ace mere een Ft eer re Mee erer erro er RUNDE dE 159 Figure 92 Multiple Serve
100. expense of leased site to site lines A secure VPN is a combination of tunneling encryption authentication access control and auditing technologies services used to transport traffic over the Internet or any insecure network that uses the TCP IP protocol suite for communication 17 1 1 IPSec Internet Protocol Security IPSec is a standards based VPN that offers flexible solutions for secure data communications across a public network like the Internet IPSec is built around a number of standardized cryptographic techniques to provide confidentiality data integrity and authentication at the IP layer 17 1 2 Security Association A Security Association SA is a contract between two parties indicating what security parameters such as keys and algorithms they will use 17 1 3 Other Terminology 17 1 3 1 Encryption Encryption is a mathematical operation that transforms data from plaintext readable to ciphertext scrambled text using a key The key and clear text are processed by the encryption operation which leads to the data scrambling that makes encryption secure Decryption is the opposite of encryption it is a mathematical operation that transforms ciphertext to plaintext Decryption also requires a key P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 17 Introduction to IPSec Figure 154 Encryption and Decryption Plaintext Encryption Cip Ciphertext Decryption Phintext 17 1 3 2 Data Confidentiality
101. for If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here IPSec VPN The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN to find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the ZyXEL Device that can use the VPN tunnel The local IP addresses must correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is
102. guidelines Every device in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set IDentity Iftwo wireless networks overlap they should use a different channel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information Every device in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network 9 2 Wireless Security Overview The following sections introduce different types of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 9 2 1 SSID Normally the ZyXEL Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the ZyXEL Device does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 9 2 2 MAC Address Filter Every device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC add
103. hatec eret ena bocan di erin 161 Table 55 Fon Forwarding PU SED usssiziesizesviennezbis bsec rie iade assis epp deklle atri ptis apad ade 162 Table 5b Address Mapping RUES sussies Eee pe Yes corta a E RR HEX EUREN YA ERO REP buu kk EP PER EN IRE EXER MEER CURVA ERE EEA 163 Table 57 Edit Address Mapping RUIE 55 5 abr xtX ke e bor Eri FE ttd be FE HE CEN M Us AOI EXPL dacs RE bV PP kent 165 Table 29 SIFGul Prarie ssi 1 idit debi po ordei o dct id add eo s rei 173 ile ee eam Oe PO kf 1 8 e TE 174 TADS GU Cusiom Tones DEIAIS m 176 jr cpi TM 178 Table 62 c wee scat pL T 180 PRM eM Po E a a ch A al ac E lela E E a nl oak lea ha 183 Table 64 Phone gt Analog PCS cc ndatendaxiid ode oid cd Rb dex bd aaa t pad FE ASE ra ak ind ad dd 186 Table 65 Phone Analog Phone Advanced uissescestesenetetctacte seek teu be ioE Mae eeu up neiaie sininen 188 Vale DE PRONG ISDN PRO ccisssscstsccxsaszcesgansansreninocaneseey ERR I E de LE FR Ha HERE dA RES Eri P RES Ht 190 Table GF PRONG SC OMMON ouais beo SN RE FR SERERE I comida Gascon 191 Table GS VolP gt PHONG S Ext Tele 1c die a tpe erri Ferr iernii indirdi dotai oun 193 Table 69 VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table gt Advanced oo cc ccc ceeeeceeececeeeeececceeee teste ee seceeceanaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees 194 Table 70 European Flash Key CODI nuustesssiud tre oix dee EHE Bux rn OE Need ea e CHR ERR DRE AREE EHEN 195 Tabe T TUSA Flash
104. icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets BES Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Figure 64 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethernet Interface Temm a B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 vmm C 192 168 3 1 192 168 3 24 Click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias to open the following screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings Figure 65 LAN IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 6 RIP Direction None 7 RIP version nia z IP Alias 2 IP Alias 2 IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction None 7 RIP Versi
105. icon under Modify The following screen displays Figure 83 Application Priority Configuration Application Priority Configuration Name Service E Mail Y Dest Port 55 65535 Priority Highest Cancel See Appendix E on page 475 for a list of commonly used services and destination ports The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 46 Application Priority Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Application Priority Configuration Name Type a description of the application priority P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 46 Application Priority Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Service The following is a description of the applications you can prioritize with WMM QoS Select a service from the drop down list box E Mail Electronic mail consists of messages sent through a computer network to specific groups or individuals Here are some default ports for e mail POP3 port 110 IMAP port 143 SMTP port 25 HTTP port 80 e FTP File Transfer Protocol enables fast transfer of files including large files that it may not be possible to send via e mail FTP uses port number 21 WWW The World Wide Web is an Internet system to distribute graphical hyper linked information based on Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP a client server protocol for the World Wide Web The Web is not synonymous with the Internet rather it is ju
106. iid addu pads dd dud oda 184 11 8 2 Configuring the Analog Phone Screen 4a epasi n ek RH ka edant kPa dH AREKHEEI nan EH Pra d n AER RREdIA 185 11 9 Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen iiicesssisssaci corset honra spetta te ntt ind 187 QURE s AM ENS 189 1110 1 ISDN Phone Port Call Types i2 ieteridotte ebd iau ated sapete itid qaid cadera 189 11 10 2 Configuring the ISON POE Seren 21k neta de v OR nS ERR E da rob t E Rea 190 11 11 Common Phone Setings SOIR M Rm 191 AhAESTONL I 191 11 13 Advanced Ext Table Setup Sereen ua oisi proci x ERR FEES EFR p PEL EEPR EPA SUE C EE E e rEX enaa ea Ed anaa 193 11 14 Phone Services OWVGeIVIBMW incerce PSP eRFHhiqU RR HIE EI SEIN FIRM IRE PRODI meee 194 pig BOB ag INS s PE 195 11 14 2 Europe Type Supplementary Phone Services ssssssssssssseeses 195 11 14 3 USA Type Supplementary ServiBeS i mesaete bob ep eppIi sour ket e REPE ceesaemsaensesee 196 VAS Phone Regon SCOE sorsoran t SUO BO RER FRU pU EIC ECHO i ERU RU 198 ILI D e EO tT 198 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 15 Table of Contents FEL ECOL p 200 uq cuir iso PL I E m 202 VAS SIP Pree SEEN ERA 204 TL POTN Laas aa ea ton dodi a dg ea es ended e ne an el citatis 206 121 PSTN Ue SCG 2o i MAR ap teen Ep nu E iid uius 206 T22 ISDN LNE SEEGI e 207 Tao Fred Line Numb S sssini oea e aaan T 208 11 23 1 ie cEcategv us dew 208 11 23 2 Receiving Analog
107. in another The sales manager A from headquarters often needs to call salespeople D employed at the branch office The sales manager often works away from the headquarters office and the sales employees often work away from the branch office The sales manager and the sales employees have PSTN phones mobile or land based The two offices have VoIP trunking devices The sales manager wants to use VoIP trunking to save on calls to his sales team The head office has a ZyXEL Device B with a PSTN line tel 222 222 2222 connected to it The branch office has a ZyXEL Device C with a public IP address w x y z The sales employee D has a PSTN phone with the number 555 555 4321 Figure 130 PSTN to PSTN Example nud 222 222 2222 IP w x y z D EN queen B ele ox The proposed solution is to configure a call rule which will allow the sales manager to call into the headquarters via PSTN establish a VoIP link between the two ZyXEL Devices and have the remote peer device forward calls to the sales employees via PSTN 12 9 2 Configuration Details Outgoing The ZyXEL Device at headquarters from which the VoIP link originates needs to have the following configuration settings 1 Auto attendant authentication needs to be enabled for PSTN calls coming into the headquarters ZyXEL Device This ensures that no unauthorized callers use VoIP trunking In this example the PIN Personal Identification Number is set to
108. independently using its keypad or configure global settings for all phones using the command line interpreter Hot Line You can set the ZyXEL Device to automatically dial a specified number immediately whenever you lift a phone off the hook Use the Web Configurator to set the specified number Use the command line interpreter to have the ZyXEL Device wait a specified length of time before dialing the number Music on hold This feature allows you to put a call on hold and have the other person hear a piece of audio music speech etc you previously recorded Phone config The phone config table allows you to customize the phone keypad combinations you use to access certain features on the ZyXEL Device such as call waiting call return call forward etc The phone config table is configurable in command interpreter mode Internal call When you have phones attached to both of the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you can dial AH to call all the phones connecting to the ZyXEL Device s phone ports You can also assign each phone connected to the ZyXEL Device an extension number and place a internal call to a specific phone HTTP Pincode When new firmware is available for your ZyXEL Device you hear a recorded message when you pick up the phone Enter 99 in your phone s keypad to have the ZyXEL Device upgrade the firmware or enter 99 to not upgrade If your service provider gave you different numbers to use enter t
109. is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 PEAP Protected EAP LEAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x 468 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated wit
110. issuing certification authority For a trusted host the list consists of the end entity s own certificate and the default self signed certificate that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign remote host certificates Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate With trusted remote host certificates this field always displays CA signed The ZyXEL Device is the Certification Authority that signed the certificate X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the device that created the certificate Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the default self signed certificate on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that the ZyXEL Device used to sign the certificate which is rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public
111. kbps Up 100M Full Duplex 54M AnvIP Table Bandwidth Status Pa atisti LED Status P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator A B navigation panel e C e D title bar main window status bar 2 3 1 Title Bar The title bar allows you to change the language and provides some icons in the upper right corner The icons provide the following functions Table 3 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar ICON DESCRIPTION Help Click this icon to open up help screens Wizards Click this icon to go to the configuration wizards See Chapter 3 on page 63 for more information Logout Click this icon to log out of the web configurator 2 3 2 Navigation Panel Table 4 Navigation Panel Summary Use the menu items on the navigation panel to configure ZyXEL Device features When a user logs in only basic menu items display When an administrator logins in all menu items display for configuration See Chapter 2 on page 57 for more information The following tables describe each menu item LINK TAB FUNCTION Status This screen contains administrative and system related information Network WAN Internet Access Use this screen to configure ISP parameters WAN IP address assignment Setup DNS servers and other advanced properties More Use this screen to configure additional WAN connections Connections WAN Backup Use this scree
112. logins will work only if your ISP or service administrator has enabled this option Normal The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII plain text format or in binary mode Initial Remote Directory Specify the default remote directory path Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory path 29 7 4 Backup Configuration Using TFTP The ZyXEL Device supports the up downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To backup the configuration file follow the procedure shown next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the ZyXEL Device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address 2 Enter command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted Enter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete 3 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyXEL Device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 4 Use the TFTP client se
113. means any protocol number Back Click Back to go to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 8 Bandwidth Monitor To view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Monitor The screen appears as shown Select an interface from the drop down list box to view the bandwidth usage of its bandwidth rules The gray section of the bar represents the percentage of unused bandwidth and the blue color represents the percentage of bandwidth in use Figure 191 Bandwidth Management Monitor Monitor LAN vw To LAN Interface 5 kbps 6 kbps 1569 kbps P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 337 Chapter 21 Bandwidth Management P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Dynamic DNS Setup This chapter discusses how to configure your ZyXEL Device to use Dynamic DNS 22 1 Dynamic DNS Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP
114. message is an invitation to User Agent 2 to participate in a SIP telephone call Proxy 1 sends a response indicating that it is trying to complete the request 2 Proxy 1 sends a SIP INVITE request to Proxy 2 Proxy 2 sends a response indicating that it is trying to complete the request Proxy 2 sends a SIP INVITE request to User Agent 2 4 User Agent 2 sends a response back to Proxy 2 indicating that the phone is ringing The response is relayed back to User Agent 1 via Proxy 1 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 5 User Agent 2 sends an OK response to Proxy 2 after the call is answered This is also relayed back to User Agent 1 via Proxy 1 6 User Agent 1 and User Agent 2 exchange RTP packets containing voice data directly without involving the proxies 7 When User Agent 2 hangs up he sends a BYE request 8 User Agent 1 replies with an OK response confirming receipt of the BYE request and the call is terminated 11 2 7 Voice Coding A codec coder decoder codes analog voice signals into digital signals and decodes the digital signals back into analog voice signals The ZyXEL Device supports the following codecs e G 711 is a Pulse Code Modulation PCM waveform codec PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into digital samples G 711 provides very good sound quality but requires 64 kbps of bandwidth e G726 is an Adaptive Differential PCM ADPCM waveform codec that u
115. mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server The default port number is 1812 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network Accounting Server optional IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external accounting server The default port number is 1813 You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external accounting server and the ZyXEL Device The key must be the same on the external accounting server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network 9 5 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup To configure advanced wireless settings click the Advanced Setup button in the Gener
116. more features is configured to use Do the following to delete a certificate that shows SELF in the Type field 1 Make sure that no other features such as HTTPS VPN SSH are configured to use the SELF certificate 2 Click the details icon next to another self signed certificate see the description on the Create button if you need to create a self signed certificate 3 Select the Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates check box 4 Click Apply to save the changes and return to the My Certificates screen 5 The certificate that originally showed SELF displays SELF and you can delete it now Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Create Click Create to go to the screen where you can have the ZyXEL Device generate a certificate or a certification request Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate that you have enrolled from a certification authority from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click Refresh to display the current validity status of the certificates 19 5 My Certificate Import Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates and then Import to open the My Certificate Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate to the ZyXEL Device LES You can only import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification reques
117. must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the Client IP ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service HTTPS Server Host Select the certificate that the ZyXEL Device will use to identify itself The ZyXEL Key Device is the SSL server and must always authenticate itself to the SSL client the computer which requests the HTTPS connection with the ZyXEL Device Authenticate Select Authenticate Client Certificates optional to require the SSL client to Client authenticate itself to the ZyXEL Device by sending the ZyXEL Device a certificate Certificates To do that the SSL client must have a CA signed certificate from a CA that has been imported as a trusted CA on the ZyXEL Device see Section Chapter 19 on page 301 on importing certificates for details Port The HTTPS proxy server listens on port 443 by default If you change the HTTPS proxy server port to a different number on the ZyXEL Device for example 8443 then you must notify people who need to access the ZyXEL Device web configurator to us
118. must first have a wired connection to the network and obtain the certificate s from a certificate authority CA A certificate also called digital IDs can be used to authenticate users and a CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MDS authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless client The wireless client proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text However MD authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get the plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MDS authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates
119. negotiating authentication phase 1 However the trade off is that faster speed limits its negotiating power and it also does not provide identity protection It is useful in remote access situations where the address of the initiator is not know by the responder and both parties want to use pre shared key authentication 18 12 2 Diffie Hellman DH Key Groups Diffie Hellman DH is a public key cryptography protocol that allows two parties to establish a shared secret over an unsecured communications channel Diffie Hellman is used within IKE SA setup to establish session keys 768 bit Group 1 DH1 and 1024 bit Group 2 DH2 Diffie Hellman groups are supported Upon completion of the Diffie Hellman exchange the two peers have a shared secret but the IKE SA is not authenticated For authentication use pre shared keys 18 12 3 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Enabling PFS means that the key 1s transient The key is thrown away and replaced by a brand new key using a new Diffie Hellman exchange for each new IPSec SA setup With PFS enabled if one key is compromised previous and subsequent keys are not compromised because subsequent keys are not derived from previous keys The time consuming Diffie Hellman exchange is the trade off for this extra security This may be unnecessary for data that does not require such security so PFS is disabled None by default in the ZyXEL Device Disabling PFS means new authentication and encryption
120. none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1196 SEITE 4 keep none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1195 NM joe ied WEB Login Successfully User user The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 152 View Log LABEL DESCRIPTION Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings screen display in the drop down list box Select a category of logs to view select All Logs to view logs from all of the log categories that you selected in the Log Settings page Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e mail address specified in the Log Settings page make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Log Settings fields in Log Settings Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry Time This field displays the time the log was recorded Message This field states the reason for the log Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming packet Notes This field displays additional information about the log entry 27 3 Configuring Log Settings 388 Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send logs the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to sen
121. of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 51 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Local This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 155 Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 10 1 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the IS
122. password the error log and the trace log FILE TYPE EXTERNAL NAME DESCRIPTION Firmware Ras This is the generic name for the ZyNOS bin firmware on the ZyXEL Device 29 3 File Maintenance Over WAN TFTP FTP and Telnet over the WAN will not work when 1 The firewall is active turn the firewall off or create a firewall rule to allow access from the WAN 2 You have disabled Telnet service in menu 24 11 3 You have applied a filter in menu 3 1 LAN or in menu 11 5 WAN to block Telnet service 4 TheIP you entered in the Secured Client IP field in menu 24 11 does not match the client IP If it does not match the device will disconnect the Telnet session immediately 408 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools 29 4 Firmware Upgrade Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot See Section 29 9 on page 416 for upgrading firmware using FTP TFTP commands lt gt Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress Figure 233 Firmware Upgrade Firmware Upgrade To upgrade the internal device firmware browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click Upload Upgrade files can be downloaded from website If th
123. policy lt Packet Direction gt ICMP type d ICMP access matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the user s setting lt type d gt Firewall rule NOT lt Packet Direction gt lt code d gt match rule d ICMP ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule ICMP Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked ICMP The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets ICMP or the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 161 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d call d Ss C01 Outgoing Call dev x ch x s The router received the setup requirements for a call call is the reference count number of the call dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line O channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs Table 16
124. port such as Web on port 80 other ports are also active If the person configuring or managing the computer is not careful a hacker could attack it over an unprotected port Some of the most common IP ports are Table 87 Common IP Ports 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls 14 4 2 Types of DoS Attacks There are four types of DoS attacks 1 Those that exploit bugs in a TCP IP implementation Those that exploit weaknesses in the TCP IP specification Brute force attacks that flood a network with useless data IP Spoofing Ping of Death and Teardrop attacks exploit bugs in the TCP IP implementations of various computer and host systems a Ff WS KN Ping of Death uses a ping utility to create an IP packet that exceeds the maximum 65 536 bytes of data allowed by the IP specification The oversize packet 1s then sent to an unsuspecting system Systems may crash hang or reboot Teardrop attack exploits weaknesses in the re assembly of IP packet fragments As data is transmitted through a network IP packets are often broken up into smaller chunks Each fragment looks like the original IP packet except that it contains an offset field that says for instance This fragment is carrying bytes 200 through 400 of the original non fragmented IP packet The Teardrop program creates a series of IP fragments with overlapping offset fields
125. receive calls over the ISDN line using Multiple Subscriber Numbers MSNs Trunking General Use this screen to enable trunking on your ZyXEL Device Peer Call Use this screen to configure peer device authentication for trunking calls Call Rule Use this screen to configure forwarding rules on your ZyXEL Device for trunking calls Security P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 4 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Firewall General Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and the default action to take on network traffic going in specific directions Rules This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules and allows you to edit add a firewall rule Threshold Use this screen to configure the thresholds for determining when to drop sessions that do not become fully established Content Filter Keyword Use this screen to block access to web sites containing certain keywords in the URL Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for your device to perform content filtering Trusted Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering VPN Setup Use this screen to configure each VPN tunnel Monitor Use this screen to look at the current status of each VPN tunnel VPN Global Use this screen to allow NetBIOS traffic through VPN tunnels Setting Certificates My Certificates Use this screen to gen
126. s Guide Chapter 27 Logs Table 170 SIP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION SIP UnRegistration The listed SIP account s registration was deleted from the SIP Success by SIP SIP Phone register server Number SIP UnRegistration Fail An attempt to delete the listed SIP account s registration from the by SIP SIP Phone Number SIP register server failed Table 171 RTP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Error RTP init fail The initialization of an RTP session failed Error Call fail RTP A VoIP phone call failed because the RTP session could not be connect fail established Error RTP connection The termination of an RTP session failed cannot close Table 172 FSM Logs Caller Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call Start Ph Phone Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to Port Number lt Outgoing initiate a VoIP call to the listed destination Call Number VoIP Call Established Someone used a phone connected to the listed phone port to Ph Phone Port gt make a VoIP call to the listed destination Outgoing Call Number VoIP Call End Phone Phone A VoIP phone call made from a phone connected to the listed Port phone port has terminated Table 173 FSM Logs Callee Side LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION VoIP Call Start from A VoIP phone call came to the ZyXEL Device from the listed SIP SIP SIP Port Number n
127. screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device s settings for Simple Network Management Protocol management DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to set whether or not your ZyXEL Device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available SSH Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Secure Shell to manage the ZyXEL Device UPnP General Use this screen to turn UPnP on or off Maintenance System General Use this screen to configure your device s name domain name management inactivity timeout and password Time Setting Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs View Log Use this screen to display your device s logs Log Settings Use this screen to select which logs and or immediate alerts your device is to record You can also set it to e mail the logs to you Call History Summary Use this screen to display duration and packet statistics about calls made and received on the ZyXEL Device Call History Use this screen to display information about individual incoming and outgoing calls Call History Use this screen to configure to where the ZyXEL Device is to send call Settings history records and
128. seid gos d edo Reload eod 267 Chapter 17 itroducton to o RE 269 TL NP VOTIS a E ney keer verrer dba tates eed fora MEM MN 269 DR he P 269 17 1 2 Uy PSION sisi aiaitt tn catinte rinii eannan EENE sanba dich E Eaa aa aaa ed line 269 JAEEeUL MIDaDerAem 269 ERE Euer MIRI Im 270 Te IPoA elt oeil m ee i eee een rr rere eee ere per re fe ere re rer eer er rrr te erent ree rere 270 17 21 IPSec BIGGIN e M 271 17 22 BOY TOIT cre ai ahs Based ats Sep reas Sipe daca onda dead eas ed ace 271 Tae ERPSDSHUIO aein EE dam pua vi Uem M edam 271 17a RANSON NOUE NU TI Tem 272 MEP cee XU 0 el te ES 272 TE PSEC Ds qm 272 Chapter 18 VPN a A A E E A E E A 275 T YPAS EC OVONIOW ais asec iaaii ns Larvae inde daria EREN ANAONA EENEN 275 Ta Poe AGOI aa 275 19 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol 1e e ern de a xa d a booa en nta 275 18 2 2 ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol sseeese 275 18 3 My IP op siina A E E 276 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents TRA Secure Gateway PUODIBESLLsiissakisctr ei uad iU A YU EO UDIN HU GI ES GR ERA RR ARR RR EUR 276 18 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address esse enar teta anna tha aa naa nada 277 18 5 VEN Seip SEEEN nw 277 DL 445 1D eec US 279 18 7 VPN NAT and NAT Trayefsal iuiucsoscisivtGgi pv en diee Ya PE CCRRMIX PA PUeRE adrian 279 Inf gicguciB E e
129. still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to configuration changes automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can through UPnP communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Table 146 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Allow UPnP to pass through Select this check box to allow traffic from UPnP enabled applications to Firewall bypass the firewall Clear this check box to have the firewall block all UPnP application packets for example MSN packets Apply Click Apply to save the setting to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 24 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Figure 211 Add Remove Programs Wi
130. that allows for roaming Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server e Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected to the network Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless client and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to a
131. the second incoming call No Answer Specify the extension number you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming Forward to internal calls to if the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Number No Answer This field is used by the No Answer Forward to Number feature Waiting Time Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait for you to answer an incoming internal call before it considers the call unanswered Back Click this to return to the Ext Table Setup Screen Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 14 Phone Services Overview Supplementary services such as call hold call waiting call transfer etc are generally available from your VoIP service provider The ZyXEL Device supports the following services Call Hold Call Waiting Making a Second Call Call Transfer Call Forwarding see Section 11 17 on page 200 Three Way Conference P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 14 1 11 14 2 nternal Calls see Section 13 3 on page 227 Call Park and Pickup Do not Disturb To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available through the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider The Flash Key Flashing means to press the hook for a short period of time a few hundred milliseconds
132. the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circumstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the LAN Setup screen 8 3 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability 8 3 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask Ifthe ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to
133. the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device 3 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor r One of the LEDs does not behave as expected Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 1 5 on page 46 Check the hardware connections See the Quick Start Guide Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact the vendor cO WN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 28 Troubleshooting 28 2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login e forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 1 The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 2 Ifyou changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser 3 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to it
134. the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 2 2 or 254 possible hosts The following figure shows the company network before subnetting Figure 271 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting Cc EB EM EM EN EM EM EN EN NN NN M i i I I mi a Y 1 Internet t JU H Ol I li I li I lil I 0 I li y 192 168 1 0 24 a a LE E Amo m um um m um Um Um Em Em um um You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate sub networks The subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 272 Subnetting Example After Subnetting 1 A LE I B D P E3 mo SN i I LE CS hs 5 H P T Internet gt a n B TM P i P i i i 9 192 168 1 0 25 4 W192 168 1 128 ue a mumumumumum um eom um um um um um um In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 27 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 w
135. the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 is 11 00 pm to Sending Call send the call history records History Clear Sending Select this to delete all the call history records after they have been e mailed Call History after sending mail Save Call History Settings Save Call This field is used to configure the frequency of call history records being saved on History the ZyXEL Device Schedule e Hourly Daily Weekly If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the e mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the e mail should be sent Time for Saving Call History Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 is 11 00 pm to save the call history records Summary of Call History Settings Start Day of Every Month Enter the date you want the ZyXEL Device starts to record call history of all phone calls every month For example enter 5 as the start date of every month You have a list of phone call P 2602HWLNI User s Guide records of one single month from 5th of the current month till 4th of next month Chapter 26 Call History Table 151 Call History gt Call History Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Logs Th
136. timeout s 60UDP idle timeout s 60TCP connection three way handshaking timeout s 30TCP FIN wait timeout s 60TCP idle P 2602HWLNI User s Guide established timeout s 3600 Chapter 27 Logs Table 158 TCP Reset Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION sent TCP RST Exceed MAX incomplete The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block RST sent TCP The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 159 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule od Attempted access matched a configured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule For type and code details see Table 168 on page 397 Table 160 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt code Sd gt Firewall default
137. to WAN and from WAN to LAN LAN to LAN Router WAN to WAN Router and DMZ to DMZ Router rules apply to packets coming in on the associated interface LAN WAN or DMZ respectively LAN to LAN Router means policies for LAN to ZyXEL Device the policies for managing the ZyXEL Device through the LAN interface and policies for LAN to LAN the policies that control routing between two subnets on the LAN Similarly WAN to WAN Router and DMZ to DMZ Router polices apply in the same way to the WAN and DMZ ports P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 247 Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration 15 4 1 LAN to WAN Rules The default rule for LAN to WAN traffic 1s that all users on the LAN are allowed non restricted access to the WAN When you configure a LAN to WAN rule you in essence want to limit some or all users from accessing certain services on the WAN WAN to LAN Rules The default rule for WAN to LAN traffic blocks all incoming connections WAN to LAN If you wish to allow certain WAN users to have access to your LAN you will need to create custom rules to allow it 15 4 2 Alerts Alerts are reports on events such as attacks that you may want to know about right away You can choose to generate an alert when a rule is matched in the Edit Rule screen see Figure 142 on page 252 When an event generates an alert a message can be immediately sent to an e mail account that you specify in the Log Settings screen Refer to Chapter 27 on page 387 fo
138. to a LAN port of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway 2 Right click the icon and select Properties Figure 216 Network Connections Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back d P Search li Folders ii Address e Network Connections Internet Gateway Internet Connection nabled Internet Connection Disable LANorH Status Network Tasks E Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network Disable this network device m Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this Create Shortcut E alil Rename Properties 3 Inthe Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 217 Internet Connection Properties EJ Internet Connection Properties General Connect to the Internet using amp J Intemet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Settings Show icon in notification area when connected 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or
139. to a remote peer device to 1 555 544 5678 1555 forward calls starting with the numbers 1555 1 555 432 8888 1 111 555 4321 Set up a peer call to a remote peer device to 1 111 544 5678 1111 forward calls starting with the numbers 1111 12 4 VoIP Trunking Scenarios There are several different VoIP trunking scenarios 12 4 1 VoIP Phone To PSTN Phone A VoIP phone A makes a call to the ZyXEL Device B via VoIP B forwards the call to a PSTN phone C A can be an analog phone connected to the ZyXEL Device or any other phone capable of making calls over the IP network Figure 120 VolP Phone To PSTN Phone 12 4 2 PSTN Phone To VoIP Phone A 2 pec ssn A PSTN phone A makes a call to the ZyXEL Device B B connects A to a VoIP phone C over the IP network P 2602HWLNI User s Guide B Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Figure 121 PSTN Phone To VoIP Phone 3 Ces EM i Internet i ve WT C 1 ASS Ss 12 4 3 PSTN Phone To PSTN Phone via VoIP A PSTN phone A makes a call to the ZyXEL Device B B connects to a peer device C and C forwards the call to a PSTN phone D Figure 122 PSTN Phone To PSTN Phone via VoIP a D B C c z li Cram 2 z Internet Bb c PST m e j EN SS 12 5 Trunking General Screen Use this screen to enable VoIP trunking Click VoIP gt Trunking gt General BES VoIP Trunking requires the following additional configuration in the VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings gt
140. to assure the integrity of the connection and to adapt to dynamic protocols These firewalls generally provide the best speed and transparency however they may lack the granular application level access control or caching that some proxies support See Section 14 5 on page 238 for more information on stateful inspection Firewalls of one type or another have become an integral part of standard security solutions for enterprises 14 3 Introduction to ZyXEL s Firewall The ZyXEL Device firewall is a stateful inspection firewall and is designed to protect against Denial of Service attacks when activated The ZyXEL Device s purpose is to allow a private Local Area Network LAN to be securely connected to the Internet The ZyXEL Device can be used to prevent theft destruction and modification of data as well as log events which may be important to the security of your network The ZyXEL Device also has packet filtering capabilities The ZyXEL Device is installed between the LAN and the Internet This allows it to act as a secure gateway for all data passing between the Internet and the LAN The ZyXEL Device has one DSL ISDN port and one Ethernet LAN port which physically separate the network into two areas The DSL ISDN port connects to the Internet The LAN Local Area Network port attaches to a network of computers which needs security from the outside world These computers will have access to Internet services such as e mail FT
141. to guess 4 Click Apply in the Replace Certificate screen to create a certificate using your ZyXEL Device s MAC address that will be specific to this device This screen displays only when you log in as an administrator Figure 9 Replace Certificate Screen Replace Factory Default Certificate The factory default certificate is common to all ZyXEL models Click Apply to create a certificate using your ZyXEL s MAC address that will be specific to this device Apply E Ignore 5 A screen displays to let you choose whether to go to the wizard or the advanced screens Click Go to Wizard setup if you are logging in for the first time or if you want to make basic changes The wizard selection screen appears after you click Apply See Chapter 3 on page 63 for more information Click Go to Advanced setup if you want to configure features that are not available in the wizards Select the check box if you always want to go directly to the advanced screens The main screen appears after you click Apply See Section 2 3 on page 52 for more information Click Exit if you want to log out P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 51 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator BS For security reasons the ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if you do not use the web configurator for five minutes default If this happens log in again Figure 10 Wizard or Adv
142. to receive phone calls from the PSTN line that do not use the Internet on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls ISDN Line Select this if you want to receive phone calls from the ISDN line that do not use the Internet on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls MSN Select the MSNs you want the phone s connected to this phone port to receive When there is an incoming call with the corresponding MSN the phones connected to this port ring Leave these fields blank if you do not use an MSN service If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls Note The number in the MSN field refers to the MSN mapping entries you configure in the VoIP Fixed Line Numbers screen Configure these entries first Note If you use an MSN service but do NOT configure MSNs in this screen when you select ISDN Line the phone s attached to this port can receive calls that use any MSN Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this phone port The Advanced Analog P
143. use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similarly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet 1s an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 1n binary or 0 to 255 in decimal The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Figure 270 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 i TERAS i at i i i M mmmh i I L I L L I L I i I L I L L 7 U anm m m m m m m m 9 How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies accor
144. version 1 If this is the first time you are connecting to the ZyXEL Device using SSH a message displays prompting you to save the host information of the ZyXEL Device Type yes and press ENTER 2 Enter the password to login to the ZyXEL Device 3 Use the put command to upload a new firmware to the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Figure 209 Secure FTP Firmware Upload Example sftp 1 192 168 1 1 Connecting to 192 168 1 1 The authenticity of host 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 can t be established RSA1 key fingerprint is 21 6 0 07 25 7e 4 75 80 ec af bd d4 3d 80 53 dl Are you sure you want to continue connecting yes no yes Warning Permanently added 192 168 1 1 RSA1 to the list of known hosts Administrator 192 168 1 1 s password sftp gt put firmware bin ras Uploading firmware bin to ras Read from remote host 192 168 1 1 Connection reset by peer Connection closed P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP This chapter introduces the UPnP feature in the web configurator 24 1 Introducing Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking standard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an
145. wireless LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now Security This displays the type of security mode the ZyXEL Device is using in the wireless LAN Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Click this to go to the screen where you can change it Content Filter This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s content filtering is activated Click this to go to the screen where you can change it System Status System Uptime This field displays how long the ZyXEL Device has been running since it last started up The ZyXEL Device starts up when you plug it in when you restart it Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart or when you reset it see Section 1 6 on page P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 47 Chapter 6 Status Screens Table 17 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Date Time This field displays the current date and time in the ZyXEL Device You can change this in Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting System Mode This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a bridge CPU Usage This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s processing ability is currently used When this percentage is close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is running at full load and the throughput is not going to improve anymore If you want some
146. wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 3 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network even if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network 9 2 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a secret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication See Section 9 2 3 on page 130 for information about this Table 34 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication NO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVER Weakest No Security WPA Static WEP n WPA PSK Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports For example suppose you h
147. with upper and lower case letters numbers and a symbol such as 96 or Upgrade your software regularly Many older versions of software especially web browsers have well known security deficiencies When you upgrade to the latest versions you get the latest patches and fixes If you use chat rooms or IRC sessions be careful with any information you reveal to strangers If your system starts exhibiting odd behavior contact your ISP Some hackers will set off hacks that cause your system to slowly become unstable or unusable P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls Always shred confidential information particularly about your computer before throwing it away Some hackers dig through the trash of companies or individuals for information that might help them in an attack 14 7 Packet Filtering Vs Firewall Below are some comparisons between the ZyXEL Device s filtering and firewall functions 14 7 1 Packet Filtering The router filters packets as they pass through the router s interface according to the filter rules you designed Packet filtering is a powerful tool yet can be complex to configure and maintain especially if you need a chain of rules to filter a service Packet filtering only checks the header portion of an IP packet 14 7 1 1 When To Use Filtering To block allow LAN packets by their MAC addresses To block allow special IP packets which are neither TCP nor UDP nor ICMP packets
148. 0 End Port so Server IP Address Rhoi 012 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 55 Port Forwarding Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Address Enter the inside IP address of the server here Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 10 6 Address Mapping BS The Address Mapping screen is available only when you select Full Feature in the NAT gt General screen Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL Device applies the rules i
149. 0 N A Address 18 18 2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example In this example the telecommuters A B and C in the figure use IPSec routers with domain names that are mapped to their dynamic WAN IP addresses use Dynamic DNS to do this With aggressive negotiation mode see Section 18 12 1 on page 289 the ZyXEL Device can use the ID types and contents to distinguish between VPN rules Telecommuters can each use a separate VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters They can use different IPSec parameters The local IP addresses or ranges of addresses of the rules configured on the ZyXEL Device at headquarters can overlap The local IP addresses of the rules configured on the telecommuters IPSec routers should not overlap See the following table and figure for an example where three telecommuters each use a different VPN rule for a VPN connection with a ZyXEL Device located at headquarters The ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure identifies each incoming SA by its ID type and content and uses the appropriate VPN rule to establish the VPN connection The ZyXEL Device at headquarters can also initiate VPN connections to the telecommuters since it can find the telecommuters by resolving their domain names P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Figure 168 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example SER 192 168 4 15 LAN BN lt gt Ex 192 168 1 10 YYTUN
150. 00 00 13 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 00 00 00 00 00 00 16 00 00 00 00 00 00 17 00 00 00 00 00 00 18 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 00 00 00 00 00 00 22 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 00 00 00 00 00 00 25 00 00 09 00 00 00 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 00 00 00 00 00 00 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 43 MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active MAC Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless station that are allowed or denied access to Address the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous confi
151. 1 CDR Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected call d s C02 OutCall Connected d s board d line d channel d The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected call d s C02 Call Terminated Table 162 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started Ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting Starting ppp IPCP Opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening Ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 163 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 164 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s block keyword The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword The system forwarded web content oo a For type and code details see Table 168 on page 397 Table 165 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPT
152. 1 ff be 85 63 66 ff 6d 5b 8a b7 SHAI Fingerprint 5 c0 e9 bd fe f0 8f 7d 35 29 49 73 2b 0e a8 c9 10 82 90 ca Certificaie in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIICvTCCA meg wIBAgIObDLSOKvmRSaBOZDwzWwyDdTANBgkdqghkiG9wOBAQUFADAi MSA wHgYDVOODExdQNjYySFctRDEGgIDAwMTMOOTAwMDAwMTAeFwOwNTA5MDIwMjO2 MThaFw xMDASMDIwMjUONDZaMBAxDjAMBgNVBAMTBVpSWKVMMIIBIjANBgkqhkiG SwvyOBAQEFAAOCAQGAMIIBCQgECAQEAXKO4T3OpOHIVMitsi5IrupkZlFSgg9EKR2 tW FogGTWJ6JVMhugqSybaxTORfdO7LdqBnLiFPl2UZxlrNVvfnPzGwf YvjliFPfuo3Nq Y 6zkySezSt9HRizWJ6uC6hwJuRpSxZizGvD4El1Ju609VKyhdnX7aCODaN32p8WD Te p Y F hqDVCMOKRNmKj QBPgRSMbzrxdOAYRL3ZHe lrvOdIVZNATVMmHC2Vx9I I3O96TIVcUdNI5d93idwxTFhDGb cogMFGx9nu2XCOL4yuOGntfFmYR3 3icH75r4 tHD3yFacTFlf ojo8UXvc7iWxDm UGbUGg9 U jKL6Y1PSjxihQIDAQABO4HCHMIG v Back Export Apply Cancel 320 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 125 Trusted Remote Host Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s own certificate and a list of certification authority certificates in the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate a certificate s
153. 1111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 64 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 127 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 Table 195 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 128 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 129 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 191 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 Table 196 Subnet 4 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address 192 168 1 192 Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 Broadcast Address 192 168 1 255 Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 197 Eight Subnets SUBNET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 197 Eight Subnets continued SUB
154. 13 d ode do o e D e a d Md 354 Table 145 ADVANCED gt REMOTE MGMT gt SSH Gutuccessieiunskeldvetusse eqq eere pde EapM Yd cei te lad ape phus 356 Table 146 Coniguino ul e 362 Table 147 System General Setup iT 376 Table 146 oy uir SOUN serdara EN 377 Table 149 Cal History SUMMI si bon dee Edere o on ORE RU Leon ae d add 382 Table 190 Call History gt Call History auucaxiesnstiepi a pu Leine Fede reru andlk Eben to daa torba e PR Ra E taa 383 Table 151 Gell History Call History SeltingS xcciesascece tese tert tuae EE Ett dau ER ttt Rau Eve Ranae Eta tana bat nd aane bites 385 Tablo 152 VIBW DOO Luadiberpstiverensi danni qur abd box PUER IU HER UE NR URRURK OSSA a RR HOD RU eH 388 Table 1532 Log SeQUIHOS iodiasuueddssebuonid cH i dab nase ede MEE E det vEpA MD U NP FERE NR M 389 Table 154 SMTP Error Messages e 391 Table 155 System Maintenance LOGS esa snae cena da aa e ERR ada A ANA NANANA EANNAN NNA KENAA TENAAAN REEE Ea 392 TOCIT a gbensaio deter 393 Tete 17 ASS Cono LODE 393 TETO E ROSS qvo IT 393 Table 139 Packet Fiker Legs cctcssccscctressatacraciuscsntciguronnarsueecenieanastaeteniaiaincedaneiensnssaeniedeannneneripenes 394 Table TOO ICIP igs T 394 Walle Pal Di iE eet 394 iE x duo e 395 ARS PO AP LOOS t Tn T RTT 395 Toe Ta Conon Freng Logs det 395 Table T ANA E LUBS aaa Ga
155. 145 Freowal Example RUIS JE I TT 256 Figure 146 Edit Custom Port Example rire br rtm re rtt eter ia eeii i nana En E Ven bL a prp UpRUL Gd 256 Figure 147 Firewall Example Edit Rule Destination Address sem 257 Figure 148 Firewall Example Edit Rule Select Customized Services ssssssssssss 258 Figure 149 Firewall Example Rules MyService sse anrea rra etr ne dei nta deus Rau das RD 259 P MSc My 261 Figure 151 Content Fiter yr e M 265 Figuie 152 Coment Filer CNS iiu cce ga SUO RR EELEI AERE ER GFX RECO EE ELLE EUR ES LER 266 Figure Too Comnen Filter MOSI diuossaseisetide siete ge ERMIpe ped ER EIN UEEEFEDO LEM UR E EP OD Un LHP Tir PERRA EN 267 Figure 154 Encryption and Decryption 2ueccscsii ko er tacere bod Ek bed epa auae tes bbd doni e abo deb SEERA 270 Figure 159 IPSOS Architecture sees a uk Er E pa ea odd E n eae ENG E ER ER UN PAR EN A Kn ad d 271 Figure 156 Transport and Tunnel Mode IPSec Encapsulation ssssssseeseeeerees 272 Figuie 197 F300 Suey FINNS me 277 zd Te YPN OU eT 278 Figure 159 NAT Router Between IPSeo ROUEGrIS 12i et retttnr ttr tnttre ttt tton duni petty aa 280 Figure 160 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example eee eene nnne 281 Figuie TOT dc VFN PONG aS auastewexentenddieivkeivutaumbten teli Dri tete vive i ae top vt becas bo vag Raus 284 Figure 162 Two Phases to Set Up the
156. 1483 and PPPoE Status This field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected Idle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this port RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this port Errors This field displays the number of error packets on this port Tx B s This field displays the number of bytes transmitted in the last second Rx B s This field displays the number of bytes received in the last second Up Time This field displays the elapsed time this port has been up LAN Port Statistics P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens Table 20 Packet Statistics continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Interface This field displays either Ethernet LAN ports or Wireless WLAN port Status For the LAN ports this field displays Down line is down or Up line is up or connected For the WLAN port it displays the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled TxPkts This field displays the number of packets transmitted on this interface RxPkts This field displays the number of packets received on this interface Collisions This is the number of collisions on this interfaces Poll Interval s Typ
157. 19 My Certificate Details Default self signed certificate which signs the imported remote host certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate If you want to change the name type up to 31 characters to identify this certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use this certificate to sign the trusted remote host certificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device This check box is only available with self signed certificates If this check box is already selected you cannot clear it in this screen you must select this check box in another self signed certificate s details screen This automatically clears the check box in the details screen of the certificate that was previously set to sign the imported trusted remote host certificates Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the certificate and the certificate itself If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the certificate itself If the certificate is a self signed certificate the certificate itself is the only one in the list The ZyXEL Device does not trust the certificate and displays Not trusted in this field i
158. 2 If the ringing phone does not belong to the same group of your phone but you know its extension number press 97 followed by the extension number of the ringing phone to receive the call If the ringing phone belongs to the same group of your phone press 97 to receive the call 13 4 Checking the Device s IP Address Do the following to listen to the ZyXEL Device s current IP address 1 2 3 4 5 Pick up your phone s receiver Press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu Press 5 followed by the key Listen to the IP address and make a note of it Hang up the receiver 13 5 Auto Firmware Upgrade During auto provisioning the ZyXEL Device checks to see if there is a newer firmware version If newer firmware is available the ZyXEL Device plays a recording when you pick up your phone s handset Press 99 to upgrade the ZyXEL Device s firmware Press 99 to not upgrade the ZyXEL Device s firmware P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 13 Phone Usage P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART V Security Firewalls 233 Firewall Configuration 245 Content Filtering 265 Introduction to IPSec 269 VPN Screens 275 Certificates 301 Firewalls This chapter gives some background information on firewalls and introduces the ZyXEL Device firewall 14 1 Firewall Overview Originally th
159. 2 Glite bis G 992 4 ADSL 2 2 AnnexM ADSL2 G 992 5 Reach Extended ADSL RE ADSL SRA Seamless Rate Adaptation Auto negotiating rate adaptation ADSL physical connection ATM AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 Multi protocol over AAL5 RFC 2684 1483 PPP over ATM AAL5 RFC 2364 PPP over Ethernet RFC 2516 Multiple PPPoE VC based and LLC based multiplexing Up to 8 PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits 1 610 F4 F5 OAM Zero configuration Other Protocol Support PPP Point to Point Protocol link layer protocol Transparent bridging for unsupported network layer protocols RIP I RIP Il ICMP ATM QoS SNMP v1 and v2c with MIB II support RFC 1213 IP Multicasting IGMP v1 and v2 IGMP Proxy Management Embedded Web Configurator CLI Command Line Interpreter SNMP v1 amp v2c with MIB II Embedded FTP TFTP Server for firmware upgrade and configuration file backup and restore Telnet for remote management Remote Management Control Telnet FTP Web SNMP and DNS VoIP Auto provisioning via TFTP HTTP HTTPS Remote Firmware Upgrade Syslog Other Features Zero Configuration VC auto hunting Traffic Redirect Dynamic DNS SPTGEN QoS Firewall Stateful Packet Inspection Prevent Denial of Service attacks such as Ping of Death SYN Flood LAND Smurf etc Access Control of Service Content Filtering IP amp Generic Packet Filtering Real time Attack Alerts and Logs Reports and logs SIP ALG passthrou
160. 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 8 3 3 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 1s not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP version 2 IGMP v2 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership Aft
161. 349 Figure 199 SNMP Management Modal uic eben tee ia ope eb ERR HUE d arbe S 350 Figure 200 Remote Management SNMP ii csspett asta t Rp hd RH Y mt EH URL t ES RR 351 Foue 201 Remote Management DNS ics naa tecti ERE cnc UE Enc Casa dada pas duel RERBA iS dus 353 Figure 202 Remote Management ICMP aine eint na ob bait ob ti A iissa 354 Figure 203 55H Communication Over Ihe WAN Example 24 5 use nete net d ea xo rta Fe inais 355 Foue 204 HON SSH VIDINS ci recipiat cen A eonim pda rete arcana ua EeidU 355 Figure 205 ADVANCED gt REMOTE MGMT gt DISEDcsciczezistzizi toa eenztbezssutktalks cha ci ieaie Mad ta tra tuse eia 356 Figure 206 SSH Example 1 Stare Host KOy auum in rire onn Ribera cti Pk xr n be kcal 357 igure 207 SSH EOMP Test peter N A O 358 Figure 208 SSH Exemples Log Wi arrin i coe a o pte od c A 358 Figure 209 Secure FTP Firmware Upload Example ccceccecceceeeeeeseeeeeeeceaeeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneenaaees 359 Figure 270 Conkguring UPAP i 362 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Figures Figure 211 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication eessessssess 363 Figure 212 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components 364 Figure 213 Network Cone IOFI acuussdunsiek idit cr eb pat icihi i aad ebvar ae Uti o AME ERI dut Eaa 364 Figure 214 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard
162. 444 Figure 201 Macimnosh OS A NeW Aem 445 Figuie 202 BD BOOR iaaa aT Len d un Dod e a 447 Foure 263 Mene Elek alivg c ionaid a a LS D 448 Figure 754 Internet OpIOnDs PTINEDV cistaucccosstsniveccossssutiiancsseuisias jute inact aa ei a 449 Figure 2065 Pop up Blocker Settings sspe RE ERR EEV PRI FU vanes FE Pr eR pc ERR EP Le FER A pdg Eg o PER edd 449 Figure 255 Inieimer DpligWe SEQUI usgaste ecu dac recte e ri e ERIS ME I ire ipM Reis HMM eieee 450 Figure 267 Security Settings Java SOMPUNG 22 esie cerato totu cen cob td deut aa veda du ko beca eap icd ayuu dd 451 Figure 268 Security Settings Java ossia ipai pan kd eredi Ka pad dh x Fea RE eaa ada br add 451 gs uoo mostro Mmm 452 Figure 270 Network Number and PIOSE ID Lu ssscscspsesteesisu petet db ee EE Ia PR re LES PEARL TEL Ke RE LESEN nope L1 Ernte ed 454 Figure 271 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting eaeeeeeeeseseeee rien nnne rennen than aa ann 456 Figure 272 Subnetting Example After Subnetting 12 eere tte hired ebria btt de oda 457 Figure 273 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network sssssseeeeeee 461 Foue A Eme SOVE OE We 462 Figure 279 litters Prat WLAN e 463 a eE cup supo E AET Tcp 464 Figure 277 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example eeessssseessseeessrussseernecerienesareerreaarinasaseerneaarsnens 471 Figwe 279 WPA ERS AULIGRUCBDN curridori kaia ANEA 472 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 34 List of Figures
163. 5 IP multicasting 426 IP network and PSTN connection 211 IP Policy Routing IPPR 425 IP pool 125 IP pool setup 118 IP spoofing 236 238 IP to IP Calls 44 IPSec 269 IPSec algorithms 271 275 IPSec and NAT 272 IPSec architecture 270 IPSec passthrough 427 IPSec standard 425 IPSec VPN capability 425 ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network 42 184 ITSP 43 ITU T 184 ITU T G 992 1 421 J jitter buffer 428 K keep alive 279 key fields for configuring rules 247 keys and certificates 301 L LAN setup 101 117 LAN TCP IP 118 LAND 236 237 LEDs 46 listening port 182 log out 52 log out automatic 52 login 50 logs 381 387 MAC address filter action 144 MAC filter 143 Management Information Base MIB 350 managing the device good habits 42 using FTP See FTP using Telnet See command interface using the command interface See command interface Maximum Burst Size MBS 104 109 113 max incomplete high 260 max incomplete low 260 Message Integrity Check MIC 470 metric 103 multicast 120 multimedia 169 multiple PVC support 425 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Index multiple SIP accounts 429 multiple voice channels 429 multiplexing 102 LLC based 102 VC based 102 multiprotocol encapsulation 102 music on hold 428 my IP address 276 N nailed up connection 103 NAT 119 160 460 address mapping rule 164 application 156 definitions 155 how it works 156 mapping types 157
164. 8 9 3 Acall rule needs to be created This rule tells the ZyXEL Device which remote peer device it should connect to in order to complete the call This rule is composed ofa pattern and an account name This pattern is simply the first several digits of the number you want the remote device to connect to In this example this is the first 4 digits 5555 of Sales1 telephone number The account name is the name of the outgoing authentication account created in the Speed Dial screen CityB This setting can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 223 Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Figure 133 PSTN to PSTN Example Call Rule General Peer Call Call Rule Peer Call Outgoing Table Account 12 9 3 Configuration Details Incoming The branch office ZyXEL Device needs to have an incoming authentication account configured This consists of a username and password This account must match the username and password of the outgoing authentication account of the headquarters ZyXEL Device This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen Figure 134 PSTN to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication General Peer Call Call Rule Outgoing Authentication CT CO OT 1 e jf j 2 ICO 1L 1 Bp s SEF ILI I OP OPP ANI OD OP hPa GOST pa iii al i 5e P Incoming Authentication Ja Usern
165. 8 TO WAN More Commoclions EUM 109 Ta More C nnections Edit ee 110 78 More Connections Edit Advanced ios meet Linde ne E nado Ren b Ld 113 Za Tome Rodo agten E N maii E 114 FO WAN poe ced d M 114 Chapter 8 BE EIS isis vas Pn 117 SLEAN 1 s cT 117 8 1 1 LANs WANS and the ZYXEL DEVIGE n cisciepeti eue tutis ERE prt 699 An Ii Serra edu eaea 117 SEA DACP SCW E asiaa AOE AMENS 118 8 2 DNS Savar Addross0S eee 118 Bo LACIE oaa E 118 8 3 1 IP Address and Subnet Mask iiia bere ret d pn rt aa een n o Nd ai il haa 118 Bid 2 RIP CTI e n 120 8039 NCBI cou Lsete ct ovdi i pev ERU LER pe EIE LR HP Era pL Fia eso Ai abd Ed aa bat et 120 8 3 4 Am IP Sousse dort dnd PERMIT Ua Ree m enc i ri eda vH Am Men rH MIU 121 Sa Conigurng LAN am 122 8 4 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup sse eene nennen 123 eo DACP SPOP ieoa aE EEN EN EN indu 124 oe LAN IRS L e ae 125 OT CAN IP AIDE eT 126 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN eet ae a aa 129 OA Wireless Network OVEINIGW 129 9 2 Wireless Security COVER OI cs iieeuucee rk aa eu dans k bala E EPA p ERU EE pK hen PAR Med anenai in inaina EN MARRE add 130 mE cp 130 S22 WAC Address PINE uds ome dido bad a E Dan s RR Ro ua 130 92 2 User ABIGO DB uiaei eo EC epe EE US Pa bad eo debt ples vb pu ER ata El Cd a Lud 130 G2 Mc M
166. 9 429 G 992 1 426 G 992 3 426 G 992 4 426 G 992 5 426 general setup 375 Graphical User Interface GUI 42 group ring 202 428 H half open sessions 260 hidden node 463 host 376 hot line 428 HTTP 234 235 HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol 409 HTTPS 345 and remote management 345 implementation 345 introduction 345 humidity 423 IANA 119 460 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority see IANA IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority 254 IBSS 461 ICMP echo 237 ID type and content 281 IEEE 802 11g 429 430 465 IEEE 802 11g data rates 430 IEEE 802 11g modulation 430 IEEE 802 11g wireless LAN 429 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Index IEEE 802 11i 430 IEEE 802 1Q VLAN 177 IGMP 120 IGMP proxy 426 IGMP v1 426 IGMP v2 426 IKE phases 288 importing certificates 304 importing trusted CAs 313 importing trusted remote hosts 319 Independent Basic Service Set See IBSS 461 initialization vector IV 470 inside header 272 install UPnP 363 Windows Me 363 Windows XP 364 Integrated Access Device 41 internal calls 227 428 Internet access 63 internet access 43 Internet access wizard setup 63 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority See IANA Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP 237 Internet Key Exchange 288 Internet Protocol Security 269 Internet Telephony Service Provider 43 IP address 118 160 161 IP address assignment 102 ENET ENCAP 103 PPPoA or PPPoE 103 RFC 1483 103 IP alias 42
167. C Address 1 U N 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ETICE EI ILI No Security Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 47 Wireless LAN WDS LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote Bridge MAC Address This is the index number of the individual WDS link Active Select this to activate the link between the ZyXEL Device and the peer device to which this entry refers When you do not select the check box this link is down MAC Address Type the MAC address of the peer device in a valid MAC address format six hexadecimal character pairs 12 34 56 78 9a bc for example Security Security Mode Select one of the security settings No Security Static WEP WPA PSK WPA2 PSK If you select No Security the data sent between APs is not encrypted Anyone can read it See the following sections for more information Note Other APs must use the same encryption method on security settings to enable WDS security Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen 9 10 1 Static WEP Choose Static WEP from the Security Mode list P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 85 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt Static WEP Remote Bridge MAC Address Pt active ac address a WN aga fagu
168. CR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 encapsulation only Zero This feature is not applicable available when you configure the ZyXEL Device to Configuration use a static WAN IP address or in bridge mode Select Yes to set the ZyXEL Device to automatically detect the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and make the necessary configuration changes Select No to disable this feature You must manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access PPPoE This field is available when you select PPPoE encapsulation Passthrough In addition to the ZyXEL Device s built in PPPoE client you can enable PPPoE PPPoE pass through to allow up to ten hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP via the ZyXEL Device Each host can have a separate account and a public WAN IP address PPPoE pass through is an alternative to NAT for application where NAT is not appropriate Disable PPPoE pass through if you do not need to allow hosts on the LAN to use PPPoE client software on their computers to connect to the ISP Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin c
169. D e a Dar d n 395 TAS TO U LOE a bp tan hs SM a Seda Sana Ged 396 Table 167 ACL Setting Noles 397 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Tables Table 158 IGMP NOS 1 ipxdrcor ger OSURRIOU EVE PRESS HER OI SUE t ESSERE T d go PR OST Y eS 397 RU SI e a P 398 Table 170 IM 398 Bis a a Bd ca Bee cec sy rrerree err eee Terror E rer prraer Terre Crete 399 Table 17 2 FoM logs wo dl mE ee aan 399 Table 173 FSM Logs Callao Side 2 rete sainan i E tmu bo cot ouuicennadebetacsacsuereenas 399 Hrs rear DOOS TP 399 Table 175 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types ussuetereiieerbetrkoit en FEFERU HERE rk UIS E OFF FER T 400 Tab 170 Filename CODVOel aig sicher er eri a o d onl ands tes opo d oU pel Das o adu 408 Tobe WEFHI 5125 00 Tte ETT 409 Table 176 Restore ConfiguraliOm E M 411 Table 179 General Commands for GUI based FTP Clients ccessssccceesssneeceeetseneeceeeneeaneeeeenseeanes 414 Table 180 General Commands for GUI based TFTP Clients eesseeseseeeeeeeennnne nennen 415 Table 181 Diagnostic General ia 419 Table 1862 Diagnostic DSL LING 2 cocer pedi Deoda pide PAKe RUE pha bag EEA ENEE EE ania daba Salen SRM ond eda 420 Table 183 Hardware Speciications deme 423 IEUI EILEZDu ub cc A 423 Tabi
170. DSLAM is a rack of ADSL line cards with data multiplexed into a backbone network interface connection for example T1 OC3 DS3 ATM or Frame Relay Think of it as the equivalent of a modem rack for ADSL In addition your device allows wireless clients access to your network resources and the Internet A typical Internet access application is shown below Figure 1 Internet Access Application WAN DITITIR uli M Internet aA LAN 1 4 1 1 Internet Single User Account For a SOHO Small Office Home Office environment your device offers the Single User Account SUA feature that allows multiple users on the LAN Local Area Network to access the Internet concurrently for the cost of a single IP address 1 4 2 Making Calls via Internet Telephony Service Provider In a home or small office environment you can use your device to make and receive VoIP telephone calls through an Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP The following figure shows a basic example of how you would make a VoIP call through an ITSP You use your analog phone A in the figure and your device B changes the call into VoIP Your device then sends your call to the Internet and the ITSP s SIP server C The VoIP call server forwards calls to PSTN phones E through a trunking gateway D to the PSTN network The VoIP call server forwards calls to IP phones F through the Internet P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing th
171. Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP f you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically f you have a static IP address click Use the following IP Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields Click Advanced P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 256 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Settings Advanced TCP IP Settings IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Automatic metric 6 Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add n TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP IP Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway
172. E AN T na SR LAUR PERALES ELAN an taneous 84 Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information ssseeeeene 84 Figure 42 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete cceseccccseeseecceceeesseececeeseeeceecessenaceeenenseaaes 85 FRU 43 tS CO aa eA et aN 88 Figure 44 Arig aM qe 91 Foure aa Eyes TIT NUN RTT TS 92 Figure 45 Packet SDIUSTICS qusssueidaseseu pnt cee n EPA I EPOR LEN D rNE FERE M PP ER EU E ERPEDL DA EANDEM PUE UR 93 POEST ue ines c ras at a aie li en alae 94 Figures Lis DSL S oo obaicsdonomies Dives a a 96 Figure 49 Exaniple of Trani Shaping iscsseseszeeesssssezzexccumeezzxceebkbZuPke ina Yu E tbe E AMEN E apUx d EBUREA 104 Figure 50 Intsriet Access Setup PPPOE 11er estesa rrt E ER FIR SUB soonest ka a Fd 106 Figure 51 Advanced Interet Access Setup iei ceti tec iem tpek hn t rope sn inns niren Ege RUE inian niinn anaiai 108 Figure 52 WAN More Connecting M aia 110 Figure 53 More Connections Edit 1a n ie ek kiria sR aaan EEE ERR AIR RAI p 111 Figure 54 More Connections Edt Advanced sssrscnisisrniiiicii o niin nE a N a 113 Figwe 55 rai dica edcjj 114 Figure 56 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup as satsivcccacssnsicwenns saracemansenpecwieda cabot stenlsausatuiedes ia neues En aeia ERa Eana 114 Figure SF WAN Backup Setup me
173. E E E Fey GERI URP EUR DE ERAN R E A Rodi 325 5S FE LU 8 ROU eR I mI T EU 327 nsi Management e 331 TUR DNS COUP ose ptc ndzdentedanefia pisa uti tadaded eu aed anu Eck vba endi e Vo ARN teenth 339 Remote Mahagement Configuratio uuoxkxprinax rere c ueY ctr ersak nEn N b Hu ve EE HUE 343 Universal Plagand Play UPI 1st ti rra nba idit o S t apt S Ua prt das 361 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 9 Contents Overview Maintenance and Troubleshooting iiieciseeeni arai suas tnt ana ku ER pPeVFa Mak ER ERA REF AXE UAR UR RAREE tansia 373 BUY chee nc o E UH LR n A A EE PEE I EN EA RERO osa AA RU Lo a N 375 solo eee e T E EET 381 i 387 E aS SUS 5c E ais 401 TOO cc E 407 Rn e 419 Product Spec Toata auia aa dated e pae a Ary Tir enc Hed dosi coda eu b E S 423 Appendices and Index sicrie nenne LA cha n6 Ra Len RLIRKRERR EK ERROR SUREK RR GR UE UR KORR KREP ER iekeas 433 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Usb s CUIUS uico sic vd cv FER EEER RE Fac DEFERT RE ORC RRE RH X ROV RE EE SRM SINUM RO Gr Nd a FAC REnE 3 Document C I NEU LS i cud kTaXEEGe ket RR EHE UK D AREE E CTRTUE ras OR FA RRR RR FUXR B EAK RR PORA NER IN RME TUER T R VERTES 4 Safety rli ce E S 6 Contents QUBIVIBU ios Ie Pa RYE ou TE Tu ED RAPRKTUEFGA ME OR UM GUX
174. E port You can also check the VoIP status in the Status screen If the VoIP settings are correct use speed dial to make peer to peer calls If you can make a call using speed dial but not your SIP account there may be something wrong with the SIP server contact your VoIP service provider e cannot call from one of the ZyXEL Device s phone ports to the other phone port If you are using extension numbers to call from one phone to another ensure that the VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table screen is correctly configured On a phone connected to one of the ZyXEL Device s PHONE ports try pressing the pound key four times This calls the phones connected to the other PHONE port If you are using a SIP account to call the other phone s make sure that both phone ports do not use the same SIP account You cannot call the SIP number of the SIP account that you are using to make a call The ZyXEL Device generates a busy tone and does not attempt to establish a call if the SIP number you dial matches the outgoing SIP number of the phone port you are using If you use different SIP accounts for each phone port you can call from one to the other For example if you set Phone 1 to use SIP account 1 and set Phone 2 to use SIP account 2 then you can use Phone 1 to call to SIP account 2 s SIP number or Phone 2 to call to SIP account 1 s SIP number P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 28 Troubleshooting P 2602HWLNI User
175. EL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup Table 29 LAN IP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup 8 4 1 Configuring Advanced LAN Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s RIP multicast any IP and Windows Networking settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Figure 61 Advanced LAN Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast Any IP Setup Iv Active RIP amp Multicast Setup Windows Networking NetBIOS over TCP IP IV Allow between LAN and WAN Boh RPA v IGMP v Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 30 Advanced LAN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it Any IP Setup Select the Active check box to enable the Any IP feature This allows a computer to access the In
176. EL Device to communicate with a SIP server that is a member of the same VLAN group Some ISPs use the VLAN tag to identify voice traffic and give it priority over other traffic 5 The ZyXEL Device does not support DiffServ at the time of writing P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 4 SIP Settings Screen The ZyXEL Device uses a SIP account to make outgoing VoIP calls and check if an incoming call s destination number matches your SIP account s SIP number In order to make or receive a VoIP call you need to enable and configure a SIP account and map it to a phone port The SIP account contains information that allows your ZyXEL Device to connect to your VoIP service provider If you want to make only peer to peer VoIP calls there is no VoIP service provider involved so the SIP account information does not have to match a real VoIP service provider s SIP account You can make up the SIP numbers However you should still activate a SIP account and configure its number and map it to a phone port so that the person you call knows what SIP number you are using and the ZyXEL Device knows to which phone port it should forward an incoming VoIP call You must use speed dial to make peer to peer VoIP calls See Section 11 8 2 on page 185 for how to map a SIP account to a phone port Use this screen to maintain basic information about each SIP account You can also enable and disable each SIP account To access this screen click
177. ENCT INEST 1 v Any 100 010 10 0 0415 x MyService TCPIUDP 123 7 Permit No No EP S PN Apply Cancel 15 8 DoS Thresholds For DoS attacks the ZyXEL Device uses thresholds to determine when to drop sessions that do not become fully established These thresholds apply globally to all sessions You can use the default threshold values or you can change them to values more suitable to your security requirements Refer to Section 15 8 3 on page 260 to configure thresholds 15 8 4 Threshold Values Tune these parameters when something is not working and after you have checked the firewall counters These default values should work fine for most small offices Factors influencing choices for threshold values are The maximum number of opened sessions The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network The CPU power of servers in your LAN network Network bandwidth Type of traffic for certain servers If your network is slower than average for any of these factors especially if you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy then the default values should be reduced You should make any changes to the threshold values before you continue configuring firewall rules P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration 15 8 2 Half Open Sessions An unusually high number of half open sessions either an absolute number or measured as the arrival rate c
178. ER AnEEFEFIROREXEE S QAEF CERERI TERR e FEY x pr tnt CREDAS ERES 222 12 9 2 Configuration Details COUCIGU ssrin na 222 12 9 3 Configuration Details INCOMING uusueeces dcvmcecnats battaa c taba dk 3a i eth i hn a nade 224 129 4 NeclN si 224 Chapter 13 Phone USAga 227 13 1 Dialing a Telephone Number aco iexxcce nt eot eer tnter kl bei ta d dnte t Ei ka edat 227 13 2 Using Speed Dial to Dial a Telephone Number esee nnne nnne 227 D c Weel Calena E a eal een R ae Bech AARAA 227 Iam T1PROHS BOR aa a ed na total beeen ap amd tels epp emda fd 228 133 2 INI TTL TTL 0 0 LL 228 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents Jem cie uc DD m 228 DEC II x0 mv 228 TSS Cll PU m 229 12 4 Checking the Device s IF AddrosS iiidiccsssstasseiinvncvtentawsesdlerivodedeer tinned iS a ed X n UL nits 229 petrae UPITE e 229 Part Vi SO 231 Chapter 14 PUPS WANS m O 233 ILEI UEe 233 THe Wes of Fieve P ini alee anelaniann aan 233 152 UP are Fiber FSA srcani v RP PRDNA uu E Re ete RH od etax unb dae E ERA d Uer UR Ye AMEN HH 233 14 2 7 ApplicationJevel Firewalls uiui coe tior pri ER e YE gna sedi PRIUS Sax Cu Ia EREEE Lbkx Io EP MER REE ERR 234 14 2 3 State Tel Ins
179. Ele tuta E rab cep RE 475 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Tables P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART I Introduction Introducing the ZyXEL Device 41 Introducing the Web Configurator 49 Introducing the ZyXEL Device This chapter introduces the main applications and features of the ZyXEL Device It also introduces the ways you can manage the ZyXEL Device 1 1 Overview The ZyXEL Device is an Integrated Access Device IAD that combines an ADSL2 router with Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities to allow you to use a traditional analog or ISDN telephone to make Internet calls By integrating DSL and NAT you are provided with ease of installation and high speed shared Internet access The ZyXEL Device is also a complete security solution with a robust firewall and content filtering At the time of writing this guide covers the following models Table 1 Models Covered P 2602HWNLI D3A P 2602HWNLI D7A e n the ZyXEL Device product name H denotes an integrated 4 port switch hub W denotes wireless functionality There is an embedded mini PCI module for IEEE 802 11g wireless LAN connectivity N denotes the ability to connect an ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network telephone to the device L denotes the PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network line feature When the ZyXEL Device does not have power only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port ca
180. From 192 168 1 1 TO 192 16841 255 default policy forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 From 192 168 1 131 10 192 168 1 255 default policy forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 00 From 192 168 1 6 To 10 10 10 10 match forward UDP src port 03516 dest port 00053 1 01 ESTA Ds s tese an ee STD pens From 192 168 1 1 TO 7192 1684 1 255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 From 192 168 1 131 To2192 16071420255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 From 192 168 1 1 TO 192 168 1 255 match forward UDP src port 00520 dest port 00520 1 02 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs 27 5 Log Descriptions This section provides descriptions of example log messages Table 155 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is successful The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE PPTP or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Successful WEB login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the rout
181. Host Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote hosts actual certificate See Section 19 12 on page 318 for how to verify a remote host s certificate SHA Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm You cannot use this value to verify that this is the remote host s actual certificate because the ZyXEL Device has signed the certificate thus causing this value to be different from that of the remote hosts actual certificate See Section 19 12 on page 318 for how to verify a remote host s certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download sc
182. II characters It does not matter whether the SIP server is a proxy redirect or register server SIP Server Port Enter the SIP server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value REGISTER Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP register server if your VoIP Server Address Service provider gave you one Otherwise enter the same address you entered in the SIP Server Address field You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters REGISTER Enter the SIP register server s listening port number if your VoIP service provider Server Port gave you one Otherwise enter the same port number you entered in the SIP Server Port field SIP Service Enter the SIP service domain name In the full SIP URI this is the part after the Domain symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII Extended set characters Send Caller ID Select this if you want to send identification when you make VoIP phone calls Clear this if you do not want to send identification Authentication User Name Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII characters Password Enter the user name for registering this SIP account exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 printable ASCII Extended set characters Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click t
183. ION attack TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF attack ESP GRE OSPF attack ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP attack code d land TCP UDP IGMP The firewall detected a TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF land ESP GRE OSPF attack land ICMP type d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack code d P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs Table 165 Attack Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port ip spoofing WAN ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN type d code d port icmp echo ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack type d code d syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP code d type d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewa
184. ION SIP Account This field displays the SIP account you see in this screen SIP Server Settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 62 VolP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION URL Type Select whether or not to include the SIP service domain name when the ZyXEL Device sends the SIP number SIP include the SIP service domain name TEL do not include the SIP service domain name Expiration Enter the number of seconds your SIP account is registered with the SIP register Duration server before it is deleted The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to re register your SIP account when one half of this time has passed The SIP register server might have a different expiration Register Re send timer Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device waits before it tries again to register the SIP account if the first try failed or if there is no response Session Expires Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session Min SE Enter the minimum number of seconds the ZyXEL Device lets a SIP session remain idle without traffic before it automatically disconnects the session When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on an expiration time for idle sessions This field is the shortest expiration time that the ZyXEL Device accepts RTP Port Range Start Port End
185. IP gt SIP screen before you can make VoIP phone calls Select which SIP account you want to use for outgoing calls with the MSN you selected Incoming Call Use this section to configure the SIP account you want to use for incoming calls apply to and whether or not you want to receive incoming PSTN calls with the MSN you selected SIP Account You must configure a SIP account in the VoIP gt SIP screen before you can receive VoIP phone calls Select which SIP account you want to receive phone calls from on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls PSTN Line Select this if you want to receive phone calls from the PSTN line on the phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 11 Common Phone Settings Screen Use this screen to activate and deactivate immediate dialing and set up call fallback To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Common Figure 108 Phone Common Common Common Settings Active Immediate Dial Call Fallback Force to PSTN if SIP un registered Force to SIP if PSTN un plugged Apply Cancel Each field is describ
186. L Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings 352 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Figure 201 Remote Management DNS DNS DNS Port 53 Access Status flan amp WAN Secured Client IP al C Selected 0 0 0 0 q Note You may also need to create a Firewall rule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 143 Remote Management DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Port The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 9 Configuring ICMP To change your ZyXEL Device s security settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically return
187. L Network Operating System 408 ZyNOS F W version 408 ZyXEL s firewall introduction 234 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide
188. M EIE CIR A GRO NVe UC M D S TRIN CERO LI OU VM DU EK LM 9 Table DF COGNI cac Ferner OD ER AE E EE FECE ER UE antes inate LORD AIME EDU E UG prat bid DH E GrH M RAT 11 Ec EsHIi I Mere HM 25 Last of FMS oce E E AIE NE AATE E abb RUD o ere GU XU xa d ES Fade V S CAU a 33 Part l Introduction eR T 39 Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL DEVICE iicuinn sun ir nnt ir eK n 0n iE NIE BER BR ERE RA cEo KS a no XKERR ERE nuu aaaeeeaa aiaks 41 DEBENT TIS ET TT THERE 41 Ja Ways To Manage Me AL Ne uec E EHI xD T ErOR CREER ORIS AR p Eo ER desea CR D Mi RERUM BRARIUE 42 1 8 Good Habits tor Managing the ZyXEL DewviGe cetero tan rra td e ope eda ratis 42 14 Applications tor the NR a sanaa enai iania ikken adaa D aada E RAA 43 Tab d MEME LACC ESS pirni ai a E 43 1 4 2 Making Calls via Internet Telephony Service Provider ssssees 43 14 3 Make Paorto peor Coals Rt adcicccaasansiessaeatoasecoasinnaasamiooiaueawelecdeanthsiatamianedts 44 1 4 4 Firewall for Secure Broadband Internet Access esseee 44 Tob oL DOLI FBO evict cua sa poci ERE Rina eibi kl bra d RR DA EU LEM FEN rend Ned ubS C eta LEHRER LEER sdd 45 TO BEDR Cd hl pL uu CDM I Re were 46 16 The RESET ESltOE cette oie utet el a des edet eld tabo ciui e led ums 47 16 1 Using The Reset BWIN sostiene ren prb inten Pra EU Enea ida io e Fe vb uaa E aadA 47 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 s seeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenae
189. Management Rule Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Bandwidth kbps Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule If you want to leave some bandwidth for traffic that does not match a bandwidth filter make sure that the interface s root class has more bandwidth than the sum of the bandwidths of the interface s bandwidth management rules Add Click this button to save your rule It displays in the following table This is the number of an individual bandwidth management rule Rule Name This is the name of the rule Destination Port This is the port number of the destination 0 means any destination port Priority This is the priority of this rule Bandwidth kbps This is the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule Click the Remove icon to delete an existing rule Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 7 1 Rule Configuration Click the Edit icon or User defined in the Service field to configure a bandwidth management tule Use bandwidth rules to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to specific applications and or subnets Figure 190 Bandwidth Management Rule Con
190. N IP address enter it in the Secure Gateway Address field You may alternatively enter the remote secure gateway s domain name if it has one in the Secure Gateway Address field You can also enter a remote secure gateway s domain name in the Secure Gateway Address field if the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and is using DDNS The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel each time the remote secure gateway s WAN IP address changes there may be a delay until the DDNS servers are updated with the remote gateway s new WAN IP address 18 4 1 Dynamic Secure Gateway Address If the remote secure gateway has a dynamic WAN IP address and does not use DDNS enter 0 0 0 0 as the secure gateway s address In this case only the remote secure gateway can initiate SAs This may be useful for telecommuters initiating a VPN tunnel to the company network seeSection 18 18 on page 297for configuration examples The Secure Gateway IP Address may be configured as 0 0 0 0 only when using IKE key management and not Manual key management 18 5 VPN Setup Screen The following figure helps explain the main fields in the web configurator Figure 157 IPSec Summary Fields Local Remote IP addresses IP addresses Local Remote Network Network Remote IPSec Router an aw n or aes Gm ue imp qmm Gma Gm umb Gr mmy err wm 4 V TED VPN Tunnel My IP address Secure Gateway IP address Local and remote IP addresses must be st
191. NET ADDRESS FIRST ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 Subnet Planning The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 198 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO BORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER NET HOST BITS SUB 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128 1 The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 199 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning Nostre OWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 199 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning continued NO BORROWED NO HO
192. OO p uc a deni maa anion aeeen ie 388 27 E Birr NON IO mmt 390 zr Example Emal Log iod eodem a Mena TSS okt iod add feta ge 391 27S LOG DeSCNDUOAS T 392 Chapter 28 Troubleshooting issus conu hk DRE PR RETPREEKERRARERRNIKAXRERENER INS RRER DERE RRSNROR ERRRREKEERIn KORANRARRRS o OR ER FAR KK NER ER 401 28 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS sseeesseeeen nennen 401 20 2 ZUAEL Device S5ccess and LOGIN auia tete vene tior epe io iulutn otov eon aoo Iv UE Erben iD nR 402 VCRMDTIDISIMYEIDCCHMRREIT II Tm 404 204 Phone SOUSA gue Em 405 Chapter 29 pj eee rm 407 Vries e 407 20 2 Filename CEU NAT TTE o m TT 407 29 9 Fil Maintenance Over WAN M ann NSOE NNO 408 20 4 Fima Upgrade SGoIBOM qutusxansbsniatuetxai A 409 zunBScEHUB and RESTORE 12 ceni esaia a ia aa aaa niu Lauda lop 410 29 5 1 Backup COMMQUIEUION e 411 29 9 Restore CoOnNgUTAUON 411 29 9 9 Reset io Faclory DEAU omm emm 412 20O PRESTON irsi ennaa ei a nai eed aia Ae 413 29 7 Using FTP or TFTP to Back Up Configuration uiuis nna tranne ERA aki th dd tk 413 29 7 1 Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration eeeeesssss 413 29 7 2 FTP Command Configuration Backup Example ssssssssessses 414 29 7 3 Configuration Backup Using GUI based FTP Clients
193. P In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 52 on page 158 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL Device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 10 1 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 89 How NAT Works NAT Tab
194. P and the World Wide Web However inbound access will not be allowed unless you configure remote management or create a firewall rule to allow a remote host to use a specific service P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls 14 3 1 Denial of Service Attacks Figure 135 Firewall Application n M Qnm ad e Uem 14 4 Denial of Service Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the Internet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL Device is pre configured to automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks 14 4 1 Basics Computers share information over the Internet using a common language called TCP IP TCP IP in turn is a set of application protocols that perform specific functions An extension number called the TCP port or UDP port identifies these protocols such as HTTP Web FTP File Transfer Protocol POP3 E mail etc For example Web traffic by default uses TCP port 80 When computers communicate on the Internet they are using the client server model where the server listens on a specific TCP UDP port for information requests from remote client computers on the network For example a Web server typically listens on port 80 Please note that while a computer may be intended for use over a single
195. P gt Phone gt Region LABEL DESCRIPTION Region Settings Select the place in which the ZyXEL Device is located Call Service Mode Select the mode for supplementary phone services call hold call waiting call transfer and three way conference calls that your VolP service provider supports Europe Type use supplementary phone services in European mode USA Type use supplementary phone services American mode You might have to subscribe to these services to use them Contact your VolP service provider Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 16 Speed Dial Speed dial provides shortcuts for dialing frequently used VoIP phone numbers You also have to create speed dial entries if you want to make peer to peer calls or call SIP numbers that contain letters Once you have configured a speed dial rule you can use a shortcut the speed dial number 01 for example on your phone s keypad to call the phone number Use this screen to add edit or remove speed dial numbers for outgoing calls To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice In peer to peer calls you call another VoIP device directly without going through a VoIP Service provider s SIP server Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL in the Type column and ent
196. P 2602HWLNI Series 802 11g Wireless ADSL2 4 Port VoIP IAD User s Guide Version 3 40 9 2007 Edition 2 DEFAULT LOGIN IP Address http 192 168 1 1 Administrator Name admin Administrator Password admin User Name user User Password 1234 ZyXEL www zyxel com About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access Web Configurator Online Help Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary information BS It is recommended you use the web configurator to configure the ZyXEL Device e Supporting Disk Refer to the included CD for support documents ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications User Guide Feedback Help us help you Send all User Guide related comments questions or suggestions for improvement to the following address or use e mail instead Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan E ma
197. PA PSK Key Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Figure 27 Manually Assign a WPA PSK Key STEP 1 STEP2 fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 12345678 your ne vt t on the networ y at le a ngth ade up of both and numb 5 E T recomme e different from the rd you u z The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 13 Manually Assign a WPA key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most secure Key wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN screens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 3 3 2 Manually Assign a WEP Key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 28 Manually Assign a WEP Key bit or 256 bit On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping 74 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 Manually Assign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stati
198. Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset 29 5 1 Backup Configuration Backup Configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to your computer 29 5 2 Restore Configuration Restore Configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 178 Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process 3 Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a restore configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools Figure 238 Configuration Upload Successful Restore Configuration s
199. Please refer to the following figure 1 HTTPS connection requests from an SSL aware web browser go to port 443 by default on the ZyXEL Device s WS web server 2 HTTP connection requests from a web browser go to port 80 by default on the ZyXEL Device s WS web server Figure 194 HTTPS Implementation WS T 80 HTTPS HTTP BS If you disable HTTP Server Access Disable in the REMOTE MGMT HTTP screen then the ZyXEL Device blocks all HTTP connection attempts P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration 23 3 HTTP To change your ZyXEL Device s World Wide Web settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the HTTP screen Figure 195 Remote Management HTTP HTTP Port 80 Access Status LAN amp WAN x Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 HTTPS Server Host Key auto_generated_self_signed_cert Yi isee My Certificates authenticate Client Certificates See Trusted CAs Port 443 Access Status Lan 2 wan x Secured Client IP C all C Selected ooo Note 1 For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP 2 You may also need to create a Firewall rule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 138 Remote Management HTTP LABEL DESCRIPTION HTTP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you
200. Port Enter the listening port number s for RTP traffic if your VoIP service provider gave you this information Otherwise keep the default values To enter one port number enter the port number in the Start Port and End Port fields To enter a range of ports enter the port number at the beginning of the range in the Start Port field enter the port number at the end of the range in the End Port field Voice Compression Select the type of voice coder decoder codec that you want the ZyXEL Device to use G 711 provides higher voice quality but requires more bandwidth 64 kbps e G711A is typically used in Europe e G711uis typically used in North America and Japan G 726 operates at 16 24 32 or 40 kbps By contrast G 729 only requires 8 kbps The ZyXEL Device must use the same codec as the peer When two SIP devices start a SIP session they must agree on a codec Primary Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s first choice for voice coder decoder Secondary Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s second choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first choice Third Compression Type Select the ZyXEL Device s third choice for voice coder decoder Select None if you only want the ZyXEL Device to accept the first or second choice DTMF Mode Control how the ZyXEL Device handles the tones that your telephone makes when you push its bu
201. Reset the device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP address See Section 1 6 on page 47 6 Ifthe problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions Try to access the ZyXEL Device using another service such as Telnet If you can access the ZyXEL Device check the remote management settings and firewall rules to find out why the ZyXEL Device does not respond to HTTP f your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly use a computer that is connected to a LAN ETHERNET port e can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly The default password is 1234 These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device Log out of the ZyXEL Device in the other session or ask the person who is logged in to log out 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 28 1 on page 401 d cannot Telnet to the ZyXEL Device See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser e cannot use FTP to upload download the configu
202. SA 269 safety warnings 6 saving the state 238 SDP 429 seamless rate adaptation 426 secure FTP using SSH 358 secure gateway address 276 Secure Socket Layer SSL 345 secure Telnet using SSH 357 security and certificates 301 security association 269 security in general 242 Security Parameter Index 292 server 157 158 378 service 247 Service Set 134 service type 255 services 160 Session Description Protocol 429 Session Initiating Protocol 429 Session Initiation Protocol 169 silence suppression 184 429 Single User Account SUA 43 SIP 169 SIP account 169 SIP accounts 429 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Index SIP ALG 429 SIP ALG passthrough 426 SIP Application Layer Gateway 429 SIP authentication password 80 SIP authentication user ID 80 SIP call progression 173 SIP client 170 SIP identities 169 SIP INVITE request 173 174 SIP number 80 169 SIP OK response 175 SIP proxy server 170 SIP redirect server 171 SIP register server 172 SIP server address 80 SIP servers 170 SIP service domain 80 170 SIP URI 169 SIP user agent 170 SIP version 2 429 SMTP error messages 390 smurf 237 SNMP 349 426 manager 350 MIBs 350 SOHO Small Office Home Office 43 Source address 247 speed dial 198 227 SPI 292 SRA 426 SSH 354 how SSH works 355 implementation 356 SSL Secure Socket Layer 345 stateful inspection 233 234 238 239 on your ZyXEL device 240 process 239 stateful packet inspec
203. SCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Dynamic DNS Select this check box to use dynamic DNS Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS Type service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Wildcard Option Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Enable off line option This option is available when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type field Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a URL that you can specify while you are off line IP Address Update Policy Use WAN IP Select this option to update the IP address of the host name s to the WAN IP Address address P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 22 Dynamic DNS Setup Table 137 Dynamic DNS continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Select this option only when there are one or more NAT routers between the ZyXEL server auto Device and the DDNS server This feature has the DDNS server automatically detect IP detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a public IP address Address Note The DDNS server may not be able to dete
204. STS PER HOST BITS SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS SUBNET 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority LANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Ad
205. Sec router to be able to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses When you select DNS or E mail in the Local ID Type field type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify this ZyXEL Device in the local Content field Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 7 on page 101 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Peer ID Type Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address Select DNS to identify the remote IPSec router by a domain name Select E mail to identify the remote IPSec router by an e mail address Content The configuration of the peer content depends on the peer ID type For IP type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection If you configure this field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it bla
206. T setup key in the ZyXEL Device you must change it on the wireless devices too Yes Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically generate a pre shared key for the wireless network Before you do this click Network gt Wireless LAN gt General and set the Security Mode to No Security Clear this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use a pre shared key that you enter Before you do this click Network Wireless LAN General set the Security Mode to WPA PSK and enter the Pre Shared Key Start Click Start to activate OTIST and transfer settings The process takes three minutes to complete Note You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices and the ZyXEL Device in any order Before you click Start you should enable OTIST on all the OTIST enabled devices in the wireless network For most devices follow these steps 1 Start the ZyXEL utility 2 Click the Adapter tab 3 Select the OTIST check box and enter the same Setup Key as the ZyXEL Device 4 Click Save P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 75 Example Wireless Client OTIST Screen Adapter Setting gt Transfer Rate Fully Auto v gt Power Saving Mode Disabled X EC Intelligent Security Technology Setup Key 01234567 Start To start OTIST in the device click Star
207. TIMES aan creen epa daia epa epa kd dx cae b ad pid ak lad ad a 302 Cg EE uec m 303 TS WAR SST IMPON M 304 195 1 Cerificate File Formats TE mU 305 19 6 My Cerificate Credle c 306 TAT Ny Conia IB o EU 308 Te TEO eec eerie aeeeee 311 199 Musted CA MAPON cesestsasetccescanctaceisgusniduchsmacssadeisacsicad a tidan a Eaa E euei 313 UENIT Ue CA DoE dev ERES 314 Tn meed de HOSS EET 0 R reese trate cererrer cerca tre 316 19 12 Verifying a Trusted Remote Host s Certificate cessent 318 19 12 1 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Fingerprints seen 318 19 13 Trusted Remote Hosts IMPO aie ses eser tee eeup estan eu FL To ERE aA V2 Ray aE Hsu Cape E EUH Eat 319 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents 19 14 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details ecccccecceccccceteeeccceeeeneseceeeeneeeccecenneeecaeenensees 319 TTo aU EO p 3000500 98057020080 0005 7000505 ALASSE ENAERE 322 19 16 Directory Server Add and Edit 2225 2csesekserrobt rre kept de kt etti Ev ted d Era a pU vdE 323 xp 017 0 e HER 325 Chapter 20 ot RG UG is a e 327 VANUS AS rr C C 327 20 2 Conigurng Silale ROME m echindanaridsseimeniarded PENNA weiss nada EEEE EIEEE NAASTEN ANNES EEEE EET 327 PO A State hcic ae 328 Chapter 21 Bandwidth Mansgerelt s use eos sie prat innana aaie ae aaie dien essi 331 21 1 Bandwidth Management Overview eessesssssssi
208. TTTITTIO Table 115 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS All Telecommuter Rules All Headquarters Rules My IP Address 0 0 0 0 My IP Address bigcompanyhq com Secure Gateway Address bigcompanyhq com Local IP Address 192 168 1 10 Remote IP Address 192 168 1 10 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Peer ID Content bob bigcompanyhq com Telecommuter A telecommutera dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 1 Local ID Type IP Peer ID Type IP Local ID Content 192 168 2 12 Peer ID Content 192 168 2 12 Local IP Address 192 168 2 12 Secure Gateway Address telecommuter1 com Remote Address 192 168 2 12 Telecommuter B telecommuterb dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 2 Local ID Type DNS Peer ID Type DNS Local ID Content telecommuterb com Peer ID Content telecommuterb com Local IP Address 192 168 3 2 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterb com Remote Address 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C telecommuterc dydns org Headquarters ZyXEL Device Rule 3 Local ID Type E mail Peer ID Type E mail Local ID Content myVPN myplace com Peer ID Content myVPN myplace com Local IP Address 192 168 4 15 Secure Gateway Address telecommuterc com Remote Address 192 168 4 15 P 2602HWLNI User s G
209. The IPSec sender can encrypt packets before transmitting them across a network 17 1 3 3 Data Integrity The IPSec receiver can validate packets sent by the IPSec sender to ensure that the data has not been altered during transmission 17 1 3 4 Data Origin Authentication The IPSec receiver can verify the source of IPSec packets This service depends on the data integrity service 17 1 4 VPN Applications The ZyXEL Device supports the following VPN applications Linking Two or More Private Networks Together Connect branch offices and business partners over the Internet with significant cost savings and improved performance when compared to leased lines between sites Accessing Network Resources When NAT Is Enabled When NAT is enabled remote users are not able to access hosts on the LAN unless the host is designated a public LAN server for that specific protocol Since the VPN tunnel terminates inside the LAN remote users will be able to access all computers that use private IP addresses on the LAN Unsupported IP Applications A VPN tunnel may be created to add support for unsupported emerging IP applications 17 2 IPSec Architecture The overall IPSec architecture is shown as follows 270 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 17 Introduction to IPSec Figure 155 IPSec Architecture IPSec Algorithms AH Protocol RFC 2402 Authentication Algorithm ESP Protocol RFC 2406 ncryption Igorithm
210. U TRE e brprR I PRRH PEDI RR EEnI v IU Pe behE D EM ERR EU ED PME EUUEUS 70 Figure 22 Connecton NI MIDI m 71 Figura 23 Connection Test Failed 2 2i er mtn bad e Ei cet n epo n x E pA M KP RU eR B RE 71 gscmltesnpleigEI 4 ecco Me TZ Figure 25 Wireless LAM Setup Wizard T uses secte xor Ip XVERHE ineen EXERCERE LEX RI ES RELAY LS T2 FOUG 2O a Nee ese LPI Meme 73 Figure 27 Manually Assign a WPA PSK KOy iscssiccnccccsssciectissssneceessisencsecasine oes etri dde Ebr Eada 74 Figure 26 Manually Assign WER KOy 1uusccoscdien tiers Feed ded adip d aet Leia a eoa d d ennai 74 Figure 20 Wireless LAN SEU S er tes Figure 30 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete sess 76 Foue d1 dc 2t Meet Ce 77 Foue 22 oebe a MOOO M TE 78 Figuie d nN Vy SCI a dea dott Sada c oa Heec RUN ee RD RR RA 79 Figure 34 SIP Server Profile Selection siecaooe ei e ponenda Ee RR na epi a Ea Lu ERA E E HA dd 79 Figure 35 YolF viri sworn 80 Figure Je SIF Registatlon 81 Figure er r VOV Ell ea Dea Er UR d IM NU EIN M NOR AREE NINE LADO 81 Figure 38 ul alU e 81 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 25 List of Figures Figure 39 Gear u WIIG 6siiseseem specu E a BANNER EISUEN PE PLANE NP REL URIA E RS 83 Figura 40 Wizard WNC ONIN ise tire iube bir teret LOU ELE POL Nan ER eT DIR REAA EE
211. VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings Figure 102 SIP gt SIP Settings SIP Account se1 SIP Settings M Active SIP Account changeme e060 1025 65535 fi 27 0 0 1 5060 1 65535 Number SIP Local Port SIP Server Address SIP Server Port REGISTER Server Address REGISTER Server Port SIP Service Domain V Send Caller ID Authentication User Name Password 127001 5060 1 65535 fi 27 0 01 changeme m Apply Reset Advanced Setup Table 61 SIP gt SIP Settings Each field is described in the following table LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Account Select the SIP account you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes SIP Settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 61 SIP SIP Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION Active SIP Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Clear it if you do not Account want the ZyXEL Device to use this account Number Enter your SIP number In the full SIP URI this is the part before the symbol You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters SIP Local Port Enter the ZyXEL Device s listening port number if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value SIP Server Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server provided by your VoIP Address service provider You can use up to 95 printable ASC
212. VoIP and SIP and explains how to configure your device s voice settings 11 1 Introduction to VoIP VoIP 1s the sending of voice signals over Internet Protocol This allows you to make phone calls and send faxes over the Internet at a fraction of the cost of using the traditional circuit switched telephone network You can also use servers to run telephone service applications like PBX services and voice mail Internet Telephony Service Provider ITSP companies provide VoIP service Circuit switched telephone networks require 64 kilobits per second Kbps in each direction to handle a telephone call VoIP can use advanced voice coding techniques with compression to reduce the required bandwidth 11 2 SIP The Session Initiation Protocol SIP is an application layer control signaling protocol that handles the setting up altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the Internet SIP signaling is separate from the media for which it handles sessions The media that is exchanged during the session can use a different path from that of the signaling SIP handles telephone calls and can interface with traditional circuit switched telephone networks 11 2 1 SIP Identities A SIP account uses an identity sometimes referred to as a SIP address A complete SIP identity is called a SIP URI Uniform Resource Identifier A SIP account s URI identifies the SIP account in a way similar to the way an e mail address identifies an
213. XEL Device is sending or receiving a lot of information try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications Check the signal strength If the signal strength is low try moving the ZyXEL Device closer to the AP if possible and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network for example microwaves other wireless networks and so on Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions Check the settings for bandwidth management If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider changing the allocations P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 28 Troubleshooting Check the settings for QoS If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider raising or lowering the priority for some applications 28 4 Phone Calls and VoIP e The telephone port won t work or the telephone lacks a dial tone Check the telephone connections and telephone wire Make sure you have the VoIP SIP Settings screen properly configured e can access the Internet but cannot make VoIP calls Make sure you have the VoIP SIP Settings screen properly configured One of the PHONE lights should come on Make sure that your telephone is connected to the corresponding PHON
214. a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the remote IPSec router that can use the VPN tunnel The remote IP addresses must correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the netwo
215. a oda 344 pico ay Mey Cc NECS ESSE UTERE 344 29 2 Mroducton to jq 345 23 PIE ai a a a a 346 PMID 347 Ce CPU TAS e 347 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents ene aee OP 348 Prdan atre TT TT NT 349 23 4 1 Suppomed MIBS usiisesdittisetisido test ee ror PNE Pos E I ru RMe bl CI N UE AL o Dv A Ais 350 Re ae SNMP Trape e 351 Vae CONU SNMP iier 351 VAN COomguUnmmng DNG 352 FEX EA INC AMIS WANE etm RET UST 353 CXWND E Mene C TP 354 23 11 Dow G3 VIDES iss dex Rp aedes dade on Hb bc udos an Gun ac EO dan nr 355 23 12 SSH Implementation on the ZyXEL Device eeceeseeeeseee senten nn ntn nenas 356 23 124 Requirements for Using SSH 221 onere coit ttm eter ain 356 23 15 LOOHRQUIAO a auiiasccci repe e RD NEG FRE FK EN KD PUDE KIA ER FL RACES ORG ARCH 356 23 14 Secure Telnet Using SSH Examples Mee 357 23 14 1 Example T Mietrosoft VIF lOWS aeneus decns ta periit idea sinian obia cista dei Rid 357 2114 2 mone S Dn a d VAR pl aa dubai Lapa abet Hia trad af oed 357 23 19 pure FTF Using SSH Xxample 5 decent deter tula Feci aene bed eke bubo S 358 Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnb uiicasn astutia iik ipheuEKAR pna RE RR Kk KA REO KE Bb oA nA RR Lia UR 361 24 1 introducing Universal Flug and Play ei dede saad aces n E paquet E nare BUR 361 25 1 1 Howdo I kn
216. able 49 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt WPA PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK from the drop down list box Pre Shared Key The Pre Shared key PSK is used to encrypt data All the wireless APs including the ZyXEL Device must use the same WPA Pre Shared Key for data transmission When you choose this the Pre Share Key you enter must have the following format Sixteen character common key common all APs in the WDS share the same common key All ASCII characters including spaces and symbols are allowed Eight character transmission key tx this must be the same as the next AP s reception key All ASCII characters including spaces and symbols are allowed Eight character reception key rx this must be the same as the next AP s transmission key All ASCII characters including spaces and symbols are allowed The common transmission key and reception key are connected by the plus sign 9 10 3 WPA2 PSK Choose WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list Figure 88 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt WPA2 PSK U N Security Security Mode Pre Shared Key Note AES 16 characters Remote Bridge MAC Address POUR 1 E1 ICH ET ILI WPA2 PSK z Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 50 Wireless LAN gt WDS gt WPA2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION S
217. ace s inbound extended access list This temporary access list entry is designed to permit inbound packets of the same connection as the outbound packet just inspected 5 The outbound packet is forwarded out through the interface P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls 6 Later an inbound packet reaches the interface This packet is part of the connection previously established with the outbound packet The inbound packet is evaluated against the inbound access list and is permitted because of the temporary access list entry previously created 7 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule and the connection s state table entry is updated as necessary Based on the updated state information the inbound extended access list temporary entries might be modified in order to permit only packets that are valid for the current state of the connection 8 Any additional inbound or outbound packets that belong to the connection are inspected to update the state table entry and to modify the temporary inbound access list entries as required and are forwarded through the interface 9 When the connection terminates or times out the connection s state table entry is deleted and the connection s temporary inbound access list entries are deleted 14 5 2 Stateful Inspection on Your ZyXEL Device Additional rules may be defined to extend or override the default rules For example a rule may be created which will Block all traffic of a
218. ake a connection from the Internet into the LAN Except in a few special cases see Upper Layer Protocols shown next these packets are dropped and logged P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls If an initiation packet originates on the LAN this means that someone is trying to make a connection from the LAN to the Internet Assuming that this is an acceptable part of the security policy as is the case with the default policy the connection will be allowed A cache entry is added which includes connection information such as IP addresses TCP ports sequence numbers etc When the ZyXEL Device receives any subsequent packet from the Internet or from the LAN its connection information is extracted and checked against the cache A packet is only allowed to pass through if it corresponds to a valid connection that is if it is a response to a connection which originated on the LAN 14 5 4 UDP ICMP Security UDP and ICMP do not themselves contain any connection information such as sequence numbers However at the very minimum they contain an IP address pair source and destination UDP also contains port pairs and ICMP has type and code information All of this data can be analyzed in order to build virtual connections in the cache For instance any UDP packet that originates on the LAN will create a cache entry Its IP address and port pairs will be stored For a short period of time UDP packets from the WAN tha
219. al screen The screen appears as shown Figure 73 Wireless LAN Advanced Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2432 0 2432 4096 when G Enhanced Fragmentation Threshold 2432 256 2432 4096 when G Enhanced Preamble Long 802 11 Mode 802 11g Only Enable 802 1194 mode Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Wireless LAN Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Advanced Setup 802 11g mode RTS CTS Enter a value between 0 and 2432 If you select the G Enhanced checkbox a value Threshold of 4096 is displayed Fragmentation Itis the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value between 256 Threshold and 2432 If you select the G Enhanced checkbox a value of 4096 is displayed Preamble Select a preamble type from the drop down list menu Choices are Long Short or Dynamic The default setting is Long See the appendix for more information 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 119 compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select Mixed to allow either IEEE 802 11b or IEEE 802 119 compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Enable Select Enable 802 11g
220. ality of Service allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of individual services Other Wireless Features IEEE 802 11g Compliance Frequency Range 2 4 GHz ISM Band Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 54Mbps 11Mbps 5 5Mbps 2Mbps and 1 Mbps Auto Fallback Turn on off WLAN by reset button press 1s on reset button to turn on or turn off the WLAN 5s for OTIST 10s to reset back to factory default WPA2 WMM IEEE 802 11i IEEE 802 11e Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 256 bit WLAN bridge to LAN Up to 32 MAC Address filters IEEE 802 1x Store up to 32 built in user profiles using EAP MD5 Local User Database External RADIUS server using EAP MD5 TLS TTLS OTIST ZyXEL s One Touch Intelligent Security Technology 31 4 1 IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b radio card can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 187 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying P 2602HWLNI User s G
221. ame Password o D headquarters nssssun 2 12 9 4 Call Progression The call is initiated by the manager dialing into the headquarter s ZyXEL Device via PSTN In this scenario a VoIP link is established between headquarters and the branch office and then the call is forwarded to Sales1 using PSTN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Table 86 PSTN to PSTN VoIP Trunking Call Progression MANAGER _ HEADQUARTERS BRANCH OFFICE SALES1 The manager dials the PSTN number of the headquarters ZyXEL Device 222 222 2222 m The ZyXEL Device receives the call and sends a ringback alert tone to indicate to the caller that VoIP trunking is enabled D The manager dials the PSTN number of Sales1 555 555 1234 rnme The ZyXEL Device prompts the manager to enter the PIN in order to allow VoIP trunking The manager dials the PIN 12345 MH The ZyXEL Device confirms the password and allows for VolP trunking The ZyXEL Device inspects the phone number against call rules Since the number starts with the pattern 5555 it uses the account CityB associated with this pattern to connect the call to the remote peer device at the branch office The remote peer device inspects the number and requests authentication in order to forward the call p
222. ame and password for authorization These credentials are validated via a challenge response system using the HTTP digest mechanism as detailed in RFC3261 SIP Session Initiation Protocol P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 2 3 RTP When you make a VoIP call using SIP the RTP Real time Transport Protocol is used to handle voice data transfer See RFC 1889 for details on RTP 11 2 4 Pulse Code Modulation Pulse Code Modulation PCM measures analog signal amplitudes at regular time intervals and converts them into bits 11 2 5 SIP Call Progression The following figure displays the basic steps in the setup and tear down of a SIP call A calls B Table 58 SIP Call Progression A B 1 INVITE ________ D 2 Ringing 4 3 OK 4 ACK I 5 Dialogue voice traffic 6 BYE Seas a 7 OK A sends a SIP INVITE request to B This message is an invitation for B to participate in a SIP telephone call 4 B sends a response indicating that the telephone is ringing B sends an OK response after the call is answered A then sends an ACK message to acknowledge that B has answered the call Now A and B exchange voice media talk After talking A hangs up and sends a BYE request B replies with an OK response confirming receipt of the BYE request and the call is terminated CANO Oi 11 2 6 SIP Call Progression Through Proxies Usually the SIP UAC sets up a phonecall by sendin
223. anagement Wizard Figure 40 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP 3 Select Active to allocate bandwidth to packets based on the packet size Figure 41 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information ff General Information Select the check box to apply bandwidth management to traffic going through the device iv Active Automatically assign the packet to predefined cla depending on the packe Exit The following fields describe the label in this screen Table 16 Bandwidth Management Wizard General Information LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the Active check box to have the ZyXEL Device apply bandwidth management to traffic going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN LAN or WLAN port based on the packet size Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 4 Follow the on screen instructions and click Finish to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 5 Bandwidth Management Wizard Figure 42 Bandwidth Management Wizard Complete CONGRATULATIONS pleted the Media Bandwidth Management setup You can press Finish button to andwidth Management Setup Press Finish button to close this v rd or click the following link to open other pages Return to
224. anced Screen Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes Use Advanced mode if you need access to more advanced features not included i in Wizard made 2 3 Web Configurator Main Screen Figure 11 Main Screen gt Status Refresh Interval System Status System Uptime Current Date Time System Mode CPU Usage Memory Usage Status Device Information Host Name Model Number MAC Address ZyNOS Firmware Version DSL Firmware Version WAN Information DSL Mode IP Address 0 0 0 0 Logs IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 c Default Gateway N A VPI VCI 1 32 LAN Information IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Server WLAN Information SSID ZyXEL Channel 6 Security Disable Security Firewall Content Filter P 2602HWNLI D7A 00 13 49 81 1e 65 TI AR 07 00 04 00 NORMAL System T C Summary Enabled Disable WLAN Status VPN Status VoIP Statistics YoIP Status SIP 1 Register Register Fail ELLA Ready A As illustrated above the main screen is divided into these parts None 2 38 44 01 01 2000 02 40 57 Routing Bridging 10 1795 48 Interface Status ChangeMe profile1 zyxel com tw Down O kbps 0
225. and wireless connection Figure 13 Wizard Welcome YOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP 3 Your ZyXEL device attempts to detect your DSL connection and your connection type 3a The following screen appears if a connection is not detected Check your hardware connections and click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to return to the wizard welcome screen If you still cannot connect click Manually configure your Internet connection Follow the directions in the wizard and enter your Internet setup information as provided to you by your ISP See Section 3 2 1 on page 66 for more details If you would like to skip your Internet setup and configure the wireless LAN settings leave Yes selected and click Next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 14 Auto Detection No DSL Connection STEP 1 STEP ff Internet Configuration L light on the Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Manually confiqure your Internet connection Continue to Wireless Setup wizard CTS ESTO 3b The following screen displays if a PPPoE or PPPoA connection is detected Enter your Internet account information username password and or service name exactly as provided by your ISP Then click Next and see Section 3 3 on page 71 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 15 Auto Detection PPPoE STEP 1 STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration Connection Type PPP ove
226. ange your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP tab The screen appears as shown P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Figure 198 Remote Management FTP FTP FTP Port Access Status q Note Secured Client IP You may also need to create a Firewall rule 21 Lan amp wan v all C selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 140 Remote Management FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 7 SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol used for exchanging management information betwe
227. anges to None after you click Apply Select DNS Relay to have the ZyXEL Device act as a DNS proxy only when the ISP uses IPCP DNS server extensions The ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address displays in the field to the right read only The ZyXEL Device tells the DHCP clients on the LAN that the ZyXEL Device itself is the DNS server When a computer on the LAN sends a DNS query to the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device forwards the query to the real DNS server learned through IPCP and relays the response back to the computer You can only select DNS Relay for one of the three servers if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server that choice changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DNS server on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it Connection PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time Demand and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 23 Internet Ac
228. ani 384 go wee dog ele Reamer ere teed tree Prem Tre rer rreries Pret rtrr reenter ti Pre treet renter rer Pear ererrren te tre tre rrren Tree 388 oe he eee Meas OE 8 cer TT 389 Figure 222 E mall Egi Se 391 FOUE aa MNES M NN gus cee TRO TE NNEN 409 Figure 234 Firmware Upload In Progress P 410 Figure 235 Network Temporarily Disconnected 15 5 Gate Let or d para Fels ceo Le Ata Ra Lega LER Ra p 410 Foure 230 Emor MOSS age pM a 410 gn FacrEC caeci nner E EE E NE 411 Figure 238 Configuration Upload Successful L1 ccrte OL EE Ht E HE n aera aumcdoarvamesaveiniend 412 Figure 239 Network Temporarily Disconnected o cscciamenseisinsoiecc bon prRP ec inin ERE ENS perP ERE CHME HERR a 412 Figure 240 Configuration Upload EmO 22er irr ceneci teda dotted edd cies teint dme cob ta deaur iaa 412 Figure 241 Reset Warning Message 1n Lesen eredi emn a ES RR RR Ext RO PAR RT ERR sah indiana a pA N 412 Figur 242 Reset In Process Message iicuiacicesern orn deat copE n en PERUTR EI apR PULS e PUER TIER PR CL eSI E RU VR dE bHIGER 413 Figure 243 c r e 413 Figure 244 FTP Session EXHITIBIG cesa Grcrecterenpete ed tado cea el denn das RE Ci ada Citt ERN sania Dl pra d 414 Figure 245 Restore Using FTP Session Example 222 erettttn rrt pret t eov dre bet anii 416 Figure 246 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload ssssssseeeeeees 417 Figure 247 DISC Gonera
229. apply to traffic traveling in the selected packet direction The firewall rules that you configure summarized below take priority over the general firewall action settings in the General screen This is your firewall rule number The ordering of your rules is important as rules are applied in turn Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on or not Select the check box to enable the rule Clear the check box to disable the rule Source IP This drop down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Destination IP This drop down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses to which this firewall rule applies Please note that a blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any Service This drop down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies See Appendix E on page 475 for more information Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets Drop discards packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender Reject or allows the passage of packets Permit Schedule This field tells you whether a schedule is specified Yes or not No Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule Yes or not No
230. ard Figure 36 SIP Registration Test SIP Registration Test in Process Please wait a moment M 6 The following screen displays if SIP account registration fails Check whether you can access the Internet If you have a successful Internet connection click Register Again Or click Back and check the information you entered in SIP account settings is correct If you do not have a successful Internet connection see Chapter 28 on page 401 for troubleshooting Figure 37 VoIP Wizard Fail f VoIP Configuration SIP Registration Failed Please make sure the DSL cable is connected You can press Register Again button to do SIP Registration again or press Exit button to exit this _ lt Back Registeragein _ Exit 7 The congratulations screen displays if your SIP account registration was successful You are ready to make and receive VoIP phone calls Click Return to Wizard Main Page if you want to use another configuration wizard Click Go to Advanced Setup page or Finish to close the wizard and go to the main web configurator screens Figure 38 VolP Wizard Finish CONGRATULATIONS You have completed the VoIP setup Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page 8 To call other VoIP users you need to have their SIP numbers and ensure that their SIP accounts a
231. ariable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class 1s used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time VBR RT or non real time VBR nRT connections The VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation It also provides a fixed amount of bandwidth a PCR is specified but is only available when data is being sent An example of an VBR RT connection would be video conferencing Video conferencing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image s changing dynamics The VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation It is commonly used for bursty traffic typical on LANs PCR and MBS define the burst levels SCR defines the minimum level An example of an VBR nRT connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers 7 3 1 3 Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class 1s for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer 7 4 Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you turn on and connect the ZyXEL Device to a telephone jack it automatically detects the Internet connection settin
232. art your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP IP Control Panel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 258 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu E File Edit View Window Special Help About This Computer D Apple System Profiler E Calculator gt Chooser Control Panels Favorites Key Caps Network Browser Gi Recent Applications amp Recent Documents ADSL Control and Status Appearance Apple Menu Options AppleTalk ColorSync Control Strip Date amp Time DialAssist cif Remote Access Status Energy Saver Scrapbook Extensions Manager 49 Sherlock 2 File Exchange Speakable Items File Sharing Stickies General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manager Memory Modem Monitors Mouse Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Sound Speech Startup Disk Text USB Printer Sharing 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Figure 259 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP Li TCP IP E Comect vla Ethernet Setup
233. at no one will step on them or stumble over them Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the device and the power source Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device Use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s This product is recyclable Dispose of it properly P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Safety Warnings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Safety Warnings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview TREO CTO eee
234. atic Click Security and VPN to open the VPN Setup screen This is a menu of your IPSec rules tunnels The IPSec summary menu is read only Edit a VPN by selecting an index number and then configuring its associated submenus P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 277 Chapter 18 VPN Screens Figure 158 VPN Setup Summary m m m o 00 2900 amp U0N N e om om om Bm m M x Quo c WO Ok WN EyEmESETDUTEUUUITENITUOSURENZESINETTNE z adi LLL SULLLU TE 1 SP V4 V Uy d UG GM GOGH Up CH CH GOGH UR CQ C C UD UH A UH Eb B B Eb Eb ED E E EP E E E E E ED ED B E Eb E Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 103 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the VPN policy index number Click a number to edit VPN policies Active This field displays whether the VPN policy is active or not A Yes signifies that this VPN policy is active No signifies that this VPN policy is not active Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy Local Address This is the IP address es of computer s on your local network behind your ZyXEL Device The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Local Address Type fiel
235. ation authority Password Type the password up to 31 ASCII characters from the entity maintaining the directory server usually a certification authority Back Click Back to return to the Directory Servers screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen 1 At the time of writing LDAP is the only choice of directory server access protocol P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART VI Advanced Static Route 327 Bandwidth Management 331 Dynamic DNS Setup 339 Remote Management Configuration 343 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 361 Static Route This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyXEL Device 20 1 Static Route Each remote node specifies only the network to which the gateway is directly connected and the ZyXEL Device has no knowledge of the networks beyond For instance the ZyXEL Device knows about network N2 in the following figure through remote node Router 1 However the ZyXEL Device is unable to route a packet to network N3 because it doesn t know that there is a route through the same remote node Router 1 via gateway Router 2 The static routes are for you to tell the ZyXEL Device about the networks beyond the remote nodes Figure 184 Example of Static Routing Topology N1 m n T f T i 20 2 Configuring Static Route Click Advanced gt Static Route to open t
236. ation for this screen Advanced Click Advanced Setup to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit Setup more details of your WLAN setup 9 5 1 No Security Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points without any data encryption P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 69 Wireless No Security Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Security Security Mode No Security x Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Wireless No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose No Security from the drop down list box 9 5 2 WEP Encryption Screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 70 Wireless Static WEP Encryption Wireless Setup Passphrase WEP Key Note or Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Security Security Mode Static WEP Y The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit respectively Your wireless c
237. ave a wireless network with the ZyXEL Device and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no authentication Suppose the wireless network has two devices Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network BS It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption The other types of encryption are better than none at all but it is still possible for unauthorized wireless devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA compatible to support WPA as well In this case if some of the devices support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every device in the wireless network must have the same key P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 131 Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 9 2 5 One Touch Intelligent Security Technology OTIST With ZyXEL s OTIST you set up the SSID and the encryption WEP or WPA PSK on the ZyXEL Device Then the ZyXEL Device transfers them to the devices in the wireless networks As a result you do not have to set up the SSID and encryption on every
238. ber if you reject or ignore the second incoming call No Answer Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified Forward to phone number if the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Specify Number the phone number in the field on the right No Answer This field is used by the No Answer Forward to Number feature and No Answer Waiting Time conditions below Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait for you to answer an incoming call before it considers the call is unanswered Advanced Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules before it checks the rules in the Forward to Number section This field is a sequential value and it is not associated with a specific rule The sequence is important however The ZyXEL Device checks each rule in order and it only follows the first one that applies Activate Select this to enable this rule Clear this to disable this rule Incoming Call Number Enter the phone number to which this rule applies Forward to Number Enter the phone number to which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number You may leave this field blank depending on the Condition Condition Select the situations in which you want to forward incoming calls from the Incoming Call Number or select an alternative action Unconditional The ZyXEL Device immediately forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Num
239. ber to the Forward to Number Busy The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when your SIP account already has a call connected No Answer The ZyXEL Device forwards any calls from the Incoming Call Number to the Forward to Number when the call is unanswered See No Answer Waiting Time Block The ZyXEL Device rejects calls from the Incoming Call Number Accept The ZyXEL Device allows calls from the Incoming Call Number You might create a rule with this condition if you do not want incoming calls from someone to be forwarded by rules in the Forward to Number section Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 18 Distinctive Ring Screen This screen lets you specify ring types for calls from particular numbers The ring types vary by ring duration and stop ring duration the time gap between the rings Any standard phone is compatible with this feature When an incoming call comes in the ZyXEL Device checks whether it is from any of the phone numbers you set up in this screen If the number matches an enabled entry the ZyXEL Device sends the corresponding ring to your phone You can also configure different rings for calls coming into various SIP accounts coming into the PSTN line and internal
240. call N A There are no current VoIP calls incoming calls or outgoing calls being made DIAL The callee s phone is ringing RING The phone is ringing for an incoming VoIP call Process There is a VoIP call in progress DISC The callee s line is busy the callee hung up or your phone was left off the hook Codec This field displays what voice codec is being used for a current VoIP call through a phone port Peer Number This field displays the SIP number of the party that is currently engaged in a VoIP call through a phone port Duration This field displays how long the current call has lasted Tx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has transmitted in the current call Rx Pkts This field displays the number of packets the ZyXEL Device has received in the current call Tx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has transmitted packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second Rx B s This field displays how quickly the ZyXEL Device has received packets in the current call The rate is the average number of bytes transmitted per second P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens Table 21 VoIP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Poll Interval s Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen and click Set Interval Set Interval Click this to make the ZyXEL Device u
241. calls The configuration in the Distinctive Ring screen only applies to analog phones connected to the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Distinctive Ring P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 114 Phone Book gt Distinctive Ring Distinctive Ring Active Test the Ring 7 Ring Select Famil Workmate Friend VIP m sl i g E T o OO 1 mi j Family 7 2 O Family 3 1 Family x 4 Ci Family x 5 C Family 6 r Family 7 7 FI Family 7 8 r1 Family 7 9 E Family 10 r1 Family z SIP1 SIP2 g SIP3 SIP4 E z SIPS SIP6 SIP SIPS s al SIP9 SIP10 z PSTNCall InternalCall z zl Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 75 Phone Book gt Distinctive Ring LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this if you want to activate the distinctive ring feature You also have to enable individual entries Test the Ring Use the drop down list box to select the ring tone you would like to hear Test Click this to listen to the ring All the phones connected to the ZyXEL Device ring when you click this button Ring Select Use this section to first assign rings to groups and then assign phone numbers to those groups Family Select the ring for callers in your family group Workmate Select the ring for callers in your workmate
242. cation header 275 auto attendant and VoIP trunking 215 auto firmware upgrade 229 Automatic Traffic Classifier see ATC auto negotiating rate adaptation 426 auto provisioning 229 425 B backup 411 Index backup type 115 bandwidth management 331 bandwidth manager class configuration 334 bandwidth manager monitor 337 bandwidth manager summary 333 Basic Service Set See BSS 461 basic wireless security 74 blocking time 260 brute force attack 237 BSS 461 BW budget 335 BYE request 173 C CA 468 CA Certification Authority 301 call fallback 427 call forwarding 428 call hold 195 197 call park and pickup 427 call return 427 call rules and VoIP trunking 213 call service mode 195 196 call transfer 196 197 call waiting 196 197 428 caller ID 428 CBR Continuous Bit Rate 109 113 CCK 431 certificate details 308 Certificate Authority See CA certificates 301 advantages 302 and cryptology 301 and directory servers 302 322 and public key cryptology 301 and public private keys 301 and remote hosts 316 and remote management 345 creating 306 file formats 305 generating requests 301 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 489 Index importing 304 remote hosts 319 revoked 302 trusted CAs 311 313 verifying 318 Certification Authority CA 301 certifications 479 notices 480 viewing 480 change password at login 50 channel 463 interference 463 channel ID 134 checking the device s IP addre
243. cation request After the ZyXEL Device successfully enrolls a certificate or generates a certification request or a self signed certificate you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificates screen If you configured the My Certificate Create screen to have the ZyXEL Device enroll a certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the My Certificate Create screen Click Return and check your information in the My Certificate Create screen Make sure that the certification authority information is correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if you want the ZyXEL Device to enroll a certificate online 19 7 My Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen see Figure 170 on page 303 Click the edit icon to open the My Certificate Details screen Use this screen to view in depth certificate information and change the certificate s name In the case of a self signed certificate you can set it to be the one that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates that you import to the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Figure 173 My Certificate Details Certificates My Certificates Details Certificate Name auto generate d self signed cert Property M Default self signed certificate which signs the imported
244. causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Table 96 Firewall Threshold continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Maximum Incomplete High This is the number of existing half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the number of existing half open sessions rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests Do not set Maximum Incomplete High to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number 100 existing half open sessions The above values causes the ZyXEL Device to start deleting half open sessions when the number of existing half open sessions rises above 100 and to stop deleting half open sessions with the number of existing half open sessions drops below 80 TCP Maximum Incomplete This is the number of existing half open TCP sessions with the same destination host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half open sessions to that same destination host IP address Enter a number between 1 and 256 As a general rule you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network a slower system or limited bandwi
245. ccess When the firewall is on by default all incoming traffic from the Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your network This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed but you can safely browse the Internet and download files for example Content Filter The ZyXEL Device blocks or allows access to web sites that you specify and blocks access to web sites with URLs that contain keywords that you specify You can define time periods and days during which content filtering is enabled You can also include or exclude particular computers on your network from content filtering You can also subscribe to category based content filtering that allows your ZyXEL Device to check web sites against an external database Bandwidth Management You can efficiently manage traffic on your network by reserving bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers Remote Management This allows you to decide whether a service HTTP or FTP traffic for example from a computer on a network LAN or WAN for example can access the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 184 Firmware Specifications continued Zero Configuration Internet Access Once you connect and turn on the device it automatically detects the Internet connection settings such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation me
246. ccount needs to be configured This account consists of the IP address and port number of the branch office ZyXEL Device as well as the username and password for authentication This username and password must match the incoming authentication account username and password on the branch office ZyXEL Device The name of this rule is CityB referring to the branch office ZyXEL Device In this example the username is headquarters and the password is password This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen aiiis 128 VoIP to PSTN Example Outgoing Authentication all Rule Gene eral Peer Call Outgoing Authentication Username Password Peer IP Peer Port 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name 1 12 8 3 Configuration Details Incoming The branch office ZyXEL Device needs to have an incoming authentication account configured This consists of a username and password This account must match the username and password of the outgoing authentication account of the headquarters ZyXEL Device This can be configured in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Figure 129 VoIP to PSTN Example Incoming Authentication Outgoing Authentication I a mor m Eu S AS S SIRAC PI AD S I NIN s I S Incoming Authentication 1 headquarters ssssssns 12 8 4 Call Progression The advantage of this kind of VoIP t
247. ce This is an index number of your outgoing authentication accounts Name Enter a descriptive name for the remote peer device of this account For example if the peer device is located in London you might enter London as the account name This name is used when you configure call rules in the VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rules screen Username Enter the username needed to authenticate at the remote peer device The remote peer device must have the same username in an incoming authentication entry in order to authenticate your connection Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Table 83 VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Password Enter the corresponding password for the username you entered The remote peer device must have the same password in an incoming authentication entry in order to authenticate your connection Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters Peer IP Enter the IP address of the remote peer device which you want to connect to Peer Port Enter the port number through which your ZyXEL Device will connect to the remote peer device The default value is the standard port for VoIP communication Do not change this value unless the remote peer device does not follow the standard Incoming You can set up multiple accounts which are allowed to use your ZyXEL Device for Authentication VoIP trunking When pe
248. cel to revert to the default password in the password field If you have changed the password enter your password and click Login 3 Follow steps from step 3 in Section 2 2 2 on page 50 The default user name and password are case sensitive 2 2 2 Administrator Access 1 For administrator access type the default user name admin and the default admin password admin in the password screen to configure the advanced features 2 Click Login to proceed to a screen asking you to change your password or click Cancel to revert to the default password 3 The following screen displays if you have not yet changed your password It is strongly recommended you change the default password Enter a new password retype it to confirm and click Apply alternatively click Ignore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator BES If you do not change the password the following screen appears every time you log in with the default password Figure 8 Change Password Screen Use this screen to change the password Your router is currently using the default password To protect your network from unauthorized users we suggest you change your password at this time Please select a new password that will be easy to remember yet difficult for others to guess We suggest you combine text with numbers to make it more difficult for an intruder
249. cess Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 7 5 1 Advanced Internet Access Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Access Setup screen The screen appears as shown Figure 51 Advanced Internet Access Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Mone 7 RIP Version N A Y Multicast None ATM Qos ATM QoS Type UBR hd Peak Cell Rate 0 cell sec Sustain Cell Rate cell sec Maximum Burst Size cell Zero Configuration Yes 7 PPPoE Passthrough No Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 Advanced Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device sends and receives on the subnet Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only
250. ck to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device and return to the VPN IKE screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the VPN IKE screen without saving your changes 18 14 Manual Key Setup Manual key management is useful if you have problems with IKE key management 18 14 1 Security Parameter Index SPI An SPI is used to distinguish different SAs terminating at the same destination and using the same IPSec protocol This data allows for the multiplexing of SAs to a single gateway The SPI Security Parameter Index along with a destination IP address uniquely identify a particular Security Association SA The SPI is transmitted from the remote VPN gateway to the local VPN gateway The local VPN gateway then uses the network encryption and key values that the administrator associated with the SPI to establish the tunnel Current ZyXEL implementation assumes identical outgoing and incoming SPIs 18 15 Configuring Manual Key You only configure VPN Manual Key when you select Manual in the IPSec Key Mode field on the VPN IKE screen This is the VPN Manual Key screen as shown next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Figure 164 VPN Manual Key IPSec Setup Active Name 2488393585 IPSec Key Mode Manual 7 SPI o Encapsulation Mode Transport z DNS Server for IPSec VPN 0 0 0 0 Local Local Address Type Range 7 IP A
251. cond party answers it hang up the phone 13 3 3 Call Forwarding You can set the ZyXEL Device to forward calls to a specific extension number either unconditionally always when your number is busy or when you do not answer You can also forward incoming calls from one specified number to another Configure your call forwarding rules in the VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table gt Advanced screen 13 3 4 Follow Me When you have to leave your seat temporarily you can set the ZyXEL Device to unconditionally forward calls to another specific extension number You can set up follow me either on your phone or on the phone to which you want calls forwarded Local setting when you are at your phone When you hear the dial tone dial 01 followed by the number to which you want the call to be forwarded When you do not need the follow me function dial 01 to cancel this rule P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 13 Phone Usage Remote setting when you are at another place When you hear the dial tone dial 04 followed by your extension number When you do not need the follow me function dial 04 followed by your extension number to cancel this rule 13 3 5 Call Pickup When an incoming internal call rings but the user of the phone is unavailable to receive the call you can pick the phone up for this person Take the following steps to receive incoming internal calls from your phone 1
252. config rom See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions 7 Enter quit to exit the ftp prompt 29 9 2 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload Figure 246 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload 331 Enter PASS command Password 230 Logged in ftp bin 200 Type I OK ftp put firmware bin ras 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR ras 226 File received OK ftp 1103936 bytes sent in 1 10Seconds 297 89Kbytes sec ftp quit More commands found in GUI based FTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter Refer to Section 29 3 on page 408 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 29 9 3 TFTP File Upload The device also supports the uploading of firmware files using TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol over LAN Although TFTP should work over WAN as well it is not recommended To use TFTP your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients To transfer the firmware and the configuration file follow the procedure shown next 1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the device and log in Because TFTP does not have any security checks the device records the IP address of the telnet client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 417 Chapter 29 Tools 2 Enter the command sys stdio 0 to disable the management idle timeout so the TFTP transfer will not be interrupted E
253. configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 8 2 DNS Server Addresses DNS Domain Name System maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The DNS server addresses you enter when you set up DHCP are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the LAN Setup screen Some ISPs choose to disseminate the DNS server addresses using the DNS server extensions of IPCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature The ZyXEL Device acts as a DNS proxy when the Primary and Secondary DNS Server fields are left blank in the LAN Setup screen Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave
254. connected to the ZyXEL Device and the peer number associated with each call Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order The ZyXEL Device records up to 150 phone calls and clears old records after it fills Click Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History The following screen displays P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 26 Call History Figure 228 Call History gt Call History o MELZZM View Call History View Call History All Call History vw NextPage 1 1 Missed Call 01 01 2000 16 07 06 0 00 00 55002 22001 0 0 SIP 2 Dialed Call 01 01 2000 16 05 54 0 00 13 Phone 1 0168 0 0 PSTN 3 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 50 23 0 00 02 23 sta k D 0 0 ISDN 4 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 47 27 0 00 06 22 t11 0 ISDN 5 Dialed Call 01 01 2000 15 35 35 0 00 09 23 wet 0 ISDN 6 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 34 06 0 00 00 55002 22001 0 SIP 7 Received Call 01 01 2000 15 33 37 0 00 00 55002 22001 0 0 SIP Email Log Now Refresh Clear Call History The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 150 Call History gt Call History LABEL DESCRIPTION View Call Select the type of call you want to view History All Call History Missed Calls Dialed Calls Received Calls Select All Call History to view the call history of all types of calls Select Missed Calls to view the history of the incoming calls you did not pick u
255. content aa yahoo com Peer ID content N A 18 10 Pre Shared Key A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation seeSection 18 12 on page 288for more on IKE phases It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection 18 11 Editing VPN Policies Click an Edit icon in the VPN Setup Screen to edit VPN policies P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Figure 161 Edit VPN Policies IPSec Setup Active Name IPSec Key Mode Negotiation Mode Encapsulation Mode Local Local Address Type IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Remote IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Local ID Type Content My IP Address Peer ID Type Content Security Protocol VPN Protocol Pre Shared Key C Certificate DNS Server for IPSec VPN Remote Address Type Address Information Secure Gateway Address Encryption Algorithm Authentication Algorithm Keep Alive NAT Traversal Single 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 Singe 0 0 0 rj See My Certificates Cancel Apply Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 109 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy This option determines whether a VPN rule is applied before a packet lea
256. creen displays P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 26 Call History Figure 227 Call History Summary Summary Summary of Call History Today 01 01 2000 01 01 2000 0 0 0 00 00 0 00 17 Yesterday 12 31 1999 12 31 1999 0 00 00 0 00 00 Last Week N A N A 0 0 00 00 0 00 00 Last Month N A N A 0 0 0 00 00 0 00 00 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 149 Call History gt Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Type of This field displays the time period for which the entry applies Summary Start Time This field displays the start time of the first incoming or outgoing call in the time period End Time This field displays the end time of the last incoming or outgoing call in the time period Tx Packets This field displays the total number of packets transmitted within this time period Rs Packets This field displays the total number of packets received within this time period Duration of This field displays the total time spent on all incoming and outgoing PSTN calls PSTN within this time period Duration of VoIP This field displays total time spent on all incoming and outgoing VoIP calls within this time period 26 3 Viewing Call History Use the Call History screen to see records of incoming and outgoing PSTN ISDN and VoIP calls The information includes duration of phone calls the packet statistics local identity the number of the phone
257. cret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Encapsulation Key only with ESP With DES type a unique key 8 characters long With 3DES type a unique key 24 characters long Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Authentication Key Type a unique authentication key to be used by IPSec if applicable Enter 16 characters for MD5 authentication or 20 characters for SHA 1 authentication Any characters may be used including spaces but trailing spaces are truncated Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device 18 16 Viewing SA Monitor Click Security
258. ct User defined you need to configure at least one of the following fields other than the Subnet Mask fields which you only enter if you also enter a corresponding destination or source IP address Destination Address Enter the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation Destination Subnet Netmask Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Destination Address Refer to the appendix for more information on IP subnetting Destination Port Enter the port number of the destination See Appendix E on page 475 for some common services and port numbers A blank destination IP address means any destination IP address Source Address Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal notation A blank source IP address means any source IP address Source Subnet Netmask Enter the destination subnet mask This field is N A if you do not specify a Source Address Refer to the appendix for more information on IP subnetting A blank source port means any source port number P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 21 Bandwidth Management Table 136 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Source Port Enter the port number of the source See Appendix E on page 475 for some common services and port numbers Protocol Select the protocol TCP or UDP or select User defined and enter the protocol service type number 0
259. ct the proper IP address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyXEL Device and the DDNS server Use specified IP Type the IP address of the host name s Use this if you have a static IP address Address Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 22 Dynamic DNS Setup P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Remote Management Configuration This chapter provides information on configuring remote management 23 1 Remote Management Overview Remote management allows you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface if any from which computers The following figure shows secure and insecure management of the ZyXEL Device coming in from the WAN HTTPS and SSH access are secure HTTP and Telnet access are not secure Figure 193 Secure and Insecure Remote Management From the WAN LAN WAN Telnet BS When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via Internet WAN only ALL LAN and WAN LAN only Neither Disable P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration BS When you choose WAN only or LAN amp WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access
260. ctory defaults This will erase all of your custom configuration P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools Figure 242 Reset In Process Message Reset to Factory Default Settings Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the device again You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL Device Refer to Section 1 6 on page 47 for more information on the RESET button 29 6 Restart System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 243 Restart Screen System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS or PWR LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again Restart 29 7 Using FTP or TFTP to Back Up Configuration This section covers how to use FTP or TFTP to save your device s configuration file to your computer 29 7 1 Using the FTP Commands to Back Up Configuration Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyXEL Device Press ENTER
261. d LABEL DESCRIPTION Organizational Unit Type up to 127 characters to identify the organizational unit or department to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Organization Type up to 127 characters to identify the company or group to which the certificate owner belongs You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Country Type up to 127 characters to identify the nation where the certificate owner is located You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces Key Length Select a number from the drop down list box to determine how many bits the key should use 512 to 2048 The longer the key the more secure it is A longer key also uses more PKI storage space Enrollment Options These radio buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated Create a self signed certificate Select Create a self signed certificate to have the ZyXEL Device generate the certificate and act as the Certification Authority CA itself This way you do not need to apply to a certification authority for certificates Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment Select Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual enrollment to have the ZyXEL Device generate and store a request for a
262. d Send Immediate Alert Select log categories for which you want the ZyXEL Device to send E mail alerts immediately Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 27 4 SMTP Error Messages If there are difficulties in sending e mail the following error message appears P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs SMTP action request failed ret The are described in the following table Table 154 SMTP Error Messages 1 means ZyXEL Device out of socket 2 means tcp SYN fail 3 means smtp server OK fail 4 means HELO fail 5 means MAIL FROM fail 6 means RCPT TO fail 7 means DATA fail 8 means mail data send fail 27 4 1 Example E mail Log An End of Log message displays for each mail in which a complete log has been sent The following is an example of a log sent by e mail You may edit the subject title The date format here is Day Month Year The date format here is Month Day Year The time format is Hour Minute Second e Figure 232 E mail Log Example Subject Firewall Alert From Date Fri From 128 End used To Apr Apr 10 10 2055 07 Apr 2000 10 05 42 zyxel com zyxel com of Firewall Log End of Log message shows that a complete log has been sent
263. d in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Local Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet 278 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 103 VPN Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Remote This is the IP address es of computer s on the remote network behind the remote Address IPSec router This field displays N A when the Secure Gateway Address field displays 0 0 0 0 In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN The same static IP address is displayed twice when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Single The beginning and ending static IP addresses in a range of computers are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Range A static IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Remote Address Type field in the VPN IKE or VPN Manual Key screen is configured to Subnet Encap This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode Tunnel is the default selection IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocols used for an SA Both AH and ESP increase ZyXEL Device processing requirements and communications latency delay Secure This is the static WAN IP address or URL of the remote IPSec router This fie
264. d the logs and which logs and or immediate alerts the ZyXEL Device is to record See Section 27 1 on page 387 for more information To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs Figure 231 Log Settings Log Settings E mail Log Settings Mail Server 0 outgoing SMTP Server Name or IP Address Mail Subject Send Log to E Mail Address Send Alerts to E Mail Address Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password Log Schedule Day for Sending Log Time for Sending Log 0 hour o minute Clear log after sending mail Syslog Logging Active Syslog IP Address no n 0 Server Name or IP Address Log Facility Loca 1 gt Active Log and Alert Log Send Immediate Alert Iv System Maintenance System Errors Vv System Errors Access Control M Access Control I Blocked Web Sites Iv UPnP attacks M Forward Web Sites IPSec M Blocked Web Sites Ike Iv attacks I PKI IPSec Iv IKE M Any IP Pk Iv 802 ix Iv sip Iv RTP Iv Fsm Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 153 Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Log
265. ddress Start End Subnet Mask Remote Remote Address Type Range IP Address Start End Subnet Mask Address Information My IP Address Secure Gateway Address Security Protocol IPSec Protocol ESP Encryption Algorithm pes 7 Encapsulation Key Authentication Algorithm sua Authentication Key Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 111 VPN Manual Key LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Setup Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management SPI Type a number base 10 from 1 to 999999 for the Security Parameter Index Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Mode P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 111 VPN Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DNS Server for If there is a private DNS server that services the VPN type its IP address here IPSec VPN The ZyXEL Device assigns this additional DNS server to the ZyXEL Device s DHCP clients that have IP addresses in this IPSec rule s range of local addresses A DNS server allows clients on the VPN t
266. ddress mapping rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action 10 6 1 Address Mapping Rule Edit To edit an address mapping rule click the rule s edit icon in the Address Mapping screen to display the screen shown next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 96 Edit Address Mapping Rule Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Type Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Server Mapping Set One to One v o 0 0 0 N A 0 0 0 0 N A 2 z Edit Details Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 57 Edit Address Mapping Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following One to One One to One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for One to one NAT mapping type Many to One Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only Many to Many Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type
267. de Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Wireless Security Overview Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless clients access points and the wired network P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Wireless security methods available on the Product Name short are data encryption wireless client authentication restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the Product Name short identity The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your Product Name short Table 201 Wireless Security Levels SECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPE Least Unique SSID Default Secure Unique SSID with Hide SSID Enabled MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption IEEE802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication Wi Fi Protected Access WPA Most Secure WPA2 BS You must enable the same wireless security settings on the Product Name short and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are User based identification
268. ding to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term subnet is short for sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in decimal Table 189 Subnet Masks i92 2 es OCTET OCTET t EN 168 1 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111114 11111111 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal n
269. dity 20 85 RH Storage Environment Temperature 20 C 60 C Humidity 20 90 RH 31 2 Firmware Specifications Table 184 Firmware Specifications Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits Default Password 1234 DHCP Server IP Pool 192 168 1 32 to 192 168 1 64 Static DHCP Addresses 10 Content Filtering Web page blocking by URL keyword Static Routes 16 IP P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 184 Firmware Specifications continued Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on the ZyXEL Device Wireless Functionality Allow the IEEE 802 11b and or IEEE 802 119 wireless clients to connect to the ZyXEL Device wirelessly Enable wireless security WEP WPA 2 WPA 2 PSK and or MAC filtering to protect your wireless network Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware when available from the ZyXEL web site and use the web configurator an FTP or a TFTP tool to put it on the ZyXEL Device Note Only upload firmware for your specific model Configuration Backup amp Restoration Make a copy of the ZyXEL Device s configuration You can put it back on the ZyXEL Device later if you decide to revert back to an earlier configuration Network Address Translation NAT Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address
270. downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Scripting ou kh WN Click OK to close the window Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 267 Security Settings Java Scripting Security Settings Settings Scripting amp Active scripting Disan Prone 3 Allow paste operations via script Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt amp Scripting of Java applets Q Disable OQ Prompt Lene AuhSenkie Sin E b te custom settings Reset to Medium Reset ced Java Permissions From Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Click the Custom Level button Scroll down to Microsoft VM Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected 5 Click OK to close the window Figure 268 Security Settings Java A amp oxN2 Security Settings Settings Q Disable 9 Enable i Font download Q Disable 9 Enable Q Prompt 3 Microsoft VM E Java permissions Q Custom gt Disable Jav 9 High safety Q Low safety Reset custom settings Reset to Medium v Reset cme
271. dresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for example you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wir
272. dth 30 existing half open TCP sessions Action taken when the TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes Select this radio button to clear the oldest half open session when a new connection request comes Deny New Connection Request for Select this radio button and specify for how long the ZyXEL Device should block new connection requests when TCP Maximum Incomplete is reached Enter the length of blocking time in minutes between 1 and 256 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 15 9 Firewall Commands The following describes the firewall commands See the Command Interpreter appendix for information on the command structure Each of these commands must be preceded by sys firewall when you use them For example type sys firewall active yes toturn on the firewall Table 97 SysF irewall Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION acl disp Displays ACLs or a specific ACL set and rule active yes no Active firewall or deactivate firewall Enables disables the firewall cnt P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Table 97 Sys Firewall Commands COMMAND DESCRIPTION disp Displays the firewall log type and coun
273. e https ZyXEL Device IP Address 8443 as the URL P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Table 138 Remote Management HTTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Access Status Select a ZyXEL Device interface from Access Status on which incoming HTTPS access is allowed You can allow only secure web configurator access by setting the HTTP Access Status field to Disable and setting the HTTPS Access Status field to an interface s Secure Client A secure client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the IP ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 4 Telnet You can configure your ZyXEL Device for remote Telnet access as shown next The administrator uses Telnet from a computer on a remote network to access the ZyXEL Device Figure 196 Telnet Configuration on a TCP IP Network mm EZ SS qmm N TN ay Cm SE ai A eeereeannennannrannnrnnn User telnets into Incoming Traffic the LAN 23 5 Configuring Telnet Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as sh
274. e 662 831 5315 Fax 662 831 5395 Web http www zyxel co th Regular Mail ZyXEL Thailand Co Ltd 1 1 Moo 2 Ratchaphruk Road Bangrak Noi Muang Nonthaburi 11000 Thailand Ukraine Support E mail support ua zyxel com Sales E mail sales ua zyxel com Telephone 380 44 247 69 78 Fax 380 44 494 49 32 Web www ua zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Ukraine 13 Pimonenko Str Kiev 04050 Ukraine United Kingdom Support E mail support zyxel co uk Sales E mail sales zyxel co uk Telephone 44 1344 303044 08707 555779 UK only Fax 44 1344 303034 Web www zyxel co uk FTP ftp zyxel co uk Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd 11 The Courtyard Eastern Road Bracknell Berkshire RG12 2XB United Kingdom UK P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 487 Appendix G Customer Support 488 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Index A AAL5 426 ACK message 173 Address Resolution Protocol ARP 121 ADSL2 426 Advanced Encryption Standard See AES AES 470 AH 271 AH protocol 275 ALG 429 alternative subnet mask notation 455 antenna 423 directional 473 gain 473 omni directional 473 any IP 121 425 how it works 121 note 121 any IP setup 123 AP access point 463 Application Layer Gateway 429 application level firewalls 234 applications Internet access 43 Asynchronous Transfer Mode 420 ATC 331 ATM AAL5 426 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 102 426 attack alert 261 attack types 238 authenti
275. e 40 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA or WPA2 from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This field is only available for WPA2 Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to support WPA and WPA2 simultaneously ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and passwords in Timer in seconds order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds The default time interval is 1800 seconds 30 minutes Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed The default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Table 40 Wireless WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION WPA Group Key The WPA Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA Update Timer PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the WPA Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK
276. e Internet Beck Ame es The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 10 Internet Connection with PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the login name that your ISP gives you Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Ifthe user name and or password you entered for PPPoE or PPPoA connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 22 Connection Test Failed 1 STEPI STEP ffi Internet Configuration Your login username and pa Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No Ifthe following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings Figure 23 Connection Test Failed 2 STEP STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration you upport Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Q Yes 3 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the followi
277. e SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz 7 Security Security Mode No Security 7 Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 36 Wireless LAN General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Wireless Click the check box to activate the wireless LAN LAN Network Name Service Set IDentity The SSID identifies the Service Set with which a wireless SSID station is associated Wireless stations associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Channel Set the operating frequency channel depending on your particular region Selection Select a channel from the drop down list box Security Mode See the following sections for more details about this field Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configur
278. e T93 Voke FEROS sorrir E Ue 427 Table 186 Wireless FealtreS Re eios aadb nineio 429 Tables 197 EEE BO TIO soaron d n Le e LER RR D n 430 Table 188 P 2602HWL Series Power Adaptor Specifications sse 431 E mnoeme epo le 454 Hs aea cc e Pe 455 Table T91 Maximum Host NupnBers botes ke a bep Pre EYE NS TR ERIA NNUS FRE CH nter p a M po EPPIP Scr REP ER a REQUE 455 Table 192 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation sssssssssssssesssssesseeen enne ntes nn nnn nnne 455 Tape TERS UIST T oduiserncen atu tous I aun des tex etel sce M E E E vie RARO R SU 457 Wale 194 SUBNET amp 458 ANS TSS BUDE o e 458 Bila wot ei iN rey ret rer S 458 BH s mora ssidcl6 me 458 Table 198 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning ssseeeee emen 459 Table 199 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning errechnet err d tiber dn tb R nan 459 Table 200 EEE GOZ T IQ iissuioov ccv prit PPM VvVEYOO ESTER OD EURO ES SYL v LUV ag S UHR TS d SU dL 465 Table 201 Wireless Security Levels MURS 466 Table 202 Comparison of EAP Authentication TYPOS ciis Inr reta Dr vao Feb E derinio siati iaaiiai upaka 469 Table 203 Wireless Secunty Relational Matrix 1e rrt mra nnno Lora Lia n n di dS ada 472 Table 204 Examples oi Sel VIGBS ioca a VIL A UERIN UR AES DE Pe t Un Pob UDIQ UR
279. e ZyXEL Device Figure 2 Internet Telephony Service Provider Application C a a li Internet ITSP Sey D Az PSTN Netwo 1 4 3 Make Peer to peer Calls You can call directly to someone s IP address without using a SIP proxy server Peer to peer calls are also called Point to Point or IP to IP calls You must know the peer s IP address in order to do this The following figure shows a basic example of how you would make a peer to peer VoIP call You use your analog phone A in the figure and your device B changes the call into VoIP and sends the call through the Internet to the peer VoIP device C Figure 3 Peer to peer Calling TN 1 4 4 Firewall for Secure Broadband Internet Access Your device provides protection from attacks by Internet hackers By default the firewall blocks all incoming traffic from the WAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection and DoS Denial of Services detection and prevention as well as real time alerts reports and logs P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Figure 4 Firewall Application P ssa M i he a EA LAN po f WAN B i E y 1 4 5 LAN to LAN Application You can use your device to connect two geographically dispersed networks over the ADSL line A typical LAN to LAN application is shown as follows Figure 5 LAN to LAN Application LAN P 2602HWLNI User s G
280. e calls to PSTN subscribers at reduced cost Connect to the ZyXEL Device via VoIP and the ZyXEL Device forwards the call to a PSTN phone Creating a link over the IP network requires two VoIP devices VoIP trunking scenarios vary depending on how the VoIP devices work together and how they receive or forward PSTN calls The following sections describe the details of VoIP trunking 12 2 VoIP Trunking and Security Your ZyXEL Device provides two types of authentication to prevent unauthorized callers from using it for VoIP trunking 12 2 1 Auto Attendant and Authentication Auto attendant is the ZyXEL Device s name for a service which controls settings specific to VoIP trunking Most importantly it controls authentication for VoIP trunking Auto attendant authentication is similar to using a calling card with a PIN Personal Identification Number Your ZyXEL Device can be configured so that it prompts callers to enter a PIN via the phone pad in order to process any call forwarding requests P 2602HWLNI User s Guide E Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Other settings controlled by the auto attendant include a time limit to decide whether you want to forward a call from the ZyXEL Device or call the phone directly connected to the ZyXEL Device When you call into your ZyXEL Device you can request to forward a call to another phone number simply by dialing that number If you don t dial any number within a specified time limit for example 5 sec
281. e destination host address could indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s being launched against the host Whenever the number of half open sessions with the same destination host address rises above a threshold TCP Maximum Incomplete the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions according to one of the following methods Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is 0 the default then the ZyXEL Device deletes the oldest existing half open session for the host for every new connection request to the host This ensures that the number of half open sessions to a given host will never exceed the threshold Ifthe Blocking Time timeout is greater than 0 then the ZyXEL Device blocks all new connection requests to the host giving the server time to handle the present connections The ZyXEL Device continues to block all new connection requests until the Blocking Time expires e 15 8 3 Configuring Firewall Thresholds The ZyXEL Device also sends alerts whenever TCP Maximum Incomplete is exceeded The global values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections Click Firewall and Threshold to bring up the next screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 150 Firewall Threshold Threshold Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low One Minute High Maximum Incomplete Low Maximum Incomplete High TCP Maximum Incomplete so Sessions per Minute 100 Sess
282. e exceeded Parameter Problem Pointer indicates the error Timestamp Timestamp request message Timestamp Reply Timestamp reply message Information Request Information request message Information Reply Information reply message Table 169 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION msg msg note lt note gt devID lt mac address last three numbers gt lt Facility 8 Severity Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS displays as hr mm ss hostname the system name if you haven t configured one when the src lt srcelP srcPort gt router generates a syslog The facility is defined in the web dst lt dstIP dstPort gt MAIN MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is the log s syslog class The definition of messages and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this appendix The devID is the last three characters of the cat lt category gt MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs Table 170 SIP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION SIP Registration Success The listed SIP account was successfully registered with a SIP by SIP SIP Phone Number register server SIP Registration Fail by An attempt to register the listed SIP account with a SIP register SIP SIP Phone Number server was not successful P 2602HWLNI User
283. e format Apply Click Apply to save your changes Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 16 4 Configuring Trusted Computers Use this screen to exclude a range of users on the LAN from content filtering on your ZyXEL Device Click Security gt Content Filter gt Trusted The screen appears as shown Figure 153 Content Filter Trusted Trusted User IP Range Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 100 Content Filter Trusted LABEL DESCRIPTION Trusted User IP Range content filtering Start IP Address Type the single IP address of a computer or the beginning IP address of a specific range of computers on the LAN that you want to exclude from to exclude an individual computer End IP Address Type the ending IP address of a specific range of users on your LAN that you want to exclude from content filtering Leave this field blank if you want Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 267 Chapter 16 Content Filtering P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Introduction to IPSec This chapter introduces the basics of IPSec VPNs 17 1 VPN Overview A VPN Virtual Private Network provides secure communications between sites without the
284. e labels in this screen Table 116 My Certificates LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage Space in Use This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is currently in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates Replace This button displays when the ZyXEL Device has the factory default certificate The factory default certificate is common to all ZyXEL Devices that use certificates ZyXEL recommends that you use this button to replace the factory default certificate with one that uses your ZyXEL Device s MAC address This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate It is recommended that you give each certificate a unique name Type This field displays what kind of certificate this is REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate Send a certification request to a certification authority which then issues a certificate Use the My Certificate Import screen to import the certificate and replace the request SELF represents a self signed certificate SELF represents the default self signed certificate which the ZyXEL Device uses to sign imported trusted remote host certificates CERT
285. e mail account The format of a SIP identity is SIP Number SIP Service Domain 11 2 1 1 SIP Number The SIP number is the part of the SIP URI that comes before the symbol A SIP number can use letters like in an e mail address johndoe your ITSP com for example or numbers like a telephone number 1122334455 VoIP provider com for example P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 2 1 2 SIP Service Domain The SIP service domain of the VoIP service provider is the domain name in a SIP URI For example if the SIP address is 1122334455 ag VoIP provider com then VoIP provider com is the SIP service domain 11 2 2 SIP Servers SIP is a client server protocol A SIP client is an application program or device that sends SIP requests A SIP server responds to the SIP requests When you use SIP to make a VoIP call it originates at a client and terminates at a server A SIP client could be a computer or a SIP phone One device can act as both a SIP client and a SIP server 11 2 2 1 SIP User Agent A SIP user agent can make and receive VoIP telephone calls This means that SIP can be used for peer to peer communications even though it is a client server protocol In the following figure either A or B can act as a SIP user agent client to initiate a call A and B can also both act as a SIP user agent to receive the call Figure 97 SIP User Agent 11 2 2 2 SIP Proxy Server A SIP proxy server receives requests
286. e of writing the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP Funk Software s Odyssey client The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP s built in Zero Configuration wireless client However you must run Windows XP to use it WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example To set up WPA 2 you need the IP address of the RADIUS server its port number default is 1812 and the RADIUS shared secret A WPA 2 application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows A is the RADIUS server DS is the distribution system 1 The AP passes the wireless client s authentication request to the RADIUS server The RADIUS server then checks the user s identification against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly 3 A 256 bit Pairwise Master Key PMK is derived from the authentication process by the RADIUS server and the client 4 The RADIUS server distributes the PMK to the AP The AP then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys The keys are used to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients Figure 277 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example NEL a Ne Internet D m x m Es e AZ Ml WPA 2 PSK Application Example A WPA 2 PSK application looks as follows 1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wir
287. e on a per Service flow basis Your device supports Type of Service ToS tagging and Differentiated Services DiffServ tagging This allows the device to tag voice frames so they can be prioritized over the network MSNs You can use MSNs Multiple Subscriber Numbers to identify individual ISDN phone connected to the ZyXEL Device for internal calls Configure MSNs in the ZyXEL Device allow analog phones to use MSN features in ISDN calls SIP ALG Your device is a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG It allows VoIP calls to pass through NAT for devices behind it such as a SIP based VoIP software application on a computer Other Voice SIP version 2 Session Initiating Protocol RFC 3261 Features SDP Session Description Protocol RFC 2327 RTP RFC 1889 RTCP RFC 1890 Voice codecs coder decoders G 711 G 726 G 729 Fax and data modem discrimination DTMF Detection and Generation DTMF In band and Out band traffic RFC 2833 PCM SIP INFO Point to point call establishment between two IADs Quick dialing through predefined phone book which maps the phone dialing number and destination URL Flexible Dial Plan RFC3525 section 7 1 14 31 4 Wireless Features Wireless Devices Only Table 186 Wireless Features IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN Your device supports IEEE 802 11g to allow any ZyXEL WLAN devices that also support IEEE 802 1g to associate with the ZyXEL Device at higher transmission speed
288. e term firewall referred to a construction technique designed to prevent the spread of fire from one room to another The networking term firewall is a system or group of systems that enforces an access control policy between two networks It may also be defined as a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network Of course firewalls cannot solve every security problem A firewall is one of the mechanisms used to establish a network security perimeter in support of a network security policy It should never be the only mechanism or method employed For a firewall to guard effectively you must design and deploy it appropriately This requires integrating the firewall into a broad information security policy In addition specific policies must be implemented within the firewall itself Refer to Section 15 5 on page 248 to configure default firewall settings Refer to Section 15 6 on page 249 to view firewall rules Refer to Section 15 6 1 on page 251 to configure firewall rules Refer to Section 15 6 2 on page 254 to configure a custom service Refer to Section 15 8 3 on page 260 to configure firewall thresholds 14 2 Types of Firewalls There are three main types of firewalls Packet Filtering Firewalls Application level Firewalls Stateful Inspection Firewalls 14 2 1 Packet Filtering Firewalls Packet filtering firewalls restrict access based on the source destination computer network address of a pack
289. e the example below to transfer files between the ZyXEL Device and the computer The file name for the configuration file is rom 0 rom zero not capital o Note that the telnet connection must be active before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the ZyXEL Device to the computer and binary to set binary transfer mode 29 7 5 TFTP Command Configuration Backup Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host get rom 0 config rom 66 where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the ZyXEL Device IP address get transfers the file source on the ZyXEL Device rom 0 name of the configuration file on the ZyXEL Device to the file destination on the computer and renames it config rom 29 7 6 Configuration Backup Using GUI based TFTP Clients The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients Table 180 General Commands for GUI based TFTP Clients COMMAND DESCRIPTION Host Enter the IP address of the ZyXEL Device 192 168 1 1 is the ZyXEL Device s default IP address when shipped Send Fetch Use Send to upload the file to the ZyXEL Device and Fetch to back up the file on your computer Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware f
290. e the time interval for the browser to refresh system statistics Set Interval Click this to apply the new poll interval you entered in the Poll Interval field above Stop Click this button to halt the refreshing of the system statistics 6 5 VoIP Statistics Click Status gt VoIP Statistics to access this screen Figure 47 VoIP Statistics SIP Status PE SIPi Register Fail N A UDP xm MA SIP2 Inactive N A UDP No N A N A SIP3 Inactive N A UDP No N A N A SIP4 Inactive N A UDP No N A N A SIPS Inactive N A UDP No N A N A SIP6 Inactive N A UDP No N A N A SIP Inactive N A UDP No N A N A E SIP8 Inactive N A UDP No N N A SIP9 Inactive N A UDP No N A N A SIP10 Inactive N A UDP No N A N A Call Statistics Phone ao stats code Pearhunben poration ECTS atic 8 2 0 0 0 Phonel On N A N A N A 0 00 00 Phone2 On N a N a N A 0 00 00 z oirean Stop Each field is described in the following table Table 21 VolP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens Table 21 VoIP Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You can change this in the Status screen Registered The SIP account is registered with a SIP server Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Devic
291. e timing out the request The WAN connection is considered down after the ZyXEL Device times out the number of times specified in the Fail Tolerance field Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or congested P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 115 Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 28 WAN Backup Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet Active Traffic Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device use traffic redirect if the normal Redirect WAN connection goes down Note If you activate traffic redirect you must configure at least one Check WAN IP Address Metric This field sets this route s priority among the routes the ZyXEL Device uses The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost Backup Gateway Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation The ZyXEL Device automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyXEL Device s Internet connection terminates Apply Click Apply to save the chang
292. e tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP SIP SIP Settings Last Registration This field displays the last time you successfully registered the SIP account It displays N A if you never successfully registered this account URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings Protocol This field displays the transport protocol the SIP account uses SIP accounts always use UDP Message Waiting This field indicates whether or not there are any messages waiting for the SIP account Last Incoming This field displays the last number that called the SIP account It displays N A if no Number number has ever dialed the SIP account Last Outgoing This field displays the last number the SIP account called It displays N A if the Number SIP account has never dialed a number Call Statistics Phone This field displays each phone port in the ZyXEL Device Hook This field indicates whether the phone is on the hook or off the hook On The phone is hanging up or already hung up Off The phone is dialing calling or connected Status This field displays the current state of the phone
293. e upgrade file is compressed ZIP file you must first extract the binary BIN file In some cases you may need to reconfigure Current Firmware Version V3 40 ADV 2 b2 10 27 2006 File Path Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 177 Firmware Upgrade LABEL DESCRIPTION Current This is the present Firmware version and the date created Firmware Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools Figure 234 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 235 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cab
294. e using the Secure Shell Client program 1 Launch the SSH client and specify the connection information IP address port number or device name for the ZyXEL Device 2 Configure the SSH client to accept connection using SSH version 1 3 A window displays prompting you to store the host key in you computer Click Yes to continue Figure 206 SSH Example 1 Store Host Key Host Identification xj 4 You are connecting to the host 192 168 1 1 for the first time The host has provided vou its identification a host public key t gt A The fingerprint of the host public key is gudif felas lahum nalin nozob digyk rotuk tofac bozab temef vuxys You can save the host key to the local database by clicking Yes You can continue without saving the host key by clicking No You can also cancel the connection by clicking Cancel Do you want to save the new host key to the local database Enter the password to log in to the ZyXEL Device The SMT main menu displays next 23 14 2 Example 2 Linux This section describes how to access the ZyXEL Device using the OpenSSH client program that comes with most Linux distributions 1 Test whether the SSH service is available on the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 357 Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Enter telnet 192 168 1 1 22 ataterminal prompt and press ENTER The computer attempts to connect to port 22 on the ZyXEL Device using the defaul
295. eassociation User logout because of user The router logged out a user who ended the session P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs Table 166 802 1X Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION User logout because of no authentication response from user The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user redquest A user logged out Local User Database does not support authentication method A user tried to use an authentication method that the local user database does not support it only supports EAP MD5 o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use Local User Database to authenticate user The local user database is operating as the authentication server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication server o Server to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Local User Database does not find user s credential A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database Table 167 ACL Setting Notes
296. eceeennneeeceennneneeceeenneceeenennneees 429 31 4 1 IEEE 502 118 Wireless LAM uiisisiicscni diee p Ep ER Hbri IET naonana eand aeta 430 21 5 Power Adaptor Specifications 1 recu essen cte Ere Ub FR po EY Le pne bul Keine ad epi ca pl rend LENA 431 Part VIII Appendices and Index esses 433 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address ccccccccccecccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeess 435 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions sssss 447 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting sssssssssssee eee 453 Appendix D Wireless LANS seessssssssssssssesesereeereerenen nn nennen nnns nn nens n nn nsn nns n nns n nnne 461 Appendix E JSSOrvieBs uui escis ste nrenk etapa Eras U e E aea a dene rk RM bx EI BEER RAPERE EAE Ce PANNE RERA 475 Appendix F Legal Information ccccccsccccccseccnecceccceccceccecccecececececececeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeseeteeenss 479 Appendix G Customer Support uis sere scan ieee aa EEA EEANN EEA E ENNEA ENARA EE 483 WEE A T a e E A T E n 489 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 23 Table of Contents P 2602HWLNI User s Guide List of Figures List of Figures Figure T Internet Recess Applicaton Lise cecidi opti Dre aiaa Fond Ert te P bla v p Ee eae 43 Figure 2 Internet Telephony Service Provider Application sss 44 Figure 3 Peer to peer Calling e
297. ect to the Internet Automatically Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gave you an IP address to use Address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendix to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you use ENET address ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to the DHCP Server clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Table9 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 21 Internet Connection with PPPoA fi Internet Configuration Please enter the User Name and Password given to you by your Internet Service Provider here Password Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to th
298. ecurity Mode Choose WPA PSK from the drop down list box Pre Shared Key The Pre Shared key PSK is used to encrypt data All the wireless APs including the ZyXEL Device must use the same Pre Shared key for data transmission Enter a Pre Shared key that consists of 16 ASCII characters including spaces and symbols P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Network Address Translation NAT Screens This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device 10 1 NAT General Overview NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 10 1 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address
299. ed This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outsiders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed LES If you want your device to respond to pings and requests for unauthorized services you may also need to configure the firewall anti probing settings to match P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 353 Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Figure 202 Remote Management ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN Do not respond to requests for unauthorized services Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 144 Remote Management ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to Ping The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Disable is on selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Do notrespondto Select this option to prevent hackers f
300. ed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Universal Plug and Play enables seamless connectivity and communication between Windows and intelligent appliances Details teen 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Inthe Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components Figure 213 Network Connections s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Rieti Help Operator Assisted Dialing lt z o Back gt 27 f 5 Dial up Preferences Address r3 Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Network Tasks Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details 364 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 214 Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component click the checkbox
301. ed here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Address Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Table 54 Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Server IP Address This is the server s IP address Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous configuration 10 5 1 Port Forwarding Rule Edit Use this screen to edit a port forwarding rule Click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 94 Port Forwarding Rule Setup Rule Setup M Active Service Name We Wy Start Port 8
302. ed in the following table Table 67 Phone Common LABEL DESCRIPTION Immediate Dial Active Immediate Select this if you want to use the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make Dial the phone call immediately instead of waiting the number of seconds you selected in the Dialing Interval Select in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone If you select this dial the phone number and then press the pound key The ZyXEL Device makes the call immediately instead of waiting You can still wait if you want Call Fallback Force to PSTN if Select this to have the ZyXEL Device redirect outgoing calls to the PSTN SIP unregistered connection if there are no SIP accounts registered on the ZyXEL Device When you try to make a SIP call but no SIP account is registered the ZyXEL Device uses the phone line connected to the PSTN port to make the call Force to SIP if Select this to have the ZyXEL Device redirect outgoing calls to the registered SIP PSTN unplugged account if the ZyXEL Device is not connected to the PSTN network When you try to make a PSTN call but the PSTN port on the ZyXEL Device is unplugged the ZyXEL Device uses the phone port s registered SIP account to make the call Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 12 Ext Table You can assign extension numbers to
303. edirect or register server You can use up to 95 ASCII characters SIP Service Domain Enter the SIP service domain name in this field the domain name that comes after the symbol in a SIP account like 11223344 SIPA Account com You can use up to 127 ASCII Extended set characters User Name This is the username you use to login to your SIP account and to register this SIP account with the SIP register server Type the user name exactly as it was given to you You can use up to 95 ASCII characters Password Type the password associated with the user name above You can use up to 95 ASCII Extended set characters Check here to set up SIP2 settings This screen configures SIP account 1 Select the check box if you have a second SIP account that you want to use You will need to configure the same fields for the second SIP account Note If you configure more than one SIP account you need to configure Analog Phone settings to distinguish between the two accounts when you make and receive phone calls Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to complete the wizard setup and save your configuration Exit Click Exit to close the wizard without saving your settings 5 When the SIP registration test screen displays your ZyXEL Device attempts to register your SIP account with your VoIP service provider Wait until it finishes P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wiz
304. eeaneneeeneeeneneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 49 21 Web Configurator OVERVIEW wr scvicaieesestiidurssstiveiiastesivicrdaiureiucamundmnmnnveunnuivelunneniepnndey 49 2 1 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 usus esaet hoan ku hh era nhu nad aea Leap d paa 49 PAESI EDUC ici cars NE TNT 50 PUE RENS POSS RTT m 50 2 2 2 HD iis Tm 50 4 9 Web Configurator Mali SOFBOD iuiccssee sessi bc etri kept Eat pL E LI Mid nii E EE E pU 52 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide LE Table of Contents EUER NET Noc EP RR Ru EE 53 vx cus WII WT m 53 232 Nain VID seiere kt incer A Fool d duet Ll on DI E LOU QU ELE IND ai 59 PIER GS BW which ae UT UT Lm 59 Part Il Wizards and Status eeeeseeseeeeee eene nnn 61 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard eeeeceeceeseseeee eene en nn anakaa n sana kanai Aa 63 EMN e i s t RR TERT Po 63 3 2 Internet Access Wizard SEUD iuuiusieur pitt isa otov ERE T LEX ERR ta Fo a cde Ra FRU LN E AURI Lp i VV dd de 63 ema el Car Emm 66 34 Wireless Connection Wizard SED iocis seb anna nA RUE FETA NOM FERA RR EREEN CHAR DURS 71 3 9 1 Manually Assign a WPA PSK KOY unuscesc sesceieu ee eene sete teneat rbd eena ae pir r so etsi dE ERE Lde 74 2 324 Manually ASSIOU S WEP ROY uis ad erre bia ee Rr tant ox Lr REC A A RRE ra ded 74 Chapter 4 Lii cae iU es Io RESCUE TET TT DUET TR NER TS EN UE TT 2 4 MOOG OI coins dOcdaaonbetci dic e i aebrrFRGe ter bce ee a QU POP EEUU TA PET E TM UA DpN dE
305. eech is present This lets the ZyXEL Device reduce the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting silent packets when you are not speaking 11 7 4 Comfort Noise Generation When using VAD the ZyXEL Device generates comfort noise when the other party is not speaking The comfort noise lets you know that the line is still connected as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection 11 7 5 Echo Cancellation G 168 is an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk 11 8 Analog Phone This screen allows you to configure the PHONE 1 and PHONE 2 ports on the ZyXEL Device These ports are for connecting analog phones to the ZyXEL Device You can configure different settings for each PHONE port ES If you connect more than one analog phone to a single PHONE port the settings you configure on the port apply to all phones connected to the port 11 8 1 PHONE Port Call Types You can use the analog phones connected to the ZyXEL Device s PHONE 1 and PHONE 2 ports to make and receive three kinds of call P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice nternet phone calls Voice over IP or VoIP These calls are made and received using the Internet connection on your ZyXEL Device You need to configure a SIP account see Section 11 4 on page 178 before making Internet phone calls e Analog phone calls These calls are made and rec
306. eived using a PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network line connected to the PSTN ISDN port on the ZyXEL Device ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network phone calls These calls are made and received using an ISDN line connected to the PSTN ISDN port on the ZyXEL Device BES If you use an analog phone to make and receive calls over the ISDN line not all ISDN features may be available Contact your ISDN service provider for details 11 8 1 1 Analog Phones and Multiple Subscriber Numbers Multiple Subscriber Numbers MSNs allow you to use more than one phone number on a single ISDN phone line see Section 11 23 1 on page 208 If you have MSNs from your ISDN service provider you can use the Analog Phone screen to have the phone s connected to the analog PHONE ports make and receive ISDN calls using one or more MSNs You must first configure the MSNs you want to use in the VoIP gt Fixed Line Numbers screen see Section 11 23 on page 208 11 8 2 Configuring the Analog Phone Screen Use the Analog Phone screen to do the following Configure which SIP accounts each PHONE port uses to make and receive VoIP calls Configure whether phones connected to each PHONE port can make and receive analog and ISDN calls BS Phones connected to the PHONE ports make outgoing calls using a SIP account by default You must enter a prefix number in your phone s keypad if you want to make analog or ISDN calls Use the VoIP gt PSTN Line scre
307. elect your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab f your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically Ifyou have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 250 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties IP Address CPAP Properties RTS Bindings Advanced NethioS DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration 1P Address n IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below Specify an IP address v Detect connection to network media Cancel 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab f you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS f you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 437 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 251 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties 3 x Bindings Advanced Netpios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address Cancel 4 Click the Gateway tab Ifyou do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways f you have a ga
308. eless adapters A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 273 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network _ _ A s L I i BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless clients or between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless clients in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs ESS Figure 274 Basic Service Set a a o een An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired net
309. eless clients The Pre Shared Key PSK must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters including spaces and symbols 2 The AP checks each wireless client s password and allows it to join the network only if the password matches P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 471 Appendix D Wireless LANs 3 The AP and wireless clients generate a common PMK Pairwise Master Key The key itself is not sent over the network but is derived from the PSK and the SSID 4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process the PMK and information exchanged in a handshake to create temporal encryption keys They use these keys to encrypt data exchanged between them Figure 278 WPA 2 PSK Authentication PSK gt vu Internet Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each authentication method or key management protocol type MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 203 Wireless Security Relational Matrix METHOD KEY NCR EOS ENTER IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL METHOD MANUAL KEY l Open None No Disable Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA TKIP AES No Enable
310. eless devices is called a channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device Security Select Automatically assign a WPA key Recommended to have the ZyXEL Device create a pre shared key WPA PSK automatically only if your wireless clients support WPA and OTIST This option is available only when you enable OTIST in the previous wizard screen Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a Pre Shared Key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 3 3 1 on page 74 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 3 3 2 on page 74 for more information Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured Your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving BES The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 3 3 1 Manually Assign a W
311. en network devices SNMP is a member of the TCP IP protocol suite Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2 The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation BS SNMP is only available if TCP IP is configured P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Figure 199 SNMP Management Model Managed Device Managed Device Managed Device MANAGER An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects SNMP itself is a simple request response pro
312. en to configure the prefix number for analog calls see Section 11 21 on page 206 and use the VoIP gt ISDN Line screen to configure the prefix number for ISDN calls see Section 11 22 on page 207 Click VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone The following screen displays P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 105 Phone Analog Phone Analog Phone Outgoing Call Use M PSTN Line SIP1 SIP3 SIPS SIP SIP9 PSTN Line ISDN Line MSN 1 MSN 3 MSN 5 MSN 7 MSN 9 amp I RI C1 C1 CI CI RI E Be EGE Phone Port Settings Phone x SIP Account se z v ISDN Line MSN Incoming Call apply to SIP2 SIP4 SIP6 SIP8 SIP10 r1D D TDI RI MSN 2 MSN 4 MSN 6 MSN 8 MSN 10 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup E CRA EHA Each field is described in the following table Table 64 Phone gt Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION Phone Port Select the PHONE port you want to see in this screen If you change this field the Settings screen automatically refreshes Outgoing Call Use Use this section to configure the type of calls you can make from a phone connected to this PHONE port SIP Account You must configure a SIP account in the VoIP gt SIP screen before you can make VoIP phone calls Select which SIP account you want to use for outgoing calls from phones connected to this PHONE port PSTN Line Select this to allow outgoing calls from phones co
313. en you register 11 2 2 5 SIP Registration Each ZyXEL Device is an individual SIP User Agent UA To provide voice service it has a public IP address for SIP and RTP protocols to communicate with other servers A SIP user agent has to register with the SIP registrar and must provide information about the users it represents as well as its current IP address for the routing of incoming SIP requests After successful registration the SIP server knows that the users identified by their dedicated SIP URIs see Section 11 2 1 2 on page 170 are represented by the UA and knows the IP address to which the SIP requests and responses should be sent Registration is initiated by the User Agent Client UAC running in the VoIP gateway the ZyXEL Device The gateway must be configured with information letting it know where to send the REGISTER message as well as the relevant user and authorization data A SIP registration has a limited lifespan The User Agent Client must renew its registration within this lifespan If it does not do so the registration data will be deleted from the SIP registrar s database and the connection broken The ZyXEL Device attempts to register all enabled subscriber ports when it is switched on When you enable a subscriber port that was previously disabled the ZyXEL Device attempts to register the port immediately 11 2 2 6 Authorization Requirements SIP registrations and subsequent SIP requests require a usern
314. er 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP 10 4 1 Default Server IP Address BS In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup 10 4 2 Port Forwarding Services and Port Numbers Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network The most often used port numbers and services are shown in Appendix E on page 475 Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers 10 4 3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet
315. er devices want to forward calls through your ZyXEL Device this is the list your ZyXEL Device checks to see if the user has the right to complete the call This is the index number of the incoming authentication accounts Username Enter a username for the account This username is used to authenticate peer devices forwarding calls through the ZyXEL Device Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters Password Enter the password for the corresponding username This password is used to authenticate peer devices calling the ZyXEL Device Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters Apply Click this to apply your settings to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to reset the fields to their last saved values 12 7 Trunking Call Rule Screen Use this screen to set up rules that determine which peer VoIP device your call will be forwarded to To access this screen click VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 217 Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Figure 125 VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Peer Call Outgoing Table Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 84 VoIP gt Trunking gt Call Rule LABEL DESCRIPTION This is a read only index number of the call rules Pattern A Pattern is used when you call your ZyXEL Device from a PSTN phone and want to use it to create a VoIP link t
316. er is activated and the filter action is set to Allow you cannot deny it in the Association List screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 9 9 QoS Screen The QoS screen allows you to automatically give a service such as e mail VoIP or FTP a priority level Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt QoS The following screen displays P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 82 Wireless LAN QoS QoS V Enable WMM QoS WMM QoS Policy 0c Ww OU RR WN o So UU Application Priority GU Ui UU C UR CA UR AD E E E B B B E B E E eooouoouo o oo o Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 45 Wireless LAN QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION QoS Setup Enable WMM QoS Select the check box to enable WMM QoS on the ZyXEL Device WMM QoS Policy Select Default to have the ZyXEL Device automatically give a service a priority level according to the ToS value in the IP header of packets it sends WMM QoS Wifi MultiMedia Quality of Service gives high priority to voice and video which makes them run more smoothly Select Application Priority from the drop down list box to display a table of application names services ports and priorities to which you want to apply WMM QoS The table
317. er s web configurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server g Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the time server a Time initialized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC Ox x Task ID Ox x The router is saving configuration changes Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed t
318. er that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup 8 3 4 Any IP Traditionally you must set the IP addresses and the subnet masks of a computer and the ZyXEL Device to be in the same subnet to allow the computer to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device In cases where your computer is required to use a static IP address in another network you may need to manually configure the network settings of the computer every time you want to access the Internet via the ZyXEL Device With the Any IP feature and NAT enabled the ZyXEL Device allows a computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Whether a computer is set to use a dynamic or static fixed IP address you can simply connect the computer to the ZyXEL Device and access the Internet The following figure depicts a scenario where a computer is set to use a static private IP address in the corporate environment In a residential house where a ZyXEL Device is installed you can still use the computer to access the Internet without changing the network settings even when the IP addr
319. er the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendix to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address ENET ENCAP encapsulation only You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you select ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field DNS Server First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Select Obtained From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information and the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address Select User Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server Enter the DNS server s IP address in the field to the right If you chose User Defined but leave the IP address set to 0 0 0 0 User Defined changes to None after you click Apply If you set a second choice to User Defined and enter the same IP address the second User Defined ch
320. er the callee s IP address or domain name The ZyXEL Device sends SIP INVITE requests to the peer VoIP device when you use the speed dial entry Figure 112 Phone Book gt Speed Dial Speed Dial Speed Dial o e Number O Name Type Use Proxy at zl C Non Proxy Use IP or URL Add Speed Dial Phone Book o Number O Neme Destination Modiy 01 amp ti 02 EP Od 03 7 04 g w 05 g tii 06 amp wi 07 EP tuj 08 7 09 g 10 EP Od Clear Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 73 Phone Book Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Speed Dial Use this section to create or edit speed dial entries Select the speed dial number you want to use for this phone number Number Enter the SIP number you want the ZyXEL Device to call when you dial the speed dial number Name Enter a name to identify the party you call when you dial the speed dial number You can use up to 127 printable ASCII characters Type Select Use Proxy if you want to use one of your SIP accounts to call this phone number Select Non Proxy Use IP or URL if you want to use a different SIP server or if you want to make a peer to peer call In this case enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or the other party in the field below Add Click this to use the information in the Speed Dial section to update the Speed Dial Phone Book section Speed Dial Ph
321. er updates the MAC address for the default gateway to the ARP table Once the ARP table is updated the computer is able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device When the ZyXEL Device receives packets from the computer it creates an entry in the IP routing table so it can properly forward packets intended for the computer After all the routing information is updated the computer can access the ZyXEL Device and the Internet as if it is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device 8 4 Configuring LAN IP Click Network gt LAN to open the IP screen See Section 8 1 on page 117 for background information Use this screen to set the Local Area Network IP address and subnet mask of your ZyXEL Device Figure 60 LAN IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 29 LAN IP LABEL DESCRIPTION LAN TCP IP IP Address Enter the LAN IP address you want to assign to your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation for example 255 255 255 0 factory default Your ZyXEL Device automatically computes the subnet mask based on the IP Address you enter so do not change this field unless you are instructed to do so Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyX
322. er when you are done 11 2 10 3 Deleting Custom Tones Do the following to delete a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1301 1308 followed by the key to delete the tone of your choice Press 14 followed by the key if you wish to clear all your custom tones You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 11 3 Quality of Service QoS Quality of Service QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to provide bandwidth for real time multimedia applications P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 3 1 Type Of Service ToS Network traffic can be classified by setting the ToS Type Of Service values at the data source for example at the ZyXEL Device so a server can decide the best method of delivery that is the least cost fastest route and so on 11 3 2 DiffServ DiffServ is a class of service CoS model that marks packets so that they receive specific per hop treatment at DiffServ compliant network devices along the route based on the application types and traffic flow Packets are marked with DiffServ Code Points DSCPs indicating the level of service desired This allows the intermediary DiffServ compliant network devices to handle the packets d
323. er you dial before you dial the phone number in order to use the SIP account specified in the SIP Index field SIP Index This field displays the SIP account used to make outgoing calls when you dial the number in the Prefix field SIP Domain This field displays the SIP domain of the corresponding SIP account Modify Use this field to edit or erase the SIP prefix entry Click the Edit icon to copy the information for this SIP prefix entry into the SIP Prefix section where you can change it Click the Remove icon to erase this SIP prefix entry P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 76 Phone Book SIP Prefix LABEL DESCRIPTION Clear Click this to erase all the SIP prefix entries Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 20 PSTN Line With the PSTN line you can make and receive regular PSTN phone calls Use a prefix number to make a regular call When the device does not have power you can make regular calls without dialing a prefix number When the ZyXEL Device does not have power only the phone connected to the PHONE 1 port can be used for making calls Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls You can also use the PSTN Line screen to specify phone numbers that should always use the regular phone service without having to dial a prefix number Do this for emergency numbers like t
324. erate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates Trusted CAs Use this screen to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device Trusted Remote Use this screen to import self signed certificates Hosts Directory Use this screen to configure a list of addresses of directory servers that Servers contain lists of valid and revoked certificates Advanced Static Route Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes to tell your device about networks beyond the directly connected remote nodes Bandwidth General Use this screen to configure bandwidth management on an interface Ment Rule Setup Use this screen to define a bandwidth rule Monitor Use this screen to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS This screen allows you to use a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 4 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Remote MGMT HTTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP and HTTPS to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this
325. eration 429 Dual Tone MultiFrequency 175 dynamic DNS 339 dynamic jitter buffer 428 dynamic secure gateway address 277 dynamic WEP key exchange 469 DYNDNS wildcard 339 E EAP Authentication 467 EAP MD5 430 echo cancellation 184 429 e mail 148 log example 391 Emergency Numbers 184 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Index emergency numbers 206 encapsulated routing link protocol ENET ENCAP 101 encapsulation 101 271 ENET ENCAP 101 PPP over Ethernet 101 PPPoA 102 RFC 1483 102 encapsulation security payload 275 encryption 269 470 ESP 271 ESP protocol 275 ESS 462 Europe type call service mode 195 Extended Service Set IDentification 134 Extended Service Set See ESS 462 extended wireless security 74 external antenna 429 external RADIUS 430 F FA F5 OAM 426 FCC interference statement 479 filename conventions 407 408 firewall access methods 245 address type 253 alerts 248 anti probing 259 creating editing rules 251 custom ports 254 enabling 248 firewall vs filters 243 guidelines for enhancing security 242 introduction 234 LAN to WAN rules 248 policies 245 rule checklist 246 rule logic 246 rule security ramifications 246 types 233 when to use 243 firmware 408 upload 409 upload error 410 firmware upgrade 428 flash key 195 flashing 195 fragmentation threshold 464 frame relay 43 frequency range 430 FTP 159 348 file upload 417 FTP restrictions 408 G G 168 184 429 G 711 429 G 726 429 G 72
326. ertificates Issuer My Default Self signed Certificate This field displays identifying information about the default self signed certificate on the ZyXEL Device that the ZyXEL Device uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates This field displays the certificate index number The certificates are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject information Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the details icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the delete icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Import Click Import to ope
327. es Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide LAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure LAN settings 8 1 LAN Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached A LAN is a computer network limited to the immediate area usually the same building or floor of a building The LAN screens can help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses See Section 8 4 on page 122 for information on configuring the LAN screens 8 1 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 58 LAN and WAN IP Addresses WAN Internet pens P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup 8 1 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured 8 1 2 1 IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL Device is pre
328. es the labels in this screen Table 32 LAN Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address that you will also specify MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click Add to add a static DHCP entry This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 128 entries in this table After you click Apply the MAC address and IP address also display in the LAN Static DHCP screen where you can edit them Modify Click the modify
329. esses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Figure 59 Any IP Example EE m Internet 192 168 10 1 E icit ES 600 lt E po Rss 192 168 10 1 l 192 168 1 1 The Any IP feature does not apply to a computer using either a dynamic IP address or a static IP address that is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s IP address BS You must enable NAT SUA to use the Any IP feature on the ZyXEL Device 8 3 4 1 How Any IP Works Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a protocol for mapping an Internet Protocol address IP address to a physical machine address also known as a Media Access Control or MAC address on the local area network IP routing table is defined on IP Ethernet devices the ZyXEL Device to decide which hop to use to help forward data along to its specified destination P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 121 Chapter 8 LAN Setup The following lists out the steps taken when a computer tries to access the Internet for the first time through the ZyXEL Device 1 When a computer which is in a different subnet first attempts to access the Internet it sends packets to its default gateway which is not the ZyXEL Device by looking at the MAC address in its ARP table When the computer cannot locate the default gateway an ARP request is broadcast on the LAN The ZyXEL Device receives the ARP request and replies to the computer with its own MAC address The comput
330. et and the type of application P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 233 Chapter 14 Firewalls 14 2 2 Application level Firewalls Application level firewalls restrict access by serving as proxies for external servers Since they use programs written for specific Internet services such as HTTP FTP and telnet they can evaluate network packets for valid application specific data Application level gateways have a number of general advantages over the default mode of permitting application traffic directly to internal hosts Information hiding prevents the names of internal systems from being made known via DNS to outside systems since the application gateway is the only host whose name must be made known to outside systems Robust authentication and logging pre authenticates application traffic before it reaches internal hosts and causes it to be logged more effectively than if it were logged with standard host logging Filtering rules at the packet filtering router can be less complex than they would be if the router needed to filter application traffic and direct it to a number of specific systems The router need only allow application traffic destined for the application gateway and reject the rest 14 2 3 Stateful Inspection Firewalls Stateful inspection firewalls restrict access by screening data packets against defined access rules They make access control decisions based on IP address and protocol They also inspect the session data
331. exing VPI VCI 0 Network Name SSID ZyXEL Channel 6 Security Manually assigne Network Key WEP Key Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page View device Status 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizard setup are correct P 2602HWLNI User s Guide VoIP Wizard This chapter shows you how to configure and register your SIP account s 4 1 Introduction The ZyXEL Device has Voice over IP VoIP communication capabilities that allow you to use a traditional analog or ISDN telephone to make Internet calls This section describes how you can set up your ZyXEL Device to call someone who is also using a VoIP device You can configure the ZyXEL Device to use up to two SIP based VoIP accounts The ZyXEL Device provides ten SIP accounts although you can configure only 2 via the VoIP wizard See Chapter 11 on page 178 to configure the others In the following figure A represents your phone and B represents the phone of the person you would like to call Figure 31 VoIP Phone Calls HI DEI In order to make VoIP calls you need to reg
332. ext wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 3 3 on page 71 for wireless connection wizard setup P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 18 Internet Connection with PPPoE STEP 1 STEP fil Internet Configuration Ple your User Name Password rd given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If er it in the third field Service Name optional v Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Back Apply The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 7 Internet Connection with PPPoE LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name Type the name of your PPPoE service here Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the Z
333. f any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed the certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority or generated by the ZyXEL Device Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same as the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate The ZyXEL Device uses rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and
334. f you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses ES Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup 8 3 2 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives e In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP
335. figuration Rule Configuration Rule Name BW Budget Priority Filter Configuration Service Destination Address Destination Port Source Address Source Port Protocol v Use All Managed Bandwidth Destination Subnet Netmask Source Subnet Netmask Ww yy 10 Kbps High v noo foooo 2 foooo noo Apply Cancel See Appendix E on page 475 for a list of commonly used services P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 21 Bandwidth Management The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 136 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Configuration Rule Name Use the auto generated name or enter a descriptive name of up to 20 alphanumeric characters including spaces BW Budget Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the rule in kbps The recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual rule Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low Use All Managed Bandwidth Select this option to allow a rule to borrow unused bandwidth on the interface Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of the rules That is a rule with the highest priority is the first to borrow bandwidth Do not select this if you want to leave bandwidth available for other traffic types or if you want to restrict the amount of bandwidth that can be used for the traffic that matc
336. from clients and forwards them to another server In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 The client device A in the figure sends a call invitation to the SIP proxy server B 2 The SIP proxy server forwards the call invitation to C P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 98 SIP Proxy Server B t 11 2 2 3 SIP Redirect Server A SIP redirect server accepts SIP requests translates the destination address to an IP address and sends the translated IP address back to the device that sent the request Then the client device that originally sent the request can send requests to the IP address that it received back from the redirect server Redirect servers do not initiate SIP requests In the following example you want to use client device A to call someone who is using client device C 1 Client device A sends a call invitation for C to the SIP redirect server B 2 The SIP redirect server sends the invitation back to A with C s IP address or domain name 3 Client device A then sends the call invitation to client device C P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 99 SIP Redirect Server T NO A v ET t wm C 11 2 2 4 SIP Register Server A SIP register server maintains a database of SIP identity to IP address or domain name mapping The register server checks your user name and password wh
337. fully completed if used and the DSL connection is up Blinking Your device is sending or receiving IP traffic Red On Your device attempted to make an IP connection but failed Possible causes are no response from a DHCP server no PPPoE response PPPoE authentication failed None Off Your device does not have an IP connection PHONE 1 2 Green On A SIP account is registered for the phone port Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook or there is an incoming call Orange On A SIP account is registered for the phone port and there is a voice message in the corresponding SIP account Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook and there is a voice message in the corresponding SIP account None Off The phone port does not have a SIP account registered ISDN Green On A SIP account is registered for the phone port PHONE Blinking A telephone connected to the phone port has its receiver off of the hook or there is an incoming call None Off The phone port does not have a SIP account registered Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connections 1 6 The RESET Button You can use the RESET button at the back of the device to turn the wireless LAN off or on You can also use it to activate OTIST in order to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you wil
338. g a request to the SIP proxy server Then the proxy server looks up the destination to which the call should be forwarded according to the URI requested by the SIP UAC The request may be forwarded to more than one proxy server before arriving at its destination The response to the request goes to all the proxy servers through which the request passed in reverse sequence Once the session is set up session traffic 1s sent between the UAs directly bypassing all the proxy servers in between P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice The following figure shows the SIP and session traffic flow between the user agents UA 1 and UA 2 and the proxy servers this example shows two proxy servers PROXY 1 and PROXY 2 Figure 100 SIP Call Through Proxy Servers PROXY 1 Rp 2 SIP M M SIP SIP SIP amp RTP _ em UA 1 UA 2 The following table shows the SIP call progression Table 59 SIP Call Progression UA 1 PROXY 1 PROXY 2 UA 2 Invite Invite 4 100 Trying Invite 100 Trying 180 Ringing 4 180 Ringing 180 Ringing 2000K 4 2000K 4 2000K ACK RTP S RTP BYE 200 OK 1 User Agent 1 sends a SIP INVITE request to Proxy 1 This
339. ger packet size Apply Click Apply to save your settings back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 21 7 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup You must use the Bandwidth Management General screen to enable bandwidth management before you can configure rules Click Advanced gt Bandwidth MGMT gt Rule Setup to open the following screen Figure 189 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup Rule Setup Rule Setup Direction LAN Service WW j Priority Hiah Bandwidth fio kbps To LAN Interface e Rule Name Destination Port Bandwidth kbps active Rule Name Destination Port Priority _Bandwidth kbps Modify Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 135 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Direction Select LAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards to the LAN Select WAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards to the WAN Select WLAN to apply bandwidth management to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards to the WLAN Service Select a service for your rule or you can select User define to go to the screen where you can define your own Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Choose High Mid or Low P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 21 Bandwidth Management Table 135 Bandwidth
340. ges Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 7 7 More Connections Edit Click the edit icon in the More Connections screen to configure a node P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 53 More Connections Edit General v Active Name Changeme Mode Routing Encapsulation PPPoA User Name Password Multiplexing vc 7 VPI o VCI 33 IP Address C Obtain an IP Address Automatically static IP Address IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 Connection C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle timeout o sec NAT C None sua Only Edit Detail Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 26 More Connections Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION General Active Select the check box to activate or clear the check box to deactivate this node Name Enter a unique descriptive name of up to 20 characters for this node You can use alphanumeric characters and the hyphen underscore and General Mode Select Routing from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account If you select Bridge the ZyXEL Device will forward any packet that it does not route to this remote node otherwise the packets are discarded Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop d
341. gest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA algorithm You can use this value to verify with the certification authority over the phone for example that this is actually their certificate Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste the certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name and or set whether or not you want the ZyXEL Device to check the CRL that the certification authority issues before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen
342. gh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 184 Firmware Specifications continued NAT SUA Port Forwarding 1024 NAT sessions Multimedia application PPTP under NAT SUA IPSec passthrough SIP ALG passthrough VPN 2 IPSec tunnels IKE and Manual Key Management AH and ESP Protocol DES 3DES and AES Encryption SHA 1 and MD5 Authentication Tunnel and Transport Mode Encapsulation IPSec NAT Traversal NETBIOS pass through for IPSec 31 3 Voice Specifications LES To take full advantage of the supplementary phone services available through the ZyXEL Device s phone ports you may need to subscribe to the services from your VoIP service provider BES Not all features are supported by all service providers Consult your service provider for more information Table 185 Voice Features Call Fallback Call fallback allows you to set the ZyXEL Device to automatically use the PSTN ISDN connection for outgoing calls if the SIP account is not working or to use the SIP account for outgoing calls if the PSTN ISDN port is unplugged or not working Call Park and Call park and pickup lets you put a call on hold park and then continue the call Pickup pickup You can continue the call on the same phone or another phone connected to the ZyXEL Device The caller must still pay while the call is parked When you park the call you enter a number of your choice
343. gh 250 1100 ATC Medium 1100 ATC_Low 21 4 Subnet based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets The following figure shows LAN subnets You could configure one bandwidth class for subnet A and another for subnet B Figure 187 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example Subnet A L LAN WAN Subnet A 320 kbps Subnet B 320 kbps EE 0 i 5 J ce 332 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 21 Bandwidth Management 21 5 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an application The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific traffic from separate LAN subnets Table 132 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B VoIP SIP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps E mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps 21 5 1 Bandwidth Management Priorities Traffic with a higher priority gets through faster while traffic with a lower priority is dropped if the network is congested The following table describes the priorities that you can apply to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through an interface Table 133 Bandwidth Management Priorities PRIORITY DESCRIPTION High Typically used for voice traffic or video that is especially sensitive to jitter
344. group Friend Select the ring for callers in your friend group VIP Select the ring for callers in your VIP group This is a read only index number for the phone numbers you assign to different groups Enable Select this to enable your selected distinctive ring for this phone number P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 75 Phone Book gt Distinctive Ring LABEL DESCRIPTION Name Type a name for the associated telephone number TEL Type the telephone number you want to add to a group Group Select a group for the telephone number you entered You can select Family Workmate Friend or VIP You can also select distinctive rings based on whether a call comes from the registered SIP accounts the PSTN line or another phone connected to the ZyXEL Device internal Note The ZyXEL Device will check whether the incoming phone number is part of any of the groups assigned above before checking the incoming line SIP1 to SIP 10 Select a ring for each registered SIP account PSTN Call Select a ring for PSTN calls Internal Call Select a ring for internal calls Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 11 19 SIP Prefix Screen The SIP prefix screen allows you to set up numbers you dial on your phone to specify which SIP account you want to use for a call If you dial onl
345. gs such as the VCI VPI numbers and the encapsulation method from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Zero configuration for Internet access is disabled when the ZyXEL Device is in bridge mode you set the ZyXEL Device to use a static fixed WAN IP address P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 5 Internet Access Setup Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s WAN remote node settings Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup The screen differs by the encapsulation you select See Section 7 1 on page 101 for more information Figure 50 Internet Access Setup PPPoE Internet Access Setup General Mode Encapsulation User Name Password Service Name Multiplexing Virtual Circuit ID VPI VCI IP Address C static IP Address IP Address DNS server First DNS Server Second DNS Server Third DNS Server Connection Obtain an IP Address Automatically C Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Routing Y PPPoE 7 aoak a E Obtained From ISP x p i Obtained From ISP aut Obtained From ISP m Max Idle Timeout 0 sec The following table describes the labels in this screen Tab
346. guration for this screen 144 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 9 8 Association List Use this screen to view details of the wireless stations that are currently associated with the ZyXEL Device You can also block individual wireless stations from accessing the network through the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt Association List to display the screen as shown next Figure 81 Wireless LAN Association List Association List Association List MAC Filter SS oT TN 00 12 f0 e8 dc b3 01 44 20 2000 01 01 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 44 Wireless LAN Association List LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of a wireless station that is currently associated with the ZyXEL Device Association Time When a wireless station is accessing the ZyXEL Device this field displays the time hh mm ss yyyy mm dd of when the association starts The time synchronizes with the time server Deny Select this to add this MAC address to the MAC Filter blocking list The device with this MAC address can no longer associate with the ZyXEL Device If the MAC filter is not activated this action enables the MAC filter with the filter action set to Deny Note If a MAC address is on the MAC Filter non blocking list when MAC filt
347. h the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the wireless security configuration screen You may still configure and store keys but they will not be used while dynamic WEP is enabled EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password pair is more practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 202 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No WPA and WPA2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 111 standard WPA2 IEEE 802 111 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and ke
348. he default time interval is 3600 seconds or 1 hour Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK Update Timer key management or RADIUS server if using WPA key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis Setting of the Group Key Update Timer is also supported in WPA PSK mode The ZyXEL Device default is 1800 seconds 30 minutes P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN 9 5 4 WPA 2 Authentication Screen In order to configure and enable WPA Authentication click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the Wireless screen Select WPA or WPA2 from the Security Mode list Figure 72 Wireless WPA 2 Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID z xt IT Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz v Security Security Mode WPA2 v wPA Compatible ReAuthentication Timer Rsoo In Seconds Idle Timeout s600 In Seconds Group Key Update Timer fisoo In Seconds Authentication Server IP Address noo0 Port Number Rei2 Shared Secret rcm Accounting Server optional IP Address o0 Port Number heis Shared Secret is cem Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Tabl
349. he Static Route screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 327 Chapter 20 Static Route Figure 185 Static Route Static Route Static Route Rules m m o 00724090 UN M M m o m oO oU RON SB em 1 g EP EP EP EP w g wf Edu Eu EP Eo Eu g EG Eu EP du Eo Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 128 Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Active This field shows whether this static route is active Yes or not No Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Netmask This parameter specifies the IP network subnet mask of the final destination Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the delete icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route Apply Click this to apply your changes to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to
350. he ZyXEL Device check if the connection to the DSLAM is up Select ICMP to have the ZyXEL Device periodically ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address fields Check WAN IP Configure this field to test your ZyXEL Device s WAN accessibility Type the IP Address1 3 address of a reliable nearby computer for example your ISP s DNS server address Note If you activate either traffic redirect or dial backup you must configure at least one IP address here When using a WAN backup connection the ZyXEL Device periodically pings the addresses configured here and uses the other WAN backup connection if configured if there is no response Fail Tolerance Type the number of times 2 recommended that your ZyXEL Device may ping the IP addresses configured in the Check WAN IP Address field without getting a response before switching to a WAN backup connection or a different WAN backup connection Recovery Interval When the ZyXEL Device is using a lower priority connection usually a WAN backup connection it periodically checks whether or not it can use a higher priority connection Type the number of seconds 30 recommended for the ZyXEL Device to wait between checks Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic Timeout Type the number of seconds 3 recommended for your ZyXEL Device to wait for a ping response from one of the IP addresses in the Check WAN IP Address field befor
351. he certificate not a certification authority X 509 means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU T X 509 recommendation that defines the formats for public key certificates Version This field displays the X 509 version number Serial Number This field displays the certificate s identification number given by the certification authority Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate such as Common Name CN Organizational Unit OU Organization O and Country C Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as Common Name Organizational Unit Organization and Country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject Name field Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate Some certification authorities use rsa pkcs1 sha1 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Other certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text disp
352. he changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 5 DHCP Setup Click Network gt DHCP Setup to open this screen Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Figure 62 DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP Setup DHCP IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 33 Pool Size 32 Remote DHCP Server 0 0 0 DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server First DNS Server Obtained From ISP zij 0 0 0 Second DNS Server Obtained From ISP Sali 1 0 Third DNS Server Obtained From ISP E o i Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL Device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to Windows 95 Windows NT and other systems that support the DHCP client If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in the Remote DHCP Server field in this case When DHCP is used the following items need to be set P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup Table 31 DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Pool Starting This field specifies the first of the contiguous
353. he phone number you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically dial in this field Back Click this to return to the Analog Phone screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 10 ISDN Phone This screen allows you to configure the outgoing and incoming call settings for ISDN phones connected to the ZyXEL Device via the ISDN PHONE port At the time of writing the ZyXEL Device can connect up to eight ISDN phones to the ISDN PHONE port An ISDN phone can have more than one MSN Multiple Subscriber Number Each MSN can have different settings in the ISDN Phone screen 11 10 1 If you want to use ISDN phones connected to the ZyXEL Device you must configure your ISDN phones to use the same MSNs ISDN Phone Port Call Types You can use ISDN phones connected to the ZyXEL Device s ISDN PHONE port to make and receive three kinds of call nternet phone calls Voice over IP or VoIP These calls are made and received using the Internet connection on your ZyXEL Device You need to configure a SIP account see Section 11 4 on page 178 before making Internet phone calls Analog phone calls These calls are made and received using a PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network line connected to the PSTN ISDN port on the ZyXEL Device ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network phone calls These calls are made and rece
354. header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device Transport mode ESP with authentication is not compatible with NAT Table 101 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport N ESP Tunnel Y P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 273 Chapter 17 Introduction to IPSec 274 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide VPN Screens This chapter introduces the VPN screens See Chapter 27 on page 387 for information on viewing logs and the appendix for IPSec log descriptions 18 1 VPN IPSec Overview Use the screens documented in this chapter to configure rules for VPN connections and manage VPN connections 18 2 IPSec Algorithms The ESP and AH protocols are necessary to create a Security Association SA the foundation of an IPSec VPN An SA is built from the authentication provided by the AH and ESP protocols The primary function of key management is to establish and maintain the SA between systems Once the SA is established the transport of data may commence 18 2 1 AH Authentication Header Protocol AH protocol RFC 2402 was designed for integrity authentication sequence integrity replay resistance and non repudiation but not for confidentiality for which the ESP was designed In applications where confidentiality is not required or not sanctioned by government encryption restrictions an AH can be employed to ensure integrity This type of implemen
355. hem instead If you enter the code to not upgrade you can make a call as normal You will hear the recording again each time you pick up the phone until you upgrade Call waiting This feature allows you to hear an alert when you are already using the phone and another person calls you You can then either reject the new incoming call put your current call on hold and receive the new incoming call or end the current call and receive the new incoming call Call forwarding With this feature you can set the ZyXEL Device to forward calls to a specified number either unconditionally always when your number is busy or when you do not answer You can also forward incoming calls from one specified number to another Caller ID The ZyXEL Device supports caller ID which allows you to see the originating number of an incoming call on a phone with a suitable display Trunking Trunking connects an IP network like the Internet with the regular telephone network PSTN The main advantage of trunking is that you can call your ZyXEL Device on the PSTN network and then use it to make a VoIP phonecall For example if you have a ZyXEL Device at your office you can call into it from your cellphone and use it to make a long distance or international VoIP call at a reduced cost REN A Ringer Equivalence Number REN is used to determine the number of devices like telephones or fax machines that may be connected to the te
356. hes this rule Filter Configuration Service This field simplifies bandwidth class configuration by allowing you to select a predefined application When you select a predefined application you do not configure the rest of the bandwidth filter fields other than enabling or disabling the filter SIP Session Initiation Protocol is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony instant messaging and other VoIP Voice over IP applications Select SIP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses SIP File Transfer Protocol FTP is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and over TCP IP networks A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system running an FTP client The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading and downloading files Select FTP from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for FTP traffic H 323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio data and video conferencing It allows for real time point to point and multipoint communication between client computers over a packet based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of service Select H 323 from the drop down list box to configure this bandwidth filter for traffic that uses H 323 Select User defined from the drop down list box if you do not want to use a predefined application for the bandwidth class When you sele
357. hird party cookies that use personally identifiable LJ information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable pop up Blockers with Exceptions 448 Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Settings screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Figure 264 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options PR Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet MER zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable LC information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the lis
358. his When the ZyXEL Device receives a PSTN call your ISDN phone rings ISDN Item This is the MSN index number you use in the VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone screen MSN Number Enter each Multiple Subscriber Number in these fields as supplied by your ISDN service provider up to 32 digits no hyphens or space allowed Brief Description Enter details of the device you want to use with this MSN for example personal phone or business phone This field is for your reference only Apply Click this button to save your changes Cancel Click this button to set the fields in this screen to their last saved values P 2602HWLNI User s Guide VoIP Trunking Use these screens to configure VoIP trunking on your ZyXEL Device 12 1 VoIP Trunking Overview VoIP trunking connects an IP network like the Internet and the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN PSTN includes the world s circuit switched telephone network which is composed of fixed and mobile telephones VoIP trunking allows you to create VoIP links which PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network callers can use to Make phone calls via the Internet Make a PSTN call to the ZyXEL Device and it forwards the call to any SIP based VoIP phone Save on long distance calls The ZyXEL Device creates a VoIP link which can be used to connect to a PSTN phone in another country province region and so on Similarly VoIP callers can Mak
359. his to set every field in this screen to its last saved value Advanced Setup Click this to edit the advanced settings for this SIP account The Advanced SIP Setup screen appears 11 5 Advanced SIP Setup Screen Click VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings to open the SIP Settings screen Select a SIP account and click Advanced Setup to open the Advanced SIP Setup screen Use this screen to maintain advanced settings for each SIP account P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 103 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced SIP Account SIP1 SIP Server Settings URL Type Expiration Duration Register Re send timer Session Expires Min SE RTP Port Range Start Port End Port Voice Compression Primary Compression Type Secondary Compression Type Third Compression Type DTMF Mode Outbound Proxy Enable Server Address Server Port MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Expiration Time Call Forward Call Forward Table Caller Ringing Enable Caller Ringing Tone On Hold Enable On Hold Tone se s 3600 20 65535 sec is0 1 65535 sec 300 30 3600 sec i80 20 1800 sec ao000 1025 65535 65535 1025 65535 o 1025 65535 120 1 65535 sec Table 1 7 Default Defaut z anol Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 62 VolP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPT
360. hone Setup screen appears 11 9 Advanced Analog Phone Setup Screen Use this screen to edit advanced settings for each phone port To access this screen click Advanced Setup in VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 106 Phone Analog Phone Advanced Analog Phone 1 Voice Volume Control Speaking Volume Listening Volume Echo Cancellation M G 168 Active Fax Option G 711 Fax Passthrough Dialing Interval Select Dialing Interval Select Voice Active Detector 1 Min 1 Min C T 38 Fax Relay Fa T VAD Support Auto Dial Auto Dial Active Auto Dial Phone Number m Back Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 65 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Analog Phone This field displays the number of the analog phone you are currently configuring Voice Volume Control Speaking Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it sends to the peer device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest Listening Volume Enter the loudness that the ZyXEL Device uses for speech that it receives from the peer device 1 is the quietest and 1 is the loudest Echo Cancellation G 168 Active Select this if you want to eliminate the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you
361. hose for contacting police fire or emergency medical services 11 21 PSTN Line Screen Use this screen to set up the PSTN line you use to make regular phone calls To access this screen click VoIP gt PSTN Line gt General Figure 116 PSTN Line gt General Call through PSTN Line PSTN Line Pre fix Number foooo Relay to PSTN Line e 2 3 4 s 6 7 8 9 Apply Reset P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Each field is described in the following table Table 77 PSTN Line gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION PSTN Line Pre fix Enter 1 7 numbers you dial before you dial the phone number if you want to Number make a regular analog phone call while one of your SIP accounts is registered These numbers tell the ZyXEL Device that you want to make a regular phone call Relay to PSTN Enter phone numbers for regular calls not VoIP calls that you want to dial Line without the prefix number For example you should enter emergency numbers The number 1 9 is not a speed dial number It is just a sequential value that is not associated with any phone number Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 22 ISDN Line Screen Use this screen to set up the ISDN line you use to make regular phone calls To access this screen click VoIP
362. i III 235 Table 88 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts sited caanceascsiacanzassraneaeuassanaraeadacraucezariramaetanstanananadcina 238 Tabie 89 Legal NoiBIOS Commande Aet 238 Tab OU Legal SMTP COMMEN 1 eios ne ted eda da D Dr en s RE ac en E o bo tI aM 238 Uem xA IUe MEER S S UU LS 249 Tahe 92 Firewall RUES C 250 Tabe 99 Frowa Egt PUIG sinansa aeae a A 252 Table 94 Customized SONICS scatesmngstteitrhus rpiatzene eq raise qutia E MN SIRE acme 254 Table 95 Firewall Configure Customized Services eeeesiiseeeeesiisee eene deetn nata dta aka daa 255 Tae 96 eae TESNO necesse tea dv conden Rad d udedi ei Va E tta pud ladaa p ER 261 Table duis Eu cuc 262 Table 95 Content FINON KOyWOrd Laccczuieic boxe REIHE REA ERES E REUSRKA MALES HORREA RR AVE FS UR Re 266 Table 99 Content Fiter Schede T e TE 267 Table 100 Content Fiter niis UE 267 Table 101 VEN BO NAT sce eat ora AR ena ORE GR d e en 273 Table 102 AH Sd BSP eanan chassis PPP PE abr v Em lacoste access 276 Table 103 VPN Ecce 278 Wes TO Ia NR eer MU 280 Table 105 Local ID Type aud Content Fields ac ciniscajariesicatesicdaceaisarsieate noises a ia 282 Table 106 Peer ID Type and Content Fields corr dena Y orti e EE aoc oa dd Wn a raga diea po Ze aua 282 Table 107 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example sss 282 Table 108 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example
363. ice blocks all sites containing this keyword including the URL http www website com bad html even if it is not included in the Filter List To have your ZyXEL Device block Web sites containing keywords in their URLs click Security gt Content Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 151 Content Filter Keyword Keyword M Active Keyword Blocking Block Websites that contain these keywords in the URL bad Delete Clear All Keyword Add Keyword Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 16 Content Filtering The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 98 Content Filter Keyword LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Keyword Blocking Select this check box to enable this feature Block Websites that This box contains the list of all the keywords that you have configured the contain these keywords in the URL ZyXEL Device to block Delete Highlight a keyword in the box and click Delete to remove it Clear All Click Clear All to remove all of the keywords from the list Keyword Type a keyword in this field You may use any character up to 127 characters Wildcards are not allowed Add Keyword Click Add Keyword after you have typed a keyword Repeat this procedure to add other keywords Up to 64 keywords are allowed When you try to access a web page containing a keyword you will get a message telling you that the content filter is blocking this reque
364. ice does it cannot communicate with the ZyXEL Device Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network Max Frame Burst Enable this to improve the performance of both pure IEEE 802 11g and mixed IEEE 802 11b g networks Maximum Frame Burst sets the maximum time that the ZyXEL Device transmits IEEE 802 119 wireless traffic only Fragmentation A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks while a Threshold larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy Roaming If you have two or more ZyXEL Devices or other wireless access points on your wireless network you can enable this option so that wireless devices can change locations without having to log in again This is useful for devices such as notebooks that move around a lot 9 5 General WLAN Screen BES If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the Wireless LAN General screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 68 Wireless LAN General Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Nam
365. ield is N A for One to one and Server mapping types P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Table 56 Address Mapping Rules continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Global Start IP This is the starting Inside Global IP Address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP You can only do this for Many to One and Server mapping types Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address IGA This field is N A for One to one Many to One and Server mapping types Type 1 1 One to one mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for the One to one NAT mapping type M 1 Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only M M Ov Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses MM No No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing a
366. ife Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IPSec SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Key Group You must choose a key group for phase 1 IKE setup DH1 default refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number Phase 2 Active Protocol Use the drop down list box to choose from ESP or AH Encryption Algorithm This field is available when you select ESP in the Active Protocol field Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to se
367. ifferently depending on the code points without the need to negotiate paths or remember state information for every flow In addition applications do not have to request a particular service or give advanced notice of where the traffic is going 11 3 2 1 DSCP and Per Hop Behavior DiffServ defines a new DS Differentiated Services field to replace the Type of Service TOS field in the IP header The DS field contains a 2 bit unused field and a 6 bit DSCP field which can define up to 64 service levels The following figure illustrates the DS field DSCP is backward compatible with the three precedence bits in the ToS octet so that non DiffServ compliant ToS enabled network device will not conflict with the DSCP mapping Figure 101 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field DSCP Unused 6 bit 2 bit The DSCP value determines the forwarding behavior the PHB Per Hop Behavior that each packet gets across the DiffServ network Based on the marking rule different kinds of traffic can be marked for different priorities of forwarding Resources can then be allocated according to the DSCP values and the configured policies 11 3 3 VLAN Virtual Local Area Network VLAN allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks Only stations within the same group can communicate with each other Your ZyXEL Device can add IEEE 802 1Q VLAN ID tags to voice frames that it sends to the network This allows the ZyX
368. igure Use your ISDN phone to receive incoming calls over the analog PSTN line See Section 11 23 2 on page 209 11 23 1 Multiple Subscriber Numbers MSNs allow you to use two or more phone numbers on one ISDN line This is similar to conventional extension numbers for example 0123456 ext 789 However MSNs are supplied by your ISDN service provider and are configured directly in your ISDN devices They do not require you to use any other equipment For example Alice and Bob subscribe to an ISDN service that gives them an ISDN line with the phone number 123456 and two MSNs 777 and 888 They connect their ISDN phones directly to the ISDN line Alice configures her ISDN phone to use one MSN 777 and Bob configures his phone to use the other 888 When someone calls 123456777 only Alice s phone rings and when someone calls 123456888 only Bob s phone rings When you use MSNs with ISDN devices connected to the ZyXEL Device s ISDN PHONE port you do not need to configure MSNs in the ZyXEL Device For details on configuring MSNs on your ISDN device refer to the documentation provided by its manufacturer 11 23 1 1 MSNs and the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device enables you to use analog devices connected to the PHONE 1 and PHONE 2 ports to make and receive ISDN calls You can also use MSNs if you subscribe to an MSN service For example Carol and David subscribe to an ISDN service that gives them an ISDN line with the phone n
369. il techwriters zyxel com tw P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 3 Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User s Guide lt gt Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device BS Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions The P 2602HWLNI may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device the system or the product in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for kilo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on
370. ile bin extension or configuration file rom extension on your computer Remote File This is the filename on the ZyXEL Device The filename for the firmware is ras and for the configuration file is rom 0 Binary Transfer the file in binary mode Abort Stop transfer of the file Refer to Section 29 3 on page 408 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools 29 8 Using FTP or TFTP to Restore Configuration This section shows you how to restore a previously saved configuration Note that this function erases the current configuration before restoring a previous back up configuration please do not attempt to restore unless you have a backup configuration file stored on disk FTP is the preferred method for restoring your current computer configuration to your device since FTP is faster Please note that you must wait for the system to automatically restart after the file transfer is complete Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device When the Restore Configuration process is complete the device automatically restarts 29 8 1 Restore Using FTP Session Example Figure 245 Restore Using FTP Session Example ftp put config rom rom 0 200 Port command okay 150 Opening data connection for STOR rom 0 226 File received OK 221 Goodbye for writing flash ftp 16384 bytes sent i
371. imum number of bits that can be transmitted per DMT tone is 15 There will be some tones without any bits as there has to be space between the upstream and downstream channels Reset ADSL Line Click this button to reinitialize the ADSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully Capture All Logs Click this button to display information and statistics about your ZyXEL Device s ATM statistics DSL connection statistics DHCP settings firmware version WAN and gateway IP address VPI VCI and LAN IP address P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 30 Diagnostic P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Product Specifications The following tables summarize the ZyXEL Device s hardware and firmware features 31 1 Hardware Specifications Table 183 Hardware Specifications SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION Dimensions W x D x H 168 x 37 x 248 mm Weight 390g Power Specification 18VDC 1A Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports PHONE Ports 2 RJ 11 FXS POTS ports ISDN PHONE Port 1 RJ 45 FXS ISDN port PSTN ISDN Port 1 RJ 45 FXO PSTN or ISDN port RESET Button Restores factory defaults Antenna One attached external dipole antenna 2dBi Operating Environment Temperature 0 C 40 C Humi
372. in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add Click OK when finished 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es f you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them Figure 257 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click OK to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and rest
373. ings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 249 Windows 95 98 Me Network Configuration Network LPR for TCP IP Printing 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B TX Dial Up Adapter USB Fast Ethernet Adapter Y TCPAP gt 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3 Client for Microsoft Networks gt Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Adapter and then click Add 3 Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP 1 Inthe Network window click Add 2 Select Protocol and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Configuring 1 Inthe Network window Configuration tab s
374. ion of AES applies a 128 bit key to 128 bit blocks of data AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a phase 2 tunnel without encryption AUTHENTICATION MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA1 for maximum security 18 3 My IP Address My IP Address is the WAN IP address of the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device has to rebuild the VPN tunnel if My IP Address changes after setup The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel fthe WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 7 on page 101 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect 18 4 Secure Gateway Address Secure Gateway Address is the WAN IP address or domain name of the remote IPSec router secure gateway P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens If the remote secure gateway has a static WA
375. ions per Minute eo Sessions 100 Sessions fio Sessions Action taken when TCP Maximum Incomplete reached threshold Delete the Oldest Half Open Session when New Connection Request Comes C Deny New Connection Request for fic Minutes 1 255 Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 96 Firewall Threshold LABEL DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Denial of Service Thresholds One Minute Low This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to stop deleting half open sessions The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below this number 80 existing half open sessions One Minute High This is the rate of new half open sessions that causes the firewall to start deleting half open sessions When the rate of new connection attempts rises above this number the ZyXEL Device deletes half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection attempts 100 half open sessions per minute The above numbers cause the ZyXEL Device to start deleting half open sessions when more than 100 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute and to stop deleting half open sessions when fewer than 80 session establishment attempts have been detected in the last minute Maximum Incomplete Low This is the number of existing half open sessions that
376. iple public IP addresses for address translation or None to disable NAT When selecting Full Feature configure address mapping sets in the Address Mapping screen Select one of the NAT server sets 2 10 in the Port Forwarding screen see Chapter 10 on page 155 for details and type that number here Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click this button to edit RIP multicast and ATM QoS settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 8 More Connections Edit Advanced Click the Advanced button in the More Connections Edit screen to display the following screen Figure 54 More Connections Edit Advanced RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None RIP Version n z Multicast None x ATM Qos ATM QoS Type UBR v Peak Cell Rate fo cell sec Sustain Cell Rate fo cell sec Maximum Burst Size fo cell Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 More Connections Edit Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membe
377. ireless connection for more than ten seconds it will search for an OTIST enabled AP for up to one minute If you manually have the wireless device search for an OTIST enabled AP there is no timeout click Cancel in the OTIST progress screen to stop the search 3 Afterthe wireless device finds an OTIST enabled AP you must click Start in the ZyXEL Device s Network gt Wireless LAN gt OTIST screen or hold in the Reset button on the ZyXEL Device for one or two seconds to transfer the settings again 4 If you change the SSID or the keys on the ZyXEL Devices after using OTIST you need to run OTIST again or enter them manually in the wireless device s 5 Ifyouconfigure OTIST to generate a WPA PSK key this key changes each time you run OTIST Therefore if a new wireless device joins your wireless network you need to run OTIST on the AP and ALL wireless devices again 9 7 MACFilter Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings MAC filtering lets you control which devices can access the ZyXEL Device and the network You can allow or prohibit specific devices based on their MAC addresses Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt MAC Filter The screen appears as shown P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 80 MAC Address Filter MAC Filter V Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow C Deny a Sc M Ds po 12 f0 e8 dob3 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 00 00 00 00
378. is chapter contains information about configuring general log settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs 27 1 Logs Overview The web configurator allows you to choose which categories of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs or have the ZyXEL Device send them to an administrator as e mail or to a syslog server 27 1 1 Alerts and Logs An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black 27 2 Viewing the Logs Click Maintenance gt Logs to open the View Log screen Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen see Section 27 3 on page 388 Log entries in red indicate alerts The log wraps around and deletes the old entries after it fills Click a column heading to sort the entries A triangle indicates ascending or descending sort order P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 387 Chapter 27 Logs Figure 230 View Log View Logs Display A tess x Email Log Now Refresh Clear Log Time Messaqe Source Destination Notes eee WEB Login Successfully User admin 2 gazo teegon none UDP 192 168 1 1 53 192 168 1 34 1197 ER CESS 3 Pd
379. is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 111 VPN Manual Key continued LABEL DESCRIPTION My IP Address Enter the WAN IP address of your ZyXEL Device The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes The following applies if this field is configured as 0 0 0 0 The ZyXEL Device uses the current ZyXEL Device WAN IP address static or dynamic to set up the VPN tunnel If the WAN connection goes down the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect See Chapter 7 on page 101 for details on dial backup and traffic redirect Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Security Protocol IPSec Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described next Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or NULL from the drop down list box When DES is used for data communications both sender and receiver must know the same se
380. is dependent on the line speed Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS is set to the default of 0 the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 49 Example of Traffic Shaping Cell Rate PC SCR Es a d Time P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 3 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification 7 3 1 1 Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of connections that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice 7 3 1 2 Variable Bit Rate VBR The V
381. is incompatible with the AH protocol in both Transport and Tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and headers with a hash value appended to the packet When using AH protocol packet contents the data payload are not encrypted P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 17 Introduction to IPSec A NAT device in between the IPSec endpoints will rewrite either the source or destination address with one of its own choosing The VPN device at the receiving end will verify the integrity of the incoming packet by computing its own hash value and complain that the hash value appended to the received packet doesn t match The VPN device at the receiving end doesn t know about the NAT in the middle so it assumes that the data has been maliciously altered IPSec using ESP in Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire original packet including headers in a new IP packet The new IP packet s source address is the outbound address of the sending VPN gateway and its destination address is the inbound address of the VPN device at the receiving end When using ESP protocol with authentication the packet contents in this case the entire original packet are encrypted The encrypted contents but not the new headers are signed with a hash value appended to the packet Tunnel mode ESP with authentication is compatible with NAT because integrity checks are performed over the combination of the original
382. isasacecdieesencaddduvtaannadnentanecddievsunecdivenbens 320 Figure 182 Ic pica MMC C 323 SIC CELSEN ge uE gu WicnboRa Me m 324 Figure 184 Example of Statie Routing Topology iiunsesecsissseeisxibn aeu optat HERE EE pad eo i i e ERR iene 327 Foue pci ROUE cT 328 Figure 186 Static Roule Edit gem i i 329 Figure 187 Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example 1 rrr rina ette nnn rri anie e nnda 332 Figure 198 Bandwidth Management General oes bere a tete i REPRE E Ee ede dne IM Die bede 333 Figure 189 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup asssiuacazccnassicct dnte subi viet Phu puc ders S xi darn E ER EE Gu ba eL 1 LEE a 334 Figure 190 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration eese essen nnn tn anna nnn 335 Figure 191 Bandwidth Management PMN 2usboxspscnabetiqsetubepi vere ben sie pepi Ee Ei as 337 Figure T9 Dynamic DNS qiiae db tea tr coto Da tr Ehe ivo ci ve LER Doa e n LAE LER Sod Eia otek 340 Figure 193 Secure and Insecure Remote Management From the WAN seen 343 Figure 194 HT TES InplemelifatiOli icrisecestanieecto eite entEh tdt c c enaere iie Ta 345 Figure 195 Remote Management HTTP 1 5 eorr ptt nte e tah EI d A E net HERR ente ee La Eo epa 346 Figure 196 Telnet Configuration en a PRPITPMOBOIE 1iesdeie p M Ri eriz bri eire erp irina 347 Figure 197 Remote Management TEMEI iuusssedceccocdsansensntacp paci oriana cL d did 348 Figure 128 Remote Management eT sadhana aia tate eet a Pantene dad exu bfc add fuh
383. ister at least one SIP account on your ZyXEL Device You can register your SIP account in the VoIP Setup Wizard 4 2 VoIP Wizard Setup Use the wizard setup screens to set up your SIP account with the information given to you by your ISP and register your SIP account P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard BS Make sure you have a successful Internet connection before you run the VoIP wizard To test your Internet connection you can open your web browser and go to any web page for example http www zyxel com You must have a SIP account before you setup the VoIP wizard 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon ja in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 32 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic configuration changes ou need access to more advanced features not 2 Click VOICE OVER INTERNET SETUP to configure your SIP settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard Figure 33 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL Wizard Setup INTERNET WIRELES VOIGE OVER INTERNET SETUP 3 Select the SIP serve
384. istration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix F Legal Information P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Customer Support Please have the following information ready when you contact customer support Required Information ee p Product model and serial number Warranty Information Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it is the prefix number you dial to make an international telephone call Corporate Headquarters Worldwide Support E mail support zyxel com tw Sales E mail sales zyxel com tw Telephone 886 3 578 3942 Fax 886 3 578 2439 Web www zyxel com www europe zyxel com FTP ftp zyxel com ftp europe zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Park Hsinchu 300 Taiwan Costa Rica Support E mail soporte zyxel co cr Sales E mail sales zyxel co cr Telephone 506 2017878 Fax 506 2015098 Web www zyxel co cr FTP ftp zyxel co cr Regular Mail ZyXEL Costa Rica Plaza Roble Escaz Etapa El Patio Tercer Piso San Jos Costa Rica Czech Republic E mail info cz zyxel com Telephone 420 241 091 350 Fax 420 241 091 359 Web www zyxel cz P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix G Customer Support
385. ith mask 255 255 255 128 is its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets The previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 26 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 193 Subnet 1 LAST OCTET BIT IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 457 Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 194 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 1
386. ived using an ISDN line connected to the PSTN ISDN port on the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 10 2 Configuring the ISDN Phone Screen Use the ISDN Phone screen to do the following Configure which SIP account ISDN phones use to make VoIP calls Configure which SIP account ISDN phones use for incoming calls Configure whether ISDN phones can receive PSTN calls Click VoIP gt Phone gt ISDN Phone The following screen displays Figure 107 Phone ISDN Phone ISDN Phone ISDN Phone Port Settings MSN1 101 x See Ext Table Outgoing Call Use SIP Account SP1 Incoming Call apply to SIP Account SIP1 PSTN Line Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 66 Phone ISDN Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION ISDN Phone Port Settings Select the MSN you want to configure If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes If you configured the extension number of MSNs in the VoIP Ext Table screen the extension number of the corresponding MSN displays Note The extension number refers to the MSN mapping entries you configure in the VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table screen Configure these first Outgoing Call Use Use this section to configure the SIP account you want to use for outgoing calls with the MSN you selected SIP Account You must configure a SIP account in the Vo
387. ked for all users will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective 4 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security vulnerability For example if FTP ports TCP 20 21 are allowed from the Internet to the LAN Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers 5 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules 6 Once these questions have been answered adding rules is simply a matter of plugging the information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens 15 3 3 Key Fields For Configuring Rules 15 3 3 1 Action Should the action be to Drop Reject or Permit BES Drop means the firewall silently discards the packet Reject means the firewall discards packets and sends an ICMP destination unreachable message to the sender 15 3 3 2 Service Select the service from the Service scrolling list box If the service is not listed it is necessary to first define it See Appendix E on page 475 for more information on predefined services 15 3 3 3 Source Address What is the connection s source address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 15 3 3 4 Destination Address What is the connection s destination address is it on the LAN or WAN Is it a single IP a range of IPs or a subnet 15 4 Connection Direction This section describes examples for firewall rules for connections going from LAN
388. key management Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 287 Chapter 18 VPN Screens 18 12 Table 109 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh Advanced Setup Click Advanced Setup to configure more detailed settings of your IKE key management IKE Phases There are two phases to every IKE Internet Key Exchange negotiation phase 1 Authentication and phase 2 Key Exchange A phase 1 exchange establishes an IKE SA and the second one uses that SA to negotiate SAs for IPSec Figure 162 Two Phases to Set Up the IPSec SA Phase 1 Phase2 T KESA IPSec SA In phase 1 you must Choose a negotiation mode Authenticate the connection by entering a pre shared key Choose an encryption algorithm Choose an authentication algorithm Choose a Diffie Hellman public key cryptography key group DH1 or DH2 Set the IKE SA lifetime This field allows you to determine how long an IKE SA should stay up before it times out An IKE SA times out when the IKE SA lifetime period expires If an IKE SA times out when an IPSec SA is already established the IPSec SA stays connected In phase 2 you must Choose which protocol to use ESP or AH for the IKE key exchange Choose an encryption algorithm
389. keys are derived from the same root secret which may have security implications in the long run but allows faster SA setup by bypassing the Diffie Hellman key exchange 18 13 Configuring Advanced IKE Settings Click Advanced Setup in the Edit VPN Policies screen to open this screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Figure 163 Advanced VPN Policies VPN IKE Advanced Setup Protocol o Enable Replay Detection no 7 Local Start Port a End o Remote Start Port o End o Phasel Negotiation Mode Main x Pre Shared Key Encryption Algorithm DES 7 Authentication Algorithm ws z SA Life Time Seconds 28800 Key Group Dm x Phase2 Active Protocol ESP 7 Encryption Algorithm pes 7 Authentication Algorithm suot SA Life Time Seconds 28800 Encapsulation Tunnel 7 Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS NONE 7 Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 110 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION VPN IKE Protocol Enter 1 for ICMP 6 for TCP 17 for UDP etc 0 is the default and signifies any protocol Enable Replay Detection As a VPN setup is processing intensive the system is vulnerable to Denial of Service DoS attacks The IPSec receiver can detect and reject old or duplicate packets to protect against replay attacks Select YES from the drop down menu to enable replay detection or select NO to disable it L
390. l need to use the RESET button to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 You can also use the 1 6 1 Using The Reset Button 1 2 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking Do one of the following To turn the wireless LAN off or on press the RESET button for one second and release it The WLAN LED should change from on to off or vice versa W models only P 2602HWLNI Us er s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device To activate OTIST in order to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients press the RESET button for five seconds and release it The WLAN LED should flash while the device uses OTIST to send wireless settings to OTIST clients W models only To set the device back to the factory default settings press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the device restarts P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Introducing the Web Configurator This chapter describes how to access and navigate the web configurator 2 1 Web Configurator Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versio
391. l Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART II Network WAN Setup 101 LAN Setup 117 Wireless LAN 129 Network Address Translation NAT Screens 155 WAN Setup This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings 7 1 WAN Overview A WAN Wide Area Network is an outside connection to another network or the Internet 7 1 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL Device supports the following methods 7 1 1 1 ENET ENCAP The MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the ENET ENCAP Gateway field in the second wizard screen You can get this information from your ISP 7 1 1 2 PPP over Ethernet The ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE is an IETF Draft standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection The PPPoE option is for a dial up connection using PPPoE
392. lays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of P 2602HWLNI User s Guide the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Chapter 19 Certificates Table 122 Trusted CA Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path CRL Distribution Points This field displays how many directory servers with Lists of revoked certificates the issuing certification authority of this certificate makes available This field also displays the domain names or IP addresses of the servers MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message di
393. ld A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendices to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP address Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP Connection Nailed Up Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time Connection The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout NAT SUA only and Full Feature are available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Select SUA Only if you have one public IP address Full Feature if you have mult
394. ld Gateway IP displays 0 0 0 0 when you configure the Secure Gateway Address field in the VPN IKE screen to 0 0 0 0 Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the VPN configuration Click the Remove icon to remove an existing VPN configuration Apply Click this to save your changes and apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this return your settings to their last saved values 18 6 Keep Alive When you initiate an IPSec tunnel with keep alive enabled the ZyXEL Device automatically renegotiates the tunnel when the IPSec SA lifetime period expires see Section 18 12 on page 288 for more on the IPSec SA lifetime In effect the IPSec tunnel becomes an always on connection after you initiate it Both IPSec routers must have a ZyXEL Device compatible keep alive feature enabled in order for this feature to work If the ZyXEL Device has its maximum number of simultaneous IPSec tunnels connected to it and they all have keep alive enabled then no other tunnels can take a turn connecting to the ZyXEL Device because the ZyXEL Device never drops the tunnels that are already connected When there is outbound traffic with no inbound traffic the ZyXEL Device automatically drops the tunnel after two minutes 18 7 VPN NAT and NAT Traversal NAT is incompatible with the AH protocol in both transport and tunnel mode An IPSec VPN using the AH protocol digitally signs the outbound packet both data payload and header
395. ld Password Mew Password yo Caution Administrator Inactivity Retype to confirm Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock you out if you have forgotten your password m m s minutes 0 means no timeout m m m Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 147 System General Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Setup System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes It is recommended you enter your computer s Computer name in this field This name can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters long Spaces are not allowed but dashes and underscores are accepted Domain Name Enter the domain name if you know it here If you leave this field blank the ISP may assign a domain name via DHCP The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain name Administrator Inactivity Timer Type how many minutes a management session either via the web configurator or telnet can be left idle before the session times out The default is 5 minutes After it times out you have to log in with your password again Very long idle timeouts may have security risks A value of 0 means a management session never times out no matter how long it has been left idle not recommended Password Old Password Type the default password or the existing password you use to acce
396. le LAN Inside Local Inside Global WAN IP Address IP Address 192 168 1 10 IGA 1 192 168 1 13 ES 192 168 1 11 IGA 2 192 168 1 12 IGA3 Em 192 168 1 13 J E 192 168 1 12 N Internet E E E E Inside Local r 192 468 4 44 SEES Addresses ILA Inside Global 192 168 1 10 B Addresses IGA 10 1 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP Alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate with three distinct WAN networks P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 90 NAT Application With IP Alias A LAN1 192 168 1 X B 192 168 1 1 b til E E C iP 4 IGA 1 X3 IP 2 IGA 2 LAN2 192 168 2 x QE IP 2 IGA2 192 168 2 1 T Lu ill E3 IP 3 IGA 3 LAN3 192 168 3 X D EN 192 168 3 1 T LJ 10 1 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEU s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers Many to Many Overload In Many
397. le 1 z Forward to Number Setup O Unconditional Forward to Number G Busy Forward to Number O No Answer Forward to Number No Answer Waiting Time s Second Advanced Setup Activate __ Incoming Call Number 1 c 2 rH 3 O 4 O 5 C 6 C 7 D 8 m 9 mi 10 O Condition Unconditional dd Unconditional P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice You can create two sets of call forwarding rules Each one is stored in a call forwarding table Each field is described in the following table Table 74 Phone Book Incoming Call Policy LABEL DESCRIPTION Table Number Select the call forwarding table you want to see in this screen If you change this field the screen automatically refreshes Forward to Number Setup The ZyXEL Device checks these rules in the order in which they appear after it checks the rules in the Advanced Setup section Unconditional Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward all incoming calls to the specified phone number regardless of other rules in the Forward to Number section Specify the phone number in the field on the right Busy Forward to Number Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to forward incoming calls to the specified phone number if the phone port is busy Specify the phone number in the field on the right If you have call waiting the incoming call is forwarded to the specified phone num
398. le 23 Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION General Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Otherwise select Bridge Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 23 Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information ENET ENCAP encapsulation only VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Ent
399. le to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a consistent single alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption keys This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys a weakness of WEP User Authentication 470 WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database WPA2 reduces the number of key exchange messages from six to four CCMP 4 way handshake and shortens the time required to connect to a network Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre authentication These two features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again Pre authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client already connecting to an AP to perform IEEE 802 1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Wireless Client WPA Supplicants A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA At the tim
400. le unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen Figure 236 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 29 5 Backup and Restore See Section 29 7 on page 413 and Section 29 8 on page 416 for transferring configuration files using FTP TFTP commands Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears in this screen as shown next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools Figure 237 Configuration Backup Configuration Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer Backup Restore Configuration To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one and then click Upload File Path Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the factory default settings The following default settings would become effective after click Reset
401. lephone line Your device has a REN of three so it can support three devices per telephone port Dynamic Jitter Buffer The built in adaptive buffer helps to smooth out the variations in delay jitter for voice traffic This helps ensure good voice quality for your conversations P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 185 Voice Features Detection Silence Suppression Multiple SIP You can simultaneously use multiple voice SIP accounts and assign them to Accounts one or both telephone ports Multiple Voice Your device can simultaneously handle multiple voice channels telephone Channels calls Additionally you can answer an incoming phone call on a VoIP account even while someone else is using the account for a phone call Voice Activity Voice Activity Detection VAD reduces the bandwidth that a call uses by not transmitting when you are not speaking Comfort Noise Generation Your device generates background noise to fill moments of silence when the other device in a call stops transmitting because the other party is not speaking as total silence could easily be mistaken for a lost connection Echo Cancellation You device supports G 168 an ITU T standard for eliminating the echo caused by the sound of your voice reverberating in the telephone receiver while you talk QoS Quality of Quality of Service QoS mechanisms help to provide better servic
402. lic Switched Telephone Network 41 public key cryptology and certificates 301 public private keys and certificates 301 pulse dialing 175 PVCs 426 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Index Q QoS 176 429 Quality of Service 176 429 quick dialing 429 Quick Start Guide 49 R RADIUS 430 466 message types 467 messages 467 shared secret key 467 Reach Extended ADSL 426 Real time Transport Protocol 173 real time e mail alerts 426 recurity ramifications 246 region 428 registration product 481 reinitialize the ADSL line 421 related documentation 3 remote hosts and certificates 316 remote management and certificates 345 and HTTPS 345 and private public keys 345 and SSL 345 how SSH works 355 HTTPS example 345 secure FTP using SSH 358 secure telnet using SSH 357 SSH 354 SSH implementation 356 remote management and NAT 344 remote management limitations 344 REN 428 reports and logs 426 reset button 47 resetting your device 47 restore 411 restore configuration 416 RF Radio Frequency 431 RFC 1483 102 426 RFC 1631 155 RFC 1889 173 429 RFC 1890 429 RFC 2327 429 RFC 2364 426 RFC 2516 425 426 RFC 2684 426 RFC 3261 429 Ringer Equivalence Number 428 ringing 428 RIP 120 direction 120 Routing Information Protocol see RIP version 120 romfile 407 RTCP 429 RTP 173 429 RTS Request To Send 464 threshold 463 464 rules 248 checklist 246 key fields 247 LAN to WAN 248 logic 246 S
403. lient must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 13 or 29 characters Please type exactly 10 26 or 58 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters a f or A Apply Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 38 Wireless Static WEP Encryption LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Passphrase Enter a Passphrase up to 32 printable characters and click Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Key The WEP key is used to encrypt data The ZyXEL Device and all the wireless APs must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 13 or 29 characters ASCII string or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 40 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively 9 5 3 WPA 2 PSK In order to configure and enable WPA 2 PSK authentication click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the General screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 71 Wireless WPA 2 PSK Wireless Setup Active Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Hide SSID Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz z Security Security Mode wPa2 PSK x wPA Compatible Pre Shared Key
404. ll classified a packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack traceroute ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack Table 166 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION user Local User Database accepts A user was authenticated by the local user database credential error Local User Database reports user A user was not authenticated by the local user database because of an incorrect user password find user s credential Local User Database does not A user was not authenticated by the local user database because the user is not listed in the local user database RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user RADIUS Server Pls check A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server Local User Database does not support authentication method The local user database only supports the EAP MD5 method A user tried to use another authentication method and was not authenticated timeout expired User logout because of session The router logged out a user whose session expired d
405. llow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access Types of EAP Authentication This section discusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP Your wireless LAN device may not support all authentication types EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the IEEE 802 1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication By using EAP to interact with an EAP compatible RADIUS server an access point helps a wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server and an intermediary AP s that supports IEEE 802 1x P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 467 Appendix D Wireless LANs For EAP TLS authentication type you
406. lly assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 261 Macintosh OS X Network e0 Network oj p9 i m e g Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet B PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP la Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff a Click the lock to prevent further changes 4 For statically assigned settings do the following From the Configure box select Manually Type your IP address in the IP Address box Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device JavaScripts e
407. lready configured in the My Certificates screen Click My Certificates and see Section 19 4 on page 303 for details Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Table 145 ADVANCED gt REMOTE MGMT gt SSH LABEL DESCRIPTION Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secure Client IP A secure client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 14 Secure Telnet Using SSH Examples This section shows two examples using a command interface and a graphical interface SSH client program to remotely access the ZyXEL Device The configuration and connection steps are similar for most SSH client programs Refer to your SSH client program user s guide 23 14 1 Example 1 Microsoft Windows This section describes how to access the ZyXEL Devic
408. lso called dial backup see Section 7 10 on page 114 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup For example if the normal route has a metric of 1 and the traffic redirect route has a metric of 2 and dial backup route has a metric of 3 then the normal route acts as the primary default route If the normal route fails to connect to the Internet the ZyXEL Device tries the traffic redirect route next In the same manner the ZyXEL Device uses the dial backup route if the traffic redirect route also fails If you want the dial backup route to take first priority over the traffic redirect route or even the normal route all you need to do is set the dial backup route s metric to 1 and the others to 2 or greater IP Policy Routing overrides the default routing behavior and takes priority over all of the routes mentioned above 7 3 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1 ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it
409. ly in use The bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates The index number of the directory server The servers are listed in alphabetical order Name This field displays the name used to identify this directory server Address This field displays the IP address or domain name of the directory server Port This field displays the port number that the directory server uses Protocol This field displays the protocol that the directory server uses Modify Click the details icon to open a screen where you can change the information about the directory server Click the delete icon to remove the directory server entry A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the directory server Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Add Click Add to open a screen where you can configure information about a directory server so that the ZyXEL Device can access it 19 16 Directory Server Add and Edit Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen Click Add or the details icon to open the Directory Server Add screen Use this screen to configure information about a directory server that the ZyXEL Device can access P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 323 Chapter 19 Certificates
410. ly them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 6 SIP QoS Screen Use this screen to maintain ToS and VLAN settings for the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click VoIP gt SIP gt QoS P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 104 SIP QoS TOS SIP TOS Priority Setting 5 09255 RTP TOS Priority Setting B 0 255 VLAN Taging voice VLAN ID 0 4095 Reset Each field is described in the following table Table 63 SIP QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP TOS Priority Enter the priority for SIP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service priority tags with this priority to voice traffic that it transmits RTP TOS Priority Enter the priority for RTP voice transmissions The ZyXEL Device creates Type of Setting Service priority tags with this priority to RTP traffic that it transmits Voice VLAN ID Select this if the ZyXEL Device has to be a member of a VLAN to communicate with the SIP server Ask your network administrator if you are not sure Enter the VLAN ID provided by your network administrator in the field on the right Your LAN and gateway must be configured to use VLAN tags Otherwise clear this field Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value
411. m TCP UDP 24032 White Pines Software DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names for instance www zyxel com to IP numbers ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation Security IPSEC_TUNNEL Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Protocol a program to enable TCP 21 fast transfer of files including large files that may not be possible by e mail P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 475 Appendix E Services 476 Table 204 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP MULTICAST User Defined 2 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IMAP4 TCP 143 The Internet Message Access Protocol is used for e mail IMAP4S TCP 993 This is a more
412. mal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES or AES from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security SA L
413. mands and when it sees these it adds a cache entry for the anticipated data connection This can be done safely since the PORT command contains address and port information which can be used to uniquely identify the connection Any protocol that operates in this way must be supported on a case by case basis You can use the web configurator s Custom Ports feature to do this P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls 14 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall Change the default password Limit who can telnet into your router Don t enable any local service such as SNMP or NTP that you don t use Any enabled service could present a potential security risk A determined hacker might be able to find creative ways to misuse the enabled services to access the firewall or the network For local services that are enabled protect against misuse Protect by configuring the services to communicate only with specific peers and protect by configuring rules to block packets for the services at specific interfaces Protect against IP spoofing by making sure the firewall is active Keep the firewall in a secured locked room 14 6 1 Security In General You can never be too careful Factors outside your firewall filtering or NAT can cause security breaches Below are some generalizations about what you can do to minimize them Encourage your company or organization to develop a comprehensive security plan Good net
414. mation ssssse 84 THET EN a C D NT ELS SOLLTE 88 TOG TOA IF TE MASERATI UU T TI T TT rrecr 91 TANE 19 WLAN EIU M 92 Tabe 20 Packo t SSIES MCCC 93 Table 21 WolP SACE enine aan hie eee 94 E raRzEboru qe US 96 Table 23 Intemel AO6BSS Setup oisi ipee AYER sia e REPRE Pap adnan bulk obra dele eL paa C doma bai bra pai aa 106 Table 24 Advanced Internet Access Setup 1 rcr erret rh datore opaeRERE REEF SMERRH din A bm XN RE Eia 108 Table 25 Advanced Internet Access Selup rtt pret d 9I Rr ti FER ERR REEF FE MEE Rho PE EFE E Rn SR npa d 110 Tabe 26 More Conmectons Edil saraaa T 111 Table 27 More Connections Edit Adyantad iue eise reds ivo dl vx ted EE LIE pL DA FE la SQUE oair i 113 Table 20 WAN BackUp SOUWE Lusit n eni bed Bo eL b vt e a de sad d Ee b Ce E ed TIS Table 22 LANIF suncana eemiaase 122 Table 30 Advanced LAN Setup T 123 a a etr T 124 Table 22 LAN Clea LISE qui daabutetasbrte og iieba a du REPERTA EPA FOR Piarum huleed ai alae mis nai Pre hA 126 Table 33 LAN IP Alles aane o or RR ER ERU E EFE GU abd Ga Fr RR oA IRR RA Fen Er c a i 128 Table 34 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication sssssssssssss 131 Tabe 35 Additional Wireless TENTS A 133 Table 30 Wireless LANE Gub 5 ctia ete EPIRI Er ana aae Ead 134 Table
415. mmand the current operation will be aborted Table 71 USA Flash Key Commands COMMAND SUB COMMAND DESCRIPTION Flash Put a current call on hold to place a second call After the second call is successful press the flash key again to have a three way conference call Put a current call on hold to answer an incoming call Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone 11 14 3 1 USA Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key If you have another call press the flash key to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 11 14 3 2 USA Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to your telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Press the flash key to put the first call on hold and answer the second call 11 14 3 3 USA Call Transfer Do the following to transfer an incoming call that you have answered to another phone 1 Press the flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 9877 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call 3 After you hear the ring signal or the second party answers it hang up the phone 11 14 3 4 USA Three Way Conference Use the following steps to make
416. must also activate and start OTIST on the wireless client at the same time The process takes three minutes to complete Setup Key Type an OTIST Setup Key of up to eight ASCII characters in length Be sure to use the same OTIST Setup Key on the ZyXEL Device and wireless clients Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 3 Configure your wireless settings in this screen Click Next Figure 26 Wireless LAN Security fa Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXEL Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wireless clients Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Y ou should use the default channel unless other nnel Automatically assign a WPA key Recommended You previously had a security enabled on your wireless LAN _ lt Back Next gt Exi The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Name SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel Selection The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wir
417. n a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key 1s never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that 1s wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients This all happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet 1s dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA 2 PSK susceptib
418. n 0 06Seconds 273 07Kbytes sec ftp gt quit Refer to Section 29 3 on page 408 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP over WAN 29 9 FTP and TFTP Firmware and Configuration File Uploads D gt This section shows you how to upload firmware and configuration files Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your device FTP is the preferred method for uploading the firmware and configuration To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client The following sections give examples of how to upload the firmware and the configuration files P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 29 Tools 29 9 1 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example Launch the FTP client on your computer Enter open followed by a space and the IP address of your device Press ENTER when prompted for a username Enter your password as requested the default is 1234 Enter bin to set transfer mode to binary O00 0N Use put to transfer files from the computer to the device for example put firmware bin ras transfers the firmware on your computer firmware bin to the device and renames it ras Similarly put config rom rom 0 transfers the configuration file on your computer config rom to the device and renames it rom 0 Likewise get rom 0 config rom transfers the configuration file on the device to your computer and renames it
419. n REFRH o A 247 TEA CSOT DROUIN E GX M 247 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Table of Contents 151 LAN D RUNS iater acci iere Eh ert E a de aad en ees a teda 248 Er x03 1 71 EMT NETTE Er M 248 iptgce acp sea M 248 150 Frowa Rules SUMMA uixsccubigudenas keen d quere dore a t din ca c d qu C gu Pre an 249 jocos lusEa c Rl e 251 15 0 2 Customized SOVIGOS ucciisecxcesasesseckus iiidid Facts sousteeuve EE E 254 15 6 3 Configuring a Customized Service iius isdem tht ta Rh hk ES Pr tk Eo Ko 254 12 Example Firewall Rule siae eir E REPRE EE FREU pr REFIERE PERRA E 255 1289 DS Whites s soisedudxccenticetete dd d en o dadten Miete odi tp d xs lon Moda enemas 259 19 0 1 Threshold VOU sisien een Teme rrr Soren eon ern osse Debita mr enn ERR 259 RES ABRLIES UE M rR 260 15 8 3 Configuring Fike welll Thresholds uiii rdi dS E rr bL ERR E p S rt d SS Rite 260 Tee Fite EP UL E eset nesutiondaiaaaatae 262 Chapter 16 Content Fife g cana a S aea E aa 265 15 1 Coment FINS CNMOPBW ussssssiaccite edicti Fai RE 265 16 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking Linnasoosenn cieortent een ea err sad hr d lani kac Rt antera 265 186 3 Configunng the Schedule aaisescniessevcesiiistecduzi eio beoe bas t pev ed de ket b Ld deb ve Li Ere ve ed dE pea eduatu dE 266 16 4 Configuring Trusted Computor sixdixeodidicenidod endos etd
420. n ZYXEL MIB A trap is sent with the reason of restart before rebooting when the system is going to restart warm start 6a For intentional reboot A trap is sent with the message System reboot by user if reboot is done intentionally for example download new files Cl command sys reboot etc 6b For fatal error A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the System reboots because of fatal errors 23 7 3 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP The screen appears as shown Figure 200 Remote Management SNMP SNMP SNMP Port Access Status Secured Client IP Get Community Set Community Trap Community Trap Destination q Note 161 LAN amp VAN al C selected 0 0 0 0 SNMP Configuration public public public 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewall rule Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 142 Remote Management SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION SNMP Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this
421. n a screen where you can save the certificate of a remote host which you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 317 Chapter 19 Certificates 19 12 Verifying a Trusted Remote Host s Certificate Certificates issued by certification authorities have the certification authority s signature for you to check Self signed certificates only have the signature of the host itself This means that you must be very careful when deciding to import and thereby trust a remote host s self signed certificate 19 12 1 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Fingerprints A certificate s fingerprints are message digests calculated using the MD5 or SHA algorithms The following procedure describes how to use a certificate s fingerprint to verify that you have the remote host s actual certificate 1 Browse to where you have the remote host s certificate saved on your computer 2 Make sure that the certificate has a cer or crt file name extension Figure 178 Remote Host Certificates amp London office cer L1 La office crt Remote Host Certificates 3 Double click the certificate s icon to open the Certificate window Click the Details tab and scroll down to the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields Figure 179 Certificate Details LMM xi General Details Certifica
422. n and configuration fields It is discussed in the rest of this document Right after you log in the Status screen is displayed See Chapter 6 on page 87 for more information about the Status screen 2 3 4 Status Bar Check the status bar when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART Il Wizards and Status Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 63 VoIP Wizard 77 Bandwidth Management Wizard 83 Status Screens 87 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens for Internet access in the web configurator 3 1 Introduction Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you by your ISP BS See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 3 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon in the top right corner of the web configurator to go to the wizards P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 12 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access
423. n be used for making calls Ensure you know which phone this is so that in case of emergency you can make outgoing calls denotes the ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network line feature l 1 A device that includes both L and I in the model name can support either a PSTN line or a ISDN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide line but not both at the same time Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device The P 2602HWNLI D3A works over ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network The P 2602HWNLI D7A works over T ISDN UR 2 Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device The web browser based Graphical User Interface GUI provides easy management See the appendix on Product Specifications for a full list of features 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a supported web browser Command Line Interface Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service engineers FTP for firmware upgrades and configuration backup restore SNMP The device can be monitored by an SNMP manager See the SNMP chapter in this User s Guide SPTGEN SPTGEN is a text configuration file that allows you to configure the device by uploading an SPTGEN file This is especially convenient if you need to configure ma
424. n is permitted X LAN ied 1 Other felnet traffic is blocked i f PMerevvaseseiracv eese eeveatevveaa seven The previous figure shows the ZyXEL Device s default firewall rules in action as well as demonstrates how stateful inspection works User A can initiate a Telnet session from within the LAN and responses to this request are allowed However other Telnet traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked 14 5 1 Stateful Inspection Process In this example the following sequence of events occurs when a TCP packet leaves the LAN network through the firewall s WAN interface The TCP packet is the first in a session and the packet s application layer protocol is configured for a firewall rule inspection 1 The packet travels from the firewall s LAN to the WAN 2 The packet is evaluated against the interface s existing outbound access list and the packet is permitted a denied packet would simply be dropped at this point 3 The packet is inspected by a firewall rule to determine and record information about the state of the packet s connection This information is recorded in a new state table entry created for the new connection If there 1s not a firewall rule for this packet and it is not an attack then the settings in the Firewall General screen determine the action for this packet 4 Based on the obtained state information a firewall rule creates a temporary access list entry that is inserted at the beginning of the WAN interf
425. n the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL Device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored If there are any empty rules before your new configured rule your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules For example if you have already configured rules 1 to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule number 9 In the set summary screen the new rule will be rule 7 not 9 Now if you delete rule 4 rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule so old rules 5 6 and 7 become new rules 4 5 and 6 To change your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping to open the following screen Figure 95 Address Mapping Rules Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Type Modify 1 x E 3 o 0020 2 UQN Eb Eb ED ED ED ED ED ED ED ED Gi Ud G4 Gp D Gd GR d The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 56 Address Mapping Rules LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the rule index number Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address ILA If the rule is for all local IP addresses then this field displays 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This f
426. n to configure a backup gateway Setup LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP settings enable Any IP and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign specific IP addresses to individual MAC addresses and host names IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 2 Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Table 4 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Wireless LAN General Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN authentication security settings OTIST Use this screen to assign your wireless security settings to wireless clients MAC Filter Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device to give exclusive access to specific wireless clients or exclude specific wireless clients from accessing the ZyXEL Device Association List Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated with the ZyXEL Device You can also block the individual wireless station from accessing the ZyXEL Device QoS WMM QoS allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of individual services WDS Use this screen to set up your WDS Wireless Distribution System links between the
427. n you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 379 Chapter 25 System P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Call History This chapter contains information about configuring call history settings and viewing the ZyXEL Device s phone call records 26 1 Call History Overview BS Call history chronicles incoming and outgoing PSTN and VoIP calls You can choose the frequency with which the ZyXEL Device saves details of phone calls and send these records to an administrator as e mail or to a mail server This feature allows you to trace all of your PSTN and VoIP call records and see details of how many calls you missed dialed and received You can also see call timers showing how much time you spend on PSTN and VoIP calls The Call History feature does not record details of internal calls 26 2 Viewing the Call History Summary Use the Summary screen to see the duration and packet statistics of incoming and outgoing PSTN calls and VoIP calls in the following time periods today yesterday last week and last month Click Maintenance gt Call History gt Summary The following s
428. nabled by default Java permissions enabled by default LES Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 262 Pop up Blocker Mail and News Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Synchronize Windows Update Windows Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 447 Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 263 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options rr General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet RE zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks t
429. nd Date Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server Time and Date Setup P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 377 Chapter 25 System 378 Table 148 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it When you enter the time settings manually the ZyXEL Device uses the new setting once you click Apply Note If you enter time settings manually they revert to their defaults when power is lost New Time hh mm ss This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date yyyy mm dd This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio bu
430. nd The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first is that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection is down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 7 1 6 NAT NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 7 2 Metric The metric represents the cost of transmission A router determines the best route for transmission by choosing a path with the lowest cost RIP routing uses hop count as the measurement of cost with a minimum of 1 for directly connected networks The number must be between 1 and 15 a number greater than 15 means the link is down The smaller the number the lower the cost The metric sets the priority for the ZyXEL Device s routes to the Internet If any two of the default routes have the same metric the ZyXEL Device uses the following pre defined priorities Normal route designated by the ISP see Section 7 5 on page 106 Traffic redirect route see Section 7 9 on page 114 WAN backup route a
431. ndows Setup Communication 2 xl Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To add or remove a component select or clear the check box If the check box is shaded only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components M al Address Book Communications O M Desktop Themes 0 0 MB M ii Games 10 1 MB O Multilanguage Support 0 0 MB Space used by installed components 424 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 855 3 MB Description Includes accessories to help you connect to other computers and online services 5 of 10 components selected Details Have Disk OK Cancel Apply 3 Inthe Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 212 Add Remove Programs Windows Setup Communication Components Communications ET To install a component select the check box next to the component name or clear the check box if you do not want to install it amp shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components i NetMeeting 3 Phone Dialer 0 2 MB CJ Universal Plug and Play 0 4 MB Virtual Private Networking 0 0 MB J Space used by install
432. ne 47 22 80 61 80 Fax 47 22 80 61 81 Web www zyxel no Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Nils Hansens vei 13 0667 Oslo Norway Poland e e e E mail info pl zyxel com Telephone 48 22 333 8250 Fax 48 22 333 8251 Web www pl zyxel com Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications ul Okrzei 1A 03 715 Warszawa Poland Russia Support http zyxel ru support Sales E mail sales zyxel ru Telephone 7 095 542 89 29 Fax 7 095 542 89 25 Web www zyxel ru Regular Mail ZyXEL Russia Ostrovityanova 37a Str Moscow 117279 Russia Singapore e e e e e e Spain Support E mail support zyxel com sg Sales E mail sales zyxel com sg Telephone 65 6899 6678 Fax 65 6899 8887 Web http www zyxel com sg Regular Mail ZyXEL Singapore Pte Ltd No 2 International Business Park The Strategy 03 28 Singapore 609930 Support E mail support zyxel es Sales E mail sales zyxel es Telephone 34 902 195 420 Fax 34 913 005 345 Web www zyxel es Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications Arte 21 5 planta 28033 Madrid Spain P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix G Customer Support Sweden Support E mail support zyxel se Sales E mail sales zyxel se Telephone 46 3 1 744 7700 Fax 46 31 744 7701 Web www zyxel se Regular Mail ZyXEL Communications A S Sj porten 4 41764 G teborg Sweden Thailand Support E mail support zyxel co th Sales E mail sales zyxel co th Telephon
433. nformation 7 1 4 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 1 4 1 IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you have a dynamic IP then the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A If you have a static IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field and not the ENET ENCAP Gateway field 7 1 4 2 IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP Address Assignment must be static with the same requirements for the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as stated above 7 1 4 3 IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL Device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN port and so the IP Address and ENET ENCAP Gateway fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL Device 7 1 5 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic dema
434. ng firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT Firewall sessions client computers can establish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is exhausting all of the available NAT sessions Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to reload the previous configuration for this screen 10 4 Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapt
435. ng screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide T1 Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 24 Connection Test Successful STEP 1 STEP 2 ffi Internet Configuration Continue to Wireless Setup wizard 1E No lt Back Next Exit 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN and OTIST Click Next to continue Figure 25 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 STEP STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN Iv Active Give your network a name You will search for this name from your wir Enable OTIST Setup 01234567 Check here to set up a ZyAIR client adapter that supports OTIST Lj Note Please type in a unique setup key This key acts like a password to ensure only those wireless LAN devices you authorize are configured by OTIST This key should not be the same as the router password the password you use to log in to your ISP You will need to remember this key to setup new devices via OTIST The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 11 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Enable OTIST Select the check box to enable OTIST if you want to transfer your ZyXEL Device s SSID and WEP or WPA PSK security settings to wireless clients that support OTIST and are within transmission range You
436. nk the ZyXEL Device will use the address in the Secure Gateway Address field refer to the Secure Gateway Address field description For DNS or E mail type a domain name or e mail address by which to identify the remote IPSec router Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces although trailing spaces are truncated The domain name or e mail address is for identification purposes only and can be any string It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the ZyXEL Device to distinguish between VPN connection requests that come in from remote IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 109 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Secure Gateway Address Type the WAN IP address or the URL up to 31 characters of the IPSec router with which you re making the VPN connection Set this field to 0 0 0 0 if the remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN IP address the Key Management field must be set to IKE In order to have more than one active rule with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between rules If you configure an active rule with 0 0 0 0 in the Secure Gateway Address field and the LAN s full IP address range as the local IP address then y
437. nnected to this phone port to use the analog PSTN phone line You need to enter the prefix number you configure in the VoIP gt PSTN Line screen when you want to make an analog call ISDN Line Select this to allow outgoing calls from phones connected to this port to use the digital ISDN phone line You need to enter the prefix number you configure in the VoIP gt ISDN Line screen when you want to make an ISDN call MSN When you select a number in this field outgoing ISDN calls from phones connected to this PHONE port use the corresponding MSN Alternatively leave this field blank if you do not use an MSN service or do not want to use MSNs for outgoing calls Note The MSN number refers to the MSN mapping entries you configure in the VoIP gt Fixed Line Numbers screen Configure these entries first Incoming Call apply to Use this section to configure the type of calls you can receive on a phone connected to this PHONE port P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 64 Phone gt Analog Phone LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP1 SIP10 You must configure a SIP account in the VoIP gt SIP screen before you can receive VoIP phone calls Select which SIP accounts you want to receive phone calls from on this phone port If you select more than one source for incoming calls there is no way to distinguish between them when you receive phone calls PSTN Line Select this if you want
438. ns The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 JavaScripts enabled by default Java permissions enabled by default See Appendix B on page 447 if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 1 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Launch your web browser Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL 4 A password screen displays o P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator Figure 7 Password Screen P 2602HWNLI D7A Welcome to your Router Configuration Interface Enter your username password and press enter or click Login 2 2 Login Types There are two login types user and administrator When you choose user access you can make basic configuration changes only Advanced features are not available When you choose administrator access all features are available See Chapter 2 on page 57 for more information 2 2 1 User Access 1 For user access type the default user name user and default user password 1234 in the password screen to enter the user mode 2 Ifyou haven t changed the password yet you can just click Login Click Can
439. ns idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration 23 2 Introduction to HTTPS HTTPS HyperText Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer or HTTP over SSL is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts web pages Secure Socket Layer SSL is an application level protocol that enables secure transactions of data by ensuring confidentiality an unauthorized party cannot read the transferred data authentication one party can identify the other party and data integrity you know if data has been changed It relies upon certificates public keys and private keys see Chapter 19 on page 301 for more information HTTPS on the ZyXEL Device is used so that you may securely access the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator The SSL protocol specifies that the SSL server the ZyXEL Device must always authenticate itself to the SSL client the computer which requests the HTTPS connection with the ZyXEL Device whereas the SSL client only should authenticate itself when the SSL server requires it to do so select Authenticate Client Certificates in the REMOTE MGMT HTTP screen Authenticate Client Certificates is optional and if selected means the SSL client must send the ZyXEL Device a certificate You must apply for a certificate for the browser from a CA that is a trusted CA on the ZyXEL Device
440. nter command sys stdio 5 to restore the five minute management idle timeout default when the file transfer is complete 3 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the device Set the transfer mode to binary before starting data transfer 4 Use the TFTP client see the example below to transfer files between the device and the computer The file name for the firmware is ras Note that the telnet connection must be active and the device in CI mode before and during the TFTP transfer For details on TFTP commands see following example please consult the documentation of your TFTP client program For UNIX use get to transfer from the device to the computer put the other way around and binary to set binary transfer mode 29 9 4 TFTP Upload Command Example The following is an example TFTP command tftp i host put firmware bin ras Where i specifies binary image transfer mode use this mode when transferring binary files host is the device s IP address put transfers the file source on the computer firmware bin name of the firmware on the computer to the file destination on the remote host ras name of the firmware on the device Commands that you may see in GUI based TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Diagnostic These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 30 1 Gene
441. nute format to apply the rule Log Log Packet Detail This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created or not Go Administrator When Matched Information to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category to have the ZyXEL Device record these logs Alert Send Alert Select the check box to have the ZyXEL Device generate an alert when the rule Message to is matched Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration 15 6 2 Customized Services Configure customized services and port numbers not predefined by the ZyXEL Device For a comprehensive list of port numbers and services visit the IANA Internet Assigned Number Authority website See Appendix E on page 475 for some examples Click the Edit Customized Services link while editing a firewall rule to configure a custom service port This displays the following screen Refer to Section 14 1 on page 233 for more information Figure 143 Firewall Customized Services Il ko Oo p Io jen M deo eo dee Customized Services OG Back Table 94 The following table describes the labels in this screen Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION No This is the number of your c
442. ny devices of the same type Vantage CNM Centralized Network Management The device can be remotely managed using a Vantage CNM server TR 069 This is an auto configuration server used to remotely configure your device 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device Do the following things regularly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage the ZyXEL Device more effectively Change the password Use a password that s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters such as numbers and letters Write down the password and put it in a safe place Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you would not have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device You could simply restore your last configuration P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 4 Applications for the ZyXEL Device Here are some example uses for which the ZyXEL Device is well suited 1 4 1 Internet Access Your device is the ideal high speed Internet access solution It supports the TCP IP protocol which the Internet uses exclusively It is compatible with all major ADSL DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer providers A
443. o a remote peer device which will forward the call to a PSTN phone A Pattern is a string of digits your ZyXEL Device uses to determine whether or not to send the call to a peer VoIP device For example if you want to use trunking to call phone numbers which start with the number 555 then enter 555 in this field Enter up to 32 numeric characters If the number you dial does not match any of the patterns you configured then you can still use your ZyXEL Device to forward calls to VoIP phones Simply dial the SIP number of the VoIP phone you want to call Account Select the outgoing authentication account you set up in the Peer Call screen This account is used to direct your call to the correct remote peer device and to authenticate you Select None to disable this forwarding rule Apply Click this to apply your settings to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to reset the fields P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking 12 8 VoIP Trunking Example VoIP to PSTN This example shows how to configure VoIP to PSTN trunking to save on long distance calls 12 8 1 Background Information A company has its headquarters in city A and a branch office in city B The headquarters often needs to call salespeople employed at the branch office The sales employees often work away from the office and have PSTN phones mobile or land based The two offices have VoIP trunking devices and want to use VoIP trunking to save on call
444. o find other computers and servers on the VPN by their private domain names Local Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured remote IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Local Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single for a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on your LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet this is a static IP address on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device End Subnet Mask When the Local Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Local Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device When the Local Address Type field is configured to Subnet thi
445. o log on to the router s SSH server Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol HTTPS login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs Table 156 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s exceeds the max number of session per host This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per host setNetBIOSFilter calloc error The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings readNetBIOSFilter calloc error The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter settings WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface Table 157 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE Firewall default policy UDP IGMP ESP GRE lt Packet Direction gt DESCRIPTION TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT UDP IGMP ESP lt Packet Direction gt GRE match L TCP rule d Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access matched or did not match a configured firewall rule denoted b
446. ocal Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Local Start Port is left at 0 End will also remain at 0 Remote Start Port 0 is the default and signifies any port Type a port number from 0 to 65535 Some of the most common IP ports are 21 FTP 53 DNS 23 Telnet 80 HTTP 25 SMTP 110 POP3 End Enter a port number in this field to define a port range This port number must be greater than that specified in the previous field If Remote Start Port is left at 0 End will also remain at 0 Phase 1 Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 110 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Key Type your pre shared key in this field A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadeci
447. ocated after the original IP header and options but before any upper layer protocols contained in the packet such as TCP and UDP With ESP protection is applied only to the upper layer protocols contained in the packet The IP header information and options are not used in the authentication process Therefore the originating IP address cannot be verified for integrity against the data With the use of AH as the security protocol protection is extended forward into the IP header to verify the integrity of the entire packet by use of portions of the original IP header in the hashing process 17 3 2 Tunnel Mode Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire IP packet to transmit it securely A Tunnel mode is required for gateway services to provide access to internal systems Tunnel mode is fundamentally an IP tunnel with authentication and encryption This is the most common mode of operation Tunnel mode is required for gateway to gateway and host to gateway communications Tunnel mode communications have two sets of IP headers Outside header The outside IP header contains the destination IP address of the VPN gateway Inside header The inside IP header contains the destination IP address of the final system behind the VPN gateway The security protocol appears after the outer IP header and before the inside IP header 17 4 IPSec and NAT 272 Read this section 1f you are running IPSec on a host computer behind the ZyXEL Device NAT
448. og PHONE port they behave exactly the same as one another The extension number you give to the port applies to all the phones connected to it However when you have multiple ISDN phones connected to the ISDN port each can have it own extension number See Section 11 12 on page 191 for more information The ZyXEL Device supports the following functions for internal calls Phone Book Call Transfer Call Forwarding P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 227 Chapter 13 Phone Usage Follow Me Call Pickup LES To use these supplementary functions for internal calls you have to configure the VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table first 13 3 1 Phone Book You can assign each phone connected to the ZyXEL Device an extension number and make internal calls between these phones You can also call a group of phones that share the same group number For information on how to configure extension numbers and group numbers refer to Section 11 12 on page 191 BS If you don t configure the extension table you can press H H on your phone s keypad to call all the phones connecting to the ZyXEL Device s phone ports 13 3 2 Call Transfer Take the following steps to transfer an ongoing call to another extension number 1 Press your phone s flash key to put the caller on hold 2 When you hear the dial tone dial 9877 followed by the number to which you want to transfer the call 3 After you hear the ring signal or the se
449. oke The web configurator login screen displays 370 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 223 Network Connections My Network Places My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Bac S P Search lie Folders E Address My Network Places Local Network Network Tasks XEL P 31 Internet gg Add a network place View network connections Sharing Gateway Invoke Set up a home or small office network 4 View workgroup computers Create Shortcut Delet Rename Properties Other Places 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device Figure 224 Network Connections My Network Places Properties Example ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway fx General a ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gatewar Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number P 31 Description ZyXEL P 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 Close Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 371 Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 372 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide PART VII Maintenance and Troubleshooting System 375 Call History 381 Logs 387 Troubleshooting 401 Tools 407 Diagnostic 419 Product Specifications 423
450. on nia z Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 8 LAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 33 LAN IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 2 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 i
451. onds then the phone directly connected to the ZyXEL Device rings It also controls the time limit you have between dialing digits of a phone number 12 2 2 Peer Call Authentication VoIP devices can make peer calls to each other by using the IP address instead of a SIP number to establish a call The advantage of this is that you do not need to pay a VoIP service provider VoIP devices that connect using an IP address are referred to here as peer devices A local peer device is where the VoIP call originates and a remote peer device is where the VoIP call ends In the following figure local peer device A connects to a remote peer device B via the IP address of B Figure 119 Peer Devices Connecting A B IPza b c d Internet mee A peer to peer call doesn t require any authentication however authentication is required when you request the remote peer device to forward a call The remote peer device has a list of accounts each consisting of a username and password which are allowed to use the remote peer device to forward calls These accounts make up an incoming authentication list The local peer device has a corresponding list of outgoing authentication accounts These accounts consist of the IP address of a remote peer device the port number to communicate over as well as a username and password to use for authentication An outgoing authentication account must match an incoming authentication account s username and passw
452. one Use this section to look at all the speed dial entries and to erase them Book Speed Dial This field displays the speed dial number you should dial to use this entry Number This field displays the SIP number the ZyXEL Device calls when you dial the speed dial number P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 73 Phone Book Speed Dial LABEL DESCRIPTION Name This field displays the name of the party you call when you dial the speed dial number Destination This field is blank if the speed dial entry uses one of your SIP accounts Otherwise this field shows the IP address or domain name of the SIP server or other party This field corresponds with the Type field in the Speed Dial section Modify Use this field to edit or erase the speed dial entry Click the Edit icon to copy the information for this speed dial entry into the Speed Dial section where you can change it Click the Remove icon to erase this speed dial entry Clear Click this to erase all the speed dial entries Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 17 Incoming Call Policy Screen Use this screen to maintain rules for handling incoming calls You can block redirect or accept them To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Figure 113 Phone Book gt Incoming Call Policy Incoming Call Policy Table Number Tab
453. onfiguring this screen afresh 7 6 WAN More Connections The ZyXEL Device allows you to configure more than one Internet access connection To configure additional Internet access connections click Network gt WAN gt More Connections The screen differs by the encapsulation you select P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Figure 52 WAN More Connections More Connections oN Aon hk WN Ee eo l Encapsulation l Modify Internet Connection 0 33 PPPoE g Ow GU Ud UU UA E E E ED ED ED Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 Advanced Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION This is an index number indicating the number of the corresponding connection Active This field indicates whether the connection is active or not Name This is the name you gave to the Internet connection VPI VCI This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers configured for this WAN connection Encapsulation This field indicates the encapsulation method of the Internet connection Modify Click the modify icon to edit the Internet connection settings The fields Click this icon on an empty configuration to add a new Internet access setup Click the delete icon to remove the Internet access setup from your connection list Apply Click Apply to save the chan
454. ons must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 13 or 29 ASCII characters or 10 26 or 58 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit 128 bit or 256 bit WEP key respectively Back Click Back to display the previous screen Next Click Next to proceed to the next screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to complete your wireless LAN settings Figure 29 Wireless LAN Setup 3 STEP 1 STEP2 fa Wireless LAN IET Click the Note Apply Button to Complete the Connection Wizard If you are currently using a Wireless PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the Name SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Finish Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup EES No wireless LAN settings display if you chose not to configure wireless LAN settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 76 Figure 30 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Internet setup configuration is complete Here is your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation Enet Encap Mutipl
455. ontents Chapter 11 MOI B hiss wanna e GR E T A E A T NETE E E E 169 11 1 Production TOI rol aanse aaa a te tba ena 169 TLZ SIF nosira aa et aeaaeai deiin iae e eae aain 169 A oaa IU RET O EIE T M 169 peus sc Ac 170 11 258 REIP GL asco ee D A E 173 11 24 Pulse Code Modulati f MEET aa i o i aaa 173 11 2 5 SIP Call Lco 173 11 2 6 SIP Call Progression Through PROMOS siiis cr rrt ea or SS PR sN As 173 Tee Oe CO E 175 11 2 8 PSTN Call Setup SIGMA ssirirerssiiicisi sinais saninin rtt ttti dd dct eda 175 11 2 9 MWI Message Waiting Indication ses mem 175 Tea C om OEA M 176 TL Gual o Sarica Q03 176 Aa e e e UE E E E O OAE NEE R A NAE NE E TUUM 177 AB 2 DRG E 177 TIS S LAM oi pede oq b pu rM du a EE 177 TASIR oS SE UL I TUE 178 11 5 Advanced SIP Setup SET 2uecesscci casse sexi se prre ra vo Spesa uer avt s EO eov N cedi tec RUE Fan 179 TELS SIE GS SEEE seins videi EE Ieri daa EM IRI eats Vl geile valent E PED XBER ERA Sd E RAF EAE EUR uE 182 ydo e e T 183 impu HE ec EE 183 TE 2 SEDI INT oasis caeca a Gp baa eof taeda adn ib tu d 184 11 7 3 Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression sssssssssssss 184 Tp 23 Comont Mose Cerelsdtiglruuescxctoni ete le e v a Ep ot dla edt 184 15 79 Echo 5 ace lal aiiis coru E SS ME IS EH Po p ep EN NINE eos 184 TLS Analog PRONG A 184 T1151 PHONE Port Call TYPES 220 3201222 Doadei bate padded adc
456. or one of the three servers if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server that choice changes to None after you click Apply Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers You must have another DHCP sever on your LAN or else the computers must have their DNS server addresses manually configured If you do not configure a DNS server you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 8 6 LAN Client List This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Click Network gt LAN gt Client List to open the following screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings P 2602HWLNI User s Guide E Chapter 8 LAN Setup 8 7 LAN IP Alias Figure 63 LAN Client List DHCP Client Table IP Address 192 168 1 66 es NIIT MN TETTE LETT Client List MAC Address aa Be CC EE EE EE IBM1 192 168 1 33 11 22 33 44 55 66 Vv 192 168 1 34 44 BB CC DD EE FF Vv m HP 192 168 1 99 AA BB CCIKK FF GG C Apply Reset Refresh The following table describ
457. ord in order for the remote device to forward calls The following table shows example entries for incoming and outgoing authentication The bolded entries must match in order for authentication between two peer devices to occur Table 80 Matching Incoming and Outgoing Authentication ACCOUNT DETAILS LOCAL PEER DEVICE REMOTE PEER DEVICE Outgoing Authentication Username localDeviceA localDeviceB Password passwordA passwordB Incoming Authentication Username userone localDeviceA Password userpassword passwordA 212 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking 12 3 Call Rules Call rules automate the forwarding of calls first to a remote peer device and then to PSTN phones This is used when you make frequent calls to several PSTN numbers in the same geographic area that start with the same numbers for example an area code If there is a remote peer device in that area you can set up a VoIP link to it and have it forward the calls to PSTN phones This works by configuring a pattern that the ZyXEL Device can recognize A pattern is just the initial string of digits shared by the phone numbers The following table shows the relationship between the phone numbers you want to call the pattern you want to configure and the rule you want to set up Table 81 Call Rules FREQUENTLY CALLED 1 111 432 8888 PSTN NUMBERS PATTERN CALL RULE 1 555 555 4321 Set up a peer call
458. otation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 190 Subnet Masks BINARY DECIMAL OCTET OCTET OCTET SUl OGEN 8 bitmask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255 0 0 0 16 bitmask 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 24 bitmask 11111111 11111111 11111141 00000000 255 255 255 0 29 bit mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 248 Network Size The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs ofall zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 191 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF HOSTS 8bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits 242 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216_2 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 20102 254 29 bits 255 255 255 248 3 bits 0925 6 Notation Since the mask 1s alwa
459. ote IPSec router The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address The domain name also does not have to match the remote router s IP address or what you configure in the Secure Gateway Addr field below 18 9 1 ID Type and Content Examples Two IPSec routers must have matching ID type and content configuration in order to set up a VPN tunnel The two ZyXEL Devices in this example can complete negotiation and establish a VPN tunnel Table 107 Matching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type E mail Local ID type IP Local ID content tom yourcompany com Local ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID type IP Peer ID type E mail Peer ID content 1 1 1 2 Peer ID content tom yourcompany com P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens The two ZyXEL Devices in this example cannot complete their negotiation because ZyXEL Device B s Local ID type is IP but ZyXEL Device A s Peer ID type is set to E mail An ID mismatched message displays in the IPSEC LOG Table 108 Mismatching ID Type and Content Configuration Example ZYXEL DEVICE A ZYXEL DEVICE B Local ID type IP Local ID type IP Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Local ID content 1 1 1 10 Peer ID type E mail Peer ID type IP Peer ID
460. ote Management Configuration 23 12 SSH Implementation on the ZyXEL Device 23 12 1 Your ZyXEL Device supports SSH version 1 5 using RSA authentication and three encryption methods DES 3DES and Blowfish The SSH server is implemented on the ZyXEL Device for remote SMT management and file transfer on port 22 Only one SSH connection is allowed at a time Requirements for Using SSH You must install an SSH client program on a client computer Windows or Linux operating system that is used to connect to the ZyXEL Device over SSH 23 13 Configuring SSH BS Click ADVANCED gt REMOTE MGMT gt SSH to change your ZyXEL Device s Secure Shell settings It is recommended that you disable Telnet and FTP when you configure SSH for secure connections Figure 205 ADVANCED gt REMOTE MGMT gt SSH SSHv1 Server Host Key auto generated self signed cert isee My Certificates Port fo Access Status All Secured Client IP C al selected Note 1 For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP q Note You may also need to create a Firewall rule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 145 ADVANCED gt REMOTE MGMT gt SSH LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Host Key Select the certificate whose corresponding private key is to be used to identify the ZyXEL Device for SSH connections You must have certificates a
461. ou cannot configure any other active rules with the Secure Gateway Address field set to 0 0 0 0 Security Protocol VPN Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP Encapsulation Security Payload The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as some of the services offered by AH If you select ESP here you must select options from the Encryption Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields described below Pre Shared Key Click the button to use a pre shared key for authentication and type in your pre shared key A pre shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation It is called pre shared because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection Type from 8 to 31 case sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal 0 9 A F characters You must precede a hexadecimal key with a Ox zero X which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key For example in 0x0123456789ABCDEF Ox denotes that the key is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre shared key You will receive a PYLD_MALFORMED payload malformed packet if the same pre shared key is not used on both ends Certificate Click the button to use a certificate for authentication Select the certificate you want to use from the list You can create impor
462. ould indicate that a Denial of Service attack 1s occurring For TCP half open means that the session has not reached the established state the TCP three way handshake has not yet been completed see Figure 136 on page 236 For UDP half open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic The ZyXEL Device measures both the total number of existing half open sessions and the rate of session establishment attempts Both TCP and UDP half open sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements Measurements are made once a minute When the number of existing half open sessions rises above a threshold max incomplete high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open requests as necessary until the number of existing half open sessions drops below another threshold max incomplete low When the rate of new connection attempts rises above a threshold one minute high the ZyXEL Device starts deleting half open sessions as required to accommodate new connection requests The ZyXEL Device continues to delete half open sessions as necessary until the rate of new connection attempts drops below another threshold one minute low The rate is the number of new attempts detected in the last one minute sample period 15 8 2 1 TCP Maximum Incomplete and Blocking Time An unusually high number of half open sessions with the sam
463. ow i lm eig UPOP sncunbnntiidt niaaa FERRE EPFsEE ten MEE ERIA 361 V AZ INA TRAVERSAL ran 361 2 1 5 D SuIOHE QUT UPOP sanesa pe eek eub a CM FRE teat abe meu C 361 24 2 UPIP ang ZEE Losstuisdwie ned etuer tu sque ree pde n Idi RU NEP ere MM ver 362 242 Commueng BR MP 362 24 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example eseceeseeeeceeeeee nennen nnn nnn nna 303 24 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example urna tccncsscssscensasasreennaseuisennmanesstanmiadsstscammansuvinenad 366 Part VII Maintenance and Troubleshooting 373 Chapter 25 SUSIOITU i oer GREEN ER Tal Ure Ex Ta e TREE sims MR ERU ERU SKI GP UNAM CENSUI I A e MN EE 375 25 1 General Soup and System NaMe 21 cs caeci pi Lo ad Re kb mec ii riiin exe Lb REL ERR UA 375 NN r2 RS T UL T US M 375 29 2 me DOUG e 377 Chapter 26 Call HISTORY aa 381 26 1 Call ARI 2347 75 MW TI T EN 381 20 2 Viewing dis Call History Su TB vade tein eR Eo bua ei belup eme bam esa dio bubuq ent blues Eia FERA a BEA 381 ugRr Eel Ac 382 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 21 Table of Contents 26 4 Copiiguring Call History SSH siseses inknn ain doti Had AR 3S fs 384 Chapter 27 LOGS iien a mn 387 LETEO OTON quem aA 387 21a Alers and Logs A 387 AE sm E e uem LT 387 21 0 COM L
464. own P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 347 Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Figure 197 Remote Management Telnet Note Telnet Port 23 Access Status LaN amp WAN Secured Client IP all Selected 0 0 0 0 You may also need to create a Firewall rule Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 139 Remote Management Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Access Status Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 6 Configuring FTP You can upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files using FTP Please see Section 29 7 on page 413 for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client To ch
465. own list box Choices are PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 7 WAN Setup Table 26 More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC By prior agreement a protocol is assigned a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 will carry IP If you select VC specify separate VPI and VCI numbers for each protocol For LLC based multiplexing or PPP encapsulation one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header In this case only one set of VPI and VCI numbers need be specified for all protocols VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode fie
466. ows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on your device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers Other PPPoE Features PPPOE idle time out PPPoE dial on demand Multiple PVC Your device supports up to 8 Permanent Virtual Circuits PVCs Permanent Virtual Circuits Support IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface Your device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the your device itself as the gateway for each LAN network IP Policy Routing IPPR Traditionally routing is based on the destination address only and the router takes the shortest path to forward a packet IP Policy Routing IPPR provides a mechanism to override the default routing behavior and alter the packet forwarding based on the policy defined by the network administrator Packet Filters Your device s packet filtering function allows added network security and management P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 184 Firmware Specifications continued ADSL Standards Support ITU G 992 1 G dmt Annex B U R2 EOC specified in ITU T G 992 1 ADSL2 G dmt bis G 992 3 ADSL
467. p Select Dialed Calls to view the history of the outgoing calls you made Select Received Calls to view the history of the incoming calls you picked up Email Log Now Click this to send the call history to the e mail address specified in the Call History Settings screen make sure that you have first filled in the E mail Call History Settings fields in the Call History Settings screen Refresh Click Refresh to renew the screen Clear Call Click Clear Call History to delete all call history records History Next page Select the page you want to view This field is a sequential value and is not associated with a specific entry Type This field display the type of call you select in the View Call History field Time This field displays the time this phone call was made Duration This field displays the time you spent on this phone call Local Identity This field displays the number you configured on the ZyXEL Device s phone port used in this phone call Peer Number This field displays the phone number of the party associated with this phone call Tx Packets This field displays the number of packets transmitted during this phone call Rs Packets This field displays the number of packets received during this phone call Interface This field displays the interface used to make this phone call P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 26 Call History 26 4 Configuring Call Hi
468. pdate the screen based on the amount of time you specified in Poll Interval Stop Click this to make the ZyXEL Device stop updating the screen 6 6 LED Status Use this screen to view the current status of each of the ZyXEL Device a ports Click Status gt LED Status to access this screen Figure 48 LED Status Connection 9 ps 2048 kbps 512 kbps 2 LANI wLAN SSID ZyXEL LAN2 3 LAN3 Lana Internet and Telephone Internet IP Address 10 10 100 206 On 9 Phonet m s Register Not V Phonse oe Register Poll Interval s 56 E Each field is described in the following table Table 22 LED Status LABEL STATUS DESCRIPTION Connection DSL Green The DSL port has a successful connection The current downstream and upstream transmission rates display Off When the DSL port does not have a successful connection it displays Down WLAN Green The wireless LAN is enabled Your ZyXEL Device s SSID Service Set IDentity displays Off When the wireless LAN is disabled it displays Inactive LAN 1 4 Green The corresponding LAN port has a successful Ethernet connection Off The corresponding LAN port does not have a successful Ethernet connection Internet and Telephone P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens Table 22 LED Status LABEL STATUS DESCRIPTION Internet Green The ZyXEL Device has a successful Internet connection This field
469. pection Firewalls uie perra rbd Sra ig R EP Pha EXE E nr bua E ERR chu LEN End HE pa 234 14 3 Introduction ip ZYXEL S Firewall quusseousserxidakktkndidai krtiscdaEkckni dd a beni ada eH Ra ki rko du E EEdUA 234 142 0 Darii of Sarnico JONES arosai unti n FR e Raga Lig Po s M dee Rod 235 js Donal or SONCE saaa E 235 PA BESES AAEE EA 235 144 72 Types or DOS ANTIE aina a S POL OEC ERA SR OR rud 236 74 9 Sie AS OD DNOEY aiesicse dr ERR SUM PP RUB IR RP eee 238 14 5 1 Stateful Inspection PEDOBSS ouai ket rbd Geb SPUR IO iiia anid kiin ERI LEE GENI Ioan 239 14 5 2 Stateful Inspection on Your ZyXEL Device eicere 240 QE We vd E oo E 240 T4584 VDP NCP SONO s iore abet I rata pn petet ta riri ada tot Eo oda t uat R dad 241 145 9 Upper Layer ProrOgOlS TEE 241 14 6 Guidelines for Enhancing Security with Your Firewall seeee 242 eT clare hy GSI Nc EN 242 TET Facer kema YS FIERE ciucoiuxketntsnefa akt CRimidakkenED cataract denda 243 NANI ei Rudi A M 243 pp Ws ENTENDER 243 Chapter 15 Igiene 245 15 1 Access nio M 245 15 2 General Firewall Policy OVE auuxiexxkecntitvXinpt e R ELE Exp bd ke REC N 245 Tao PWE 4g s ee E 246 15 5 1 IT Ee u jl em 246 15 3 2 Security Ramificalions me p ET 246 15 2 9 Key Fields For Configuring MIB i odore pira E Ernie kr tad cen AER PEL
470. phones connected to the ZyXEL Device and make internal calls between these phones For information on making internal calls refer to Section 13 3 on page 227 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice For the PHONE 1 and PHONE 2 ports an extension number is composed of a group number and a sub number If group number is not enabled the extension number is simply the sub number You can assign a group number to the two phone ports When you dial a group number all phones belonging to that group ring The MSNs you configure are used by the ISDN phone s connected to the ISDN port You must also configure your ISDN phone s to use these MSNs You can use the MSN to call an ISDN phone from another phone connected to the ZyXEL Device BS If an ISDN phone already has a MSN configured for making and receiving ISDN calls do not change it otherwise ISDN calls may not work Use the Ext Table screen to configure the extension number of the PHONE 1 and PHONE 2 ports and ISDN phones connected to the ISDN PHONE port on the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table BS Make sure each Extension Number you configure in the Ext Table screen is unique Figure 109 VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table Enable Group Number Phone Phone 1 g Phone 2 g ISDN Phone a MSN 1 MSN 2 MSN 3 MSN 4 MSN 5 MSN 6 MSN 7 MSN 8 Reset P 2602HWLNI User s Guide
471. ples show how multiple telecommuters can make VPN connections to a single ZyXEL Device at headquarters The telecommuters use IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses The ZyXEL Device at headquarters has a static public IP address Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example See the following figure and table for an example configuration that allows multiple telecommuters A B and C in the figure to use one VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyXEL Device at headquarters HQ in the figure The telecommuters do not have domain names mapped to the WAN IP addresses of their IPSec routers The telecommuters must all use the same IPSec parameters but the local IP addresses or ranges of addresses should not overlap P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 297 Chapter 18 VPN Screens Figure 167 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example v 192 168 4 15 Internet om HQ LAN BN lt gt Ss 192 168 1 10 YYTTUNTTTTTIE Table 114 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example FIELDS TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS My IP Address 0 0 0 0 dynamic IP address assigned by the ISP Public static IP address Secure Gateway IP Public static IP address 0 0 0 0 With this IP address only the Address telecommuter can initiate the IPSec tunnel Local IP Address Telecommuter A 192 168 2 12 192 168 1 10 Telecommuter B 192 168 3 2 Telecommuter C 192 168 4 15 Remote IP 192 168 1 10 0 0 0
472. pply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 20 Static Route P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Bandwidth Management This chapter contains information about configuring bandwidth management editing rules and viewing the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth management logs 21 1 Bandwidth Management Overview ZyXEU s Bandwidth Management allows you to specify bandwidth management rules based on application You can allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity bandwidth budgets to different bandwidth rules The ZyXEL Device applies bandwidth management to traffic that it forwards out through an interface The ZyXEL Device does not control the bandwidth of traffic that comes into an interface Bandwidth management applies to all traffic flowing out of the router regardless of the traffic s source Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN to LAN traffic to pass through the ZyXEL Device and be managed by bandwidth management 21 2 Application based Bandwidth Management You can create bandwidth classes based on individual applications like Web FTP and E mail for example 21 3 Auto Classifier Automatic Traffic Classifier ATC is a bandwidth management tool that prioritizes data packets sent across the network ATC assigns each packet a priority and then queues the packet accordingly Packets assigned a high priority
473. private key encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate s owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path P 2602HWLNI User s Guide EJ Chapter 19 Certificates Table 125 Trusted Remote
474. quest corresponding to the imported certificate must already exist on Prestige After the importation the certification request will automatically be deleted File Path Browse Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 117 My Certificate Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Back Click Back to return to the previous screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Table 117 My Certificate Import LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to clear your settings 19 6 My Certificate Create Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates gt Create to open the My Certificate Create screen Use this screen to have the ZyXEL Device create a self signed certificate enroll a certificate with a certification authority or generate a certification request Figure 172 My Certificate Create Certificates My Certificates Create Certificate Name Subject Information Common Name Host IP Address C Host Domain Name Ec C E Mail Organizational Unit 7 Organization 77 Country C77 Key Length 1024 YI bits Enrollment Options Create a self signed
475. r details 15 5 General Firewall Policy Click Security gt Firewall to display the following screen Activate the firewall by selecting the Active Firewall check box as seen in the following screen Refer to Section 14 1 on page 233 for more information Figure 140 Firewall General General General M Active Firewall Vv Bypass Triangle Route A Caution When Bypass Triangle Route is checked all LAN to LAN and WAN to WAN packets will bypass the Firewall check Packet Direction Default Action nr WAN to LAN Drop z Iv LAN to WAN Permit 2 WAN to WAN Router Drop z Iv LAN to LAN Router Permit gt r Basic Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 91 Firewall General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall The ZyXEL Device performs access control and protects against Denial of Service DoS attacks when the firewall is activated Bypass Triangle Route Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device firewall permit the use of triangle route topology on the network See the appendix for more on triangle route topology Note Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to a LAN computer without passing through the router Packet Direction This is the direction of travel of packets LAN to LAN
476. r 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention 24 2 UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnPTM Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP 24 2 1 Configuring UPnP Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 24 1 on page 361 for more information Figure 210 Configuring UPnP UPnP Setup Device Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Active the Universal Plug and Play UPnP Feature allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP q Note For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 146 Configuring UPnP LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone could use and Play UPnP Feature a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must
477. r Ethernet PPPoE rd given to you by your Internet S ce Provider here If enter it in the third field User Name Password Service Name foptional x Back Next gt Exit 3c The following screen appears if the ZyXEL device detects a connection but not the connection type Click Next and refer to Section 3 2 1 on page 66 on how to manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 16 Auto Detection Failed Connection Type Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connection may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically 3 2 1 Manual Configuration 1 Ifthe ZyXEL Device fails to detect your DSL connection type but the physical line is connected enter your Internet access information in the wizard screen exactly as your service provider gave it to you Leave the defaults in any fields for which you were not given information P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Figure 17 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters fli Internet Configuration your Internet Service Provider ISP Your ISP may have setup letter including this information default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account Bridge
478. r name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Log Schedule This drop down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages being sent as E mail Daily Weekly Hourly When Log is Full None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the E mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the E mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the log fills up If you select None no log messages are sent Day for Sending Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs Log Time for Enter the time of the day in 24 hour format for example 23 00 equals 11 00 pm to Sending Log send the logs Clear log after sending mail Select the checkbox to delete all the logs after the ZyXEL Device sends an E mail of the logs Syslog Logging The ZyXEL Device sends a log to an external syslog server Active Click Active to enable syslog logging Syslog IP Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the selected Address categories of logs Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box The log facility allows you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server Refer to the syslog server manual for more information Active Log and Alert Log Select the categories of logs that you want to recor
479. r profile of your VoIP service provider either SIP Profile 1 or SIP Profile 2 and click Apply If your VoIP service provider is not in the list select None and click Apply Figure 34 SIP Server Profile Selection STEP 1 STEP 2 VoIP Configuration 4 Fillin the fields with the information provided by your VoIP service provider When you are finished click Apply Contact your VoIP service provider if you do not have this information BES If your selected a preconfigured SIP profile just enter your SIP number user name and password Leave the remaining fields at default P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard Figure 35 VolP Wizard Configuration VoIP Configuration SIP Number r Address vice Domain User Name Password 11223344 SIP4 Account com Check here to set up SIP2 settings lt Back Apply exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 VoIP Wizard Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Number Enter your SIP number in this field Use the number or text that comes before the symbol in a SIP account If your SIP account is 11223344 SIPA Account com your SIP number is 11223344 You can use up to 127 ASCII characters SIP Server Address Type the IP address or domain name of the SIP server in this field in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 3 1 It doesn t matter whether the SIP server is a proxy r
480. ral Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 247 Diagnostic General General TCP IP Address Ping The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 181 Diagnostic General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Address Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a connection Ping Click this button to ping the IP address that you entered 30 2 DSL Line Diagnostic Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 30 Diagnostic Figure 248 Diagnostic DSL Line DSL Line SAR Driver Counters Display inPkts outPkts inF4Pkts inF5Pkts ATM Status ATM Loopback Test DSL Line Status Reset ADSL Line Capture All Logs 0x00000000 inDiscards OxOO000000 0x00000000 outDiscards 0x00000000 0x00000000 outF4Pkts Oxoo000000 0x00000000 outF5Pkts 0x00000000 0x00000001 closeChan Oxoo000000 0 rxRate Bps 0 5 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 182 Diagnostic DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this button to view your DSL connection s Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM statistics ATM is a networking technology that provides high speed data transfer ATM uses fixed size packets of information called cells With ATM a high QoS Quality of Se
481. ration file cannot use FTP to upload new firmware See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 28 Troubleshooting 28 3 Internet Access cannot access the Internet Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 5 on page 46 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure the wireless settings in the wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP Disconnect all the cables from your device and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again If the problem continues contact your ISP cannot access the Internet anymore had access to the Internet with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore O N Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 5 on page 46 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact your ISP The Internet connection is slow or intermittent 1 AO There might be a lot of traffic on the network Look at the LEDs and check Section 1 5 on page 46 If the Zy
482. re described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions This device may not cause harmful interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 479 Appendix F Legal Information If thi
483. re registered and active You can use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call SIP numbers P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 4 VoIP Wizard You can also use your VoIP service provider s dialing plan to call regular phone numbers You dial a prefix number provided to you by your VoIP service provider followed by a regular phone number To find out more information about configuring your VoIP features and making non VoIP calls see Chapter 11 on page 169 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Bandwidth Management Wizard This chapter shows you how to configure basic bandwidth management using the wizard screens 5 1 Introduction Bandwidth management allows you to control the amount of bandwidth going out through the ZyXEL Device s WAN port and prioritize the distribution of the bandwidth according to service bandwidth requirements This helps keep one service from using all of the available bandwidth and shutting out other users 5 2 Bandwidth Management Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon jg in the top right corner of the web configurator to display the wizard main screen Figure 39 Select a Mode Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup werde Soc mn a onto soen settings 2 Click BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT SETUP P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 5 Bandwidth M
484. reen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name of the certificate Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 19 15 Directory Servers Click Security gt Certificates gt Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers screen This screen displays a summary list of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates that have been saved into the ZyXEL Device If you decide to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates against the issuing certification authority s list of revoked certificates the ZyXEL Device first checks the server s listed in the CRL Distribution Points field of the incoming certificate If the certificate does not list a server or the listed server is not available the ZyXEL Device checks the servers listed here P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Figure 182 Directory Servers Directory Servers Directory Servers PKI Storage Space in Use 10 Directory Services Ca TT Test 192 168 1 3 LDAP g Tj Add The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 126 Directory Servers LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use current
485. remote host certificates Certificate Path Refresh Certificate Informations Type Self signed xX 509 Certificate Version v3 Serial Number 947027954 Subject CN P2 D1 001349000001 Issuer CN P2 D1 001349000001 Signature Algorithm rsa pkcsi shai Valid From 2000 Jan 1st 00 00 00 GMT Valid To 2030 Jan 1st 00 00 00 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 512 bits Subject Alternative emalL 001349000001 auto gen cert Key Usage DigitalSignature KeyEncipherment KeyCertSign Basic Constraint Subject Type CA Path Length Constraint 1 MD5 Fingerprint 1d 48 68 8e f2 5d 8f a7 03 65 e0 b2 af 13 e9 a7 SHA1 Fingerprint amp 4 97 2a ca 8b c5 09 59 84 51 db bd f6 4e dd eb 6e 9c dO fa Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format MIIBhTCCAS 4cgA vIBAgIEOG1M zANBgkdqhkiG9wOBAQUFADAiMSAwHgYDVQOODExdQ NjYySFctRDEgIDAwMTMOOTAwMDAwMTAeFwOwMDAxMDEwMDAwMDBaFwOzMDAxMDEw MDA wMDBaMCIXIDAeBgNVBAMTF1A2NjJIVy1EMSAgMDAxMzQS5MDAwMDAXMFwwDOQYJ KoZIhvcNAQEBBQADSwAwSAJBAKB2A AsSjRsSfw3EOKk6IQL3rG2P MOcgpwWukomFnB5 X nLrI4k6Bnqi8mILg4b5rxBh OOyJKiOEVJYSJ8JGm PeOCAwEAAaNNMESwDgYD VROPAQEABAQDAGKKMCUGA1UGEQQeMByBGjAwMTMOOTAwMDAwMUBhdZXRvLmdlbis5 j ZXJOMBIGA1UdEvEBAAQIMAYBAfSCAQEwDQYJKOZIhvcNAQEFBQADQOBcmgug f5dHQ jLkoBBkhlmfeQOB5i11d08w2 I3gsufnomEUHbMye6XDKi1LV6wI3FkkLb5isJuhT of zpelYiypo6 Back Export Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 1
486. rent three way conference call into two individual calls one is on line the other is on hold Flash 3 Create three way conference connection Flash O8 Transfer the call to another phone 11 14 2 1 European Call Hold Call hold allows you to put a call A on hold by pressing the flash key P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice If you have another call press the flash key and then 2 to switch back and forth between caller A and B by putting either one on hold Press the flash key and then 0 to disconnect the call presently on hold and keep the current call on line Press the flash key and then 1 to disconnect the current call and resume the call on hold If you hang up the phone but a caller is still on hold there will be a remind ring 11 14 2 2 European Call Waiting This allows you to place a call on hold while you answer another incoming call on the same telephone directory number If there is a second call to a telephone number you will hear a call waiting tone Take one of the following actions Reject the second call Press the flash key and then press 0 Disconnect the first call and answer the second call Either press the flash key and press 1 or just hang up the phone and then answer the phone after it rings Put the first call on hold and answer the second call Press the flash key and then 2 11 14 2 3 European Call Transfer
487. represents a certificate issued by a certification authority Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate s owner such as CN Common Name OU Organizational Unit or department O Organization or company and C Country It is recommended that each certificate have unique P 2602HWLNI User s Guide subject information Chapter 19 Certificates Table 116 My Certificates continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate s issuing certification authority such as a common name organizational unit or department organization or company and country With self signed certificates this is the same information as in the Subject field Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Modify Click the details icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the delete icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate You cannot delete a certificate that one or
488. ress is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network see the device s User s Guide or other documentation You can use the MAC address filter to tell the ZyXEL Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a device is allowed to use the wireless network it still has to have the correct information SSID channel and security If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct information This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 9 2 3 User Authentication Authentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network You can make every user log in to the wireless network before they can use it However every device in the wireless network has to support IEEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks you can store the user names and passwords for each user in a RADIUS server This is a server used in businesses more than in homes If you do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users 2 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect
489. retical perfect antenna that sends out radio signals equally well in all directions dBi represents the true gain that the antenna provides Types of Antennas for WLAN There are two types of antennas used for wireless LAN applications Omni directional antennas send the RF signal out in all directions on a horizontal plane The coverage area is torus shaped like a donut which makes these antennas ideal for a room environment With a wide coverage area it 1s possible to make circular overlapping coverage areas with multiple access points Directional antennas concentrate the RF signal in a beam like a flashlight does with the light from its bulb The angle of the beam determines the width of the coverage pattern Angles typically range from 20 degrees very directional to 120 degrees less directional Directional antennas are ideal for hallways and outdoor point to point applications P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 473 Appendix D Wireless LANs Positioning Antennas In general antennas should be mounted as high as practically possible and free of obstructions In point to point application position both antennas at the same height and in a direct line of sight to each other to attain the best performance For omni directional antennas mounted on a table desk and so on point the antenna up For omni directional antennas mounted on a wall or ceiling point the antenna down For a single AP application place omni directional an
490. return to the previously saved configuration 20 2 1 Static Route Edit Select a static route index number and click Edit The screen shown next appears Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 20 Static Route Figure 186 Static Route Edit Active Route Name IP Subnet Mask Static Route Setup Destination IP Address Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 129 Static Route Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This field allows you to activate deactivate this static route Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route Leave this field blank to delete this static route Destination IP Address This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same Address network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Back Click Back to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click A
491. rk behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 109 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router Address Information Local ID Type Select IP to identify this ZyXEL Device by its IP address Select DNS to identify this ZyXEL Device by a domain name Select E mail to identify this ZyXEL Device by an e mail address Content When you select IP in the Local ID Type field type the IP address of your computer in the local Content field The ZyXEL Device automatically uses the IP address in the My IP Address field refer to the My IP Address field description if you configure the local Content field to 0 0 0 0 or leave it blank It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0 0 0 0 in the local Content field or use the DNS or E mail ID type in the following situations When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers When you want the remote IP
492. rk by comparing the Source IP address Destination IP address and IP protocol type of network traffic to rules set by the administrator Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyXEL Device s default rules 15 3 Rule Logic Overview BS Study these points carefully before configuring rules 15 3 1 Rule Checklist State the intent of the rule For example This restricts all IRC access from the LAN to the Internet Or This allows a remote Lotus Notes server to synchronize over the Internet to an inside Notes server 1 Is the intent of the rule to forward or block traffic 2 What direction of traffic does the rule apply to 3 What IP services will be affected 4 What computers on the LAN are to be affected if any 5 What computers on the Internet will be affected The more specific the better For example if traffic is being allowed from the Internet to the LAN it is better to allow only certain machines on the Internet to access the LAN 15 3 2 Security Ramifications 1 Once the logic of the rule has been defined it is critical to consider the security ramifications created by the rule P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration 2 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet For example 1f IRC is blocked are there users that require this service 3 Isit possible to modify the rule to be more specific For example if IRC is bloc
493. rom finding the ZyXEL Device by probing for requests for unused ports If you select this option the ZyXEL Device will not respond to port unauthorized request s for unused ports thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyXEL Device services unseen By default this option is not selected and the ZyXEL Device will reply with an ICMP Port Unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP Reset packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyXEL Device s firewall mechanism before reaching this anti probing mechanism Therefore if the firewall mechanism blocks a probing packet the ZyXEL Device reacts based on the corresponding firewall policy to send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet or an ICMP port unreachable packet for a blocked UDP packets or just drop the packets without sending a response packet Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 10 SSH You can use SSH Secure SHell to securely access the ZyXEL Device s command line interface Specify which interfaces allow SSH access and from which IP address the access can come Unlike Telnet or FTP which transmit data in plaintext clear or unencrypted text SSH is a secure communication protocol that combines authentication and data encryption to provide secure encrypted communication between
494. rs Behind NAT EXeTIDIG iiiter tton ante esa ttn ooa coneconiasevaceaseaanunerests 160 Figure SS Pont FOr wie soris 161 Figure 94 Pot Forwarding Rule Seip qarseeseidemdxkcte ee ube e prc EH Ene EHI Ne FERA ORO USA REDEEM 162 Figure 95 Address Mapping RUES critica a sons deandatiassiaadedie tants aot cb hd ddnde Cari EP bb tuer rbb xad ines 163 Figure 96 Edit Address Mapping BUB asco eren deus od anna t a a a da Ra 165 FRU Or moll ca eR 170 Faure OG al FRO DEVON T 171 Figure 99 SIP Redirect SRV SN Me NT 172 Figure 100 SIP Call Through Proxy SOVODS icasicscciesirsacsecstenccaocastiacaceaiseancdwa saninin 174 Figure 101 DiffServ Differentiated Service Field essen nennen nnn nnne nnn nnn 177 Fone To Pe Re E 0 ENa 178 Figure 103 VoIP gt SIP Settings gt AdYaNCed sisciticcicacssscses caste anes casecanais desiere Zma se iE neru ori doa esii 180 PM E tee MM AAE E AA A A A E AAE E A AA S 183 Figure TUS Phone Analog PHONO diuine ebore innnan E ENIM Neben FEE 186 Figure 106 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced 1er tr suse etre eta tla en edet 188 Figure 107 Phone gt ISDN Pe eme 190 Figure 108 Phone gt COMMON m 191 Figure TOS VAF Phone Ext TRIS aiuscciask et ERU RRREL RR WRENCH ESO GE FI LEREO ERO ELE EEEER EL ba Pt Lit 192 Figure TIO VolP gt Phone Ext Table gt Advanced iioii er kept oret ipo EPA peRERHEX pe ERU unene 194 Figure 111 VolP gt Phone gt REGION
495. rship in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports both IGMP version 1 IGMP v1 and IGMP v2 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select VBR Variable Bit Rate for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell Rate The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is O cells sec Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save the changes Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 113 Chapter 7 WAN Setup 7 9 Traffic Redirect Traffic redirect forwards traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the Internet An example is shown in the figure below Figure 55 Traffic Redirect Example Y Internet E
496. runking is that once all the configuration is completed the caller just has to dial a speed dial entry from a phone connected to their ZyXEL Device and the peer devices take care of the rest This is what happens when headquarters wants to call their Sales1 employee which is the first entry in the speed dial screen Table 85 VoIP Trunking Call Progression HEADQUARTERS BRANCH OFFICE SALES1 A person at A dials 01 from the phone connected to the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device at A inspects the number and connects to the remote peer device at B jses The remote peer device inspects the number and requests authentication in order to forward the call EE The ZyXEL Device at A sends outgoing authentication to the remote peer device Oo Ee The remote peer device confirms that the username and password match an account in its incoming authentication list i The remote peer device forwards the call to Sales1 HBl Sales1 picks up and the call commences eei 7 lli 12 9 VoIP Trunking Example PSTN to PSTN via VoIP This example shows how to configure a PSTN to PSTN call with a VoIP link It also shows how call rules can be used to automate VoIP trunking P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 221 Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking 12 9 1 Background Information A company has its headquarters in one city and a branch office
497. rver Add and Edil sccisiuccicessaisesconsnesurccsasdsductaanssducr rado hdd a redd vnda 324 jr me Ecrire 328 x crcrupdpl spere 329 Table 130 Typical Packet M 332 Table 131 Automatic Traffic Classifier Priorities eee eene tnank kh ket ak krank hk nk ka 332 Table 132 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management Example suessss 333 Table 133 Bandwidth Management Priorities Liucodbesdidtex i ed aa o dede o dai dd dd bo dta add 333 Table 134 Bandwidth Management General cccecceeeeseeneeeeeceneneeeeeeecnneeeseceeenseeeeeecaneesseeeeaneneeee 334 Table 135 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup 22er riter itn tend denkt zt sseni 334 Table 136 Bandwidth Management Rule Configuration eee eee tnnnnn 336 Tape Tor PMG LIBUS ausstisenaebresqu eon tede ve ORA DM TREE E eee FH RROIDU ege FUMER SA LERN 340 Table 138 Remote Management HTTP 222i eeeiidece cecidere iinan seed dura ttd bd and adea 346 Table 139 Remote Management Telnet seen eene ana aaa eR NNNNA Aaa das Ea 348 Table 140 Remote Management FIP 15 iealac ep ERE YRFEHOLURE XEH EX E xY pepe vu ER PPFId ORT NEL ad E pebR XR REEE PRU ua E EK RdG 349 ICH MI SNAP TODS 351 Table 142 Remote Management SNMP 1i susc i e pab etta ke bar hh Pra a aaa ERA Ra BRA NNN EAA EA d ana Saa 352 Table 145 Remote Management DNS 1 edt ttt inian Rl LIII uu Edd EE HIR UE 353 Table 144 Remote Management IOMP 4
498. rvice can be guaranteed The Segmentation and Reassembly SAR driver translates packets into ATM cells It also receives ATM cells and reassembles them into packets These counters are set back to zero whenever the device starts up inPkts is the number of good ATM cells that have been received inDiscards is the number of received ATM cells that were rejected outPkts is the number of ATM cells that have been sent outDiscards is the number of ATM cells sent that were rejected inF4Pkts is the number of ATM Operations Administration and Management OAM F4 cells that have been received See ITU recommendation 1 610 for more on OAM for ATM outF4Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F4 cells that have been sent inF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been received outF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been sent openChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has opened a logical DSL channel closeChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has closed a logical DSL channel txRate is the number of bytes transmitted per second rxRate is the number of bytes received per second ATM Loopback Test Click this button to start the ATM loopback test Make sure you have configured at least one PVC with proper VPIs VCIs before you begin this test The ZyXEL Device sends an OAM F5 packet to the DSLAM ATM switch and then returns it loops it back to the ZyXEL Device The ATM loopback test is usef
499. s 14 4 2 1 ICMP Vulnerability ICMP is an error reporting protocol that works in concert with IP The following ICMP types trigger an alert Table 88 ICMP Commands That Trigger Alerts 5 REDIRECT 13 TIMESTAMP REQUEST 14 TIMESTAMP REPLY 17 ADDRESS MASK REQUEST 18 ADDRESS MASK REPLY 14 4 2 2 Illegal Commands NetBIOS and SMTP The only legal NetBIOS commands are the following all others are illegal Table 89 Legal NetBIOS Commands MESSAGE REQUEST POSITIVE VE RETARGET KEEPALIVE All SMTP commands are illegal except for those displayed in the following tables Table 90 Legal SMTP Commands AUTH DATA EHLO ETRN EXPN HELO HELP MAIL NOOP QUIT RCPT RSET SAML SEND SOML TURN VRFY 14 4 2 3 Traceroute Traceroute is a utility used to determine the path a packet takes between two endpoints Sometimes when a packet filter firewall is configured incorrectly an attacker can traceroute the firewall gaining knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall Often many DoS attacks also employ a technique known as IP Spoofing as part of their attack IP Spoofing may be used to break into systems to hide the hacker s identity or to magnify the effect of the DoS attack IP Spoofing is a technique used to gain unauthorized access to computers by tricking a router or firewall into thinking that the communications are coming from wi
500. s with a hash value appended to the packet but a NAT device between the IPSec endpoints rewrites the source or destination address As a result the VPN device at the receiving end finds a mismatch between the hash value and the data and assumes that the data has been maliciously altered P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 279 Chapter 18 VPN Screens NAT is not normally compatible with ESP in transport mode either but the ZyXEL Device s NAT Traversal feature provides a way to handle this NAT traversal allows you to set up an IKE SA when there are NAT routers between the two IPSec routers Figure 159 NAT Router Between IPSec Routers Yemen wmm C Normally you cannot set up an IKE SA with a NAT router between the two IPSec routers because the NAT router changes the header of the IPSec packet NAT traversal solves the problem by adding a UDP port 500 header to the IPSec packet The NAT router forwards the IPSec packet with the UDP port 500 header unchanged In Figure 159 on page 280 when IPSec router A tries to establish an IKE SA IPSec router B checks the UDP port 500 header and IPSec routers A and B build the IKE SA For NAT traversal to work you must Use ESP security protocol in either transport or tunnel mode Use IKE keying mode Enable NAT traversal on both IPSec endpoints Set the NAT router to forward UDP port 500 to IPSec router A Finally NAT is compatible with ESP in tunnel mode because in
501. s DES 3DES and AES two authentication algorithms MDS and SHA1 and two key groups DH1 and DH2 when you configure a VPN rule seeSection 18 13 on page 289 The ID type and content act as an extra level of identification for incoming SAs The type of ID can be a domain name an IP address or an e mail address The content 1s the IP address domain name or e mail address P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 105 Local ID Type and Content Fields LOCAL ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of your computer or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use its own IP address DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify this ZyXEL Device The domain name or e mail address that you use in the Content field is used for identification purposes only and does not need to be a real domain name or e mail address Table 106 Peer ID Type and Content Fields PEER ID TYPE CONTENT IP Type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN connection or leave the field blank to have the ZyXEL Device automatically use the address in the Secure Gateway field DNS Type a domain name up to 31 characters by which to identify the remote IPSec router E mail Type an e mail address up to 31 characters by which to identify the rem
502. s probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Wireless LAN This chapter discusses how to configure the wireless network settings in your ZyXEL Device See the appendices for more detailed information about wireless networks 9 1 Wireless Network Overview The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 66 Example of a Wireless Network m LAT I any a 9 j as NS E OTS r Bini tt lee The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B use the access point AP to interact with the other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL Device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic
503. s Guide Tools This chapter explains how to upload new firmware manage configuration files and restart your ZyXEL Device Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY DAMAGE your ZyXEL Device 29 1 Introduction Use the instructions in this chapter to change the device s configuration file or upgrade its firmware After you configure your device you can backup the configuration file to a computer That way if you later misconfigure the device you can upload the backed up configuration file to return to your previous settings You can alternately upload the factory default configuration file if you want to return the device to the original default settings The firmware determines the device s available features and functionality You can download new firmware releases from your nearest ZyXEL FTP site or www zyxel com to use to upgrade your device s performance Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device 29 2 Filename Conventions The configuration file often called the romfile or rom 0 contains the factory default settings in the menus such as password DHCP Setup TCP IP Setup etc It arrives from ZyXEL with a rom filename extension Once you have customized the ZyXEL Device s settings they can be saved back to your computer under a filename of your choosing P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 407 Chapter 29 Tools ZyNOS
504. s can be specified within one firewall rule making the firewall a better choice when complex rules are required P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls To selectively block allow inbound or outbound traffic between inside host networks and outside host networks Remember that filters can not distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address The firewall performs better than filtering if you need to check many rules Use the firewall if you need routine e mail reports about your system or need to be alerted when attacks occur The firewall can block specific URL traffic that might occur in the future The URL can be saved in an Access Control List ACL database P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Firewall Configuration This chapter shows you how to enable and configure the ZyXEL Device firewall 15 1 Access Methods The web configurator is by far the most comprehensive firewall configuration tool your ZyXEL Device has to offer For this reason it is recommended that you configure your firewall using the web configurator CLI commands provide limited configuration options and are only recommended for advanced users 15 2 General Firewall Policy Overview Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply LAN to LAN Router WAN to LAN LAN to WAN WAN to WAN Router BES The LAN includes both the LAN port and the WLAN By default
505. s certificate and Path Length Constraint 1 means that there can only be one certification authority in the certificate s path MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the MD5 algorithm SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate s message digest that the ZyXEL Device calculated using the SHA1 algorithm Certificate in PEM Base 64 Encoded Format This read only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the binary certificate into a printable form You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority s web page an e mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment You can copy and paste a certificate into an e mail to send to friends or colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save the file on a management computer for later distribution via floppy disk for example Export Click this button and then Save in the File Download screen The Save As Screen opens browse to the location that you want to use and click Save Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device You can only change the name except in the case of a self signed certificate which you can also set to be the default self signed cer
506. s device does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help fa FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter JEEE 802 11b or 802 11g operation of this product in the U S A is firmware limited to channels 1 through 11 To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements a separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons Ss ae YER IKR BDR FE BCT TE a E EE BEIR RUS A ZR ee Be JERE AT ZH RBA Ata tHe A BS RS gt IAT a T RETE CURE FUR ESSA BA Mae ER T BE SS EBL HBSLSAIR EURA gt eS TE REFERS CHEERS HT e HPA GAGES PRESERVE REL ERR TH BIRREA SECHS BCLS BER Be ea ee FA Ra TE a sc RIT Rn pa
507. s factory defaults See Section 1 6 on page 47 e forgot the password 1 The default password is 1234 2 Ifthis does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 1 6 on page 47 e cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator 1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 Ifyou changed the IP address Section 8 3 1 on page 118 use the new IP address f you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for I forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 2 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide 3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Appendix B on page 447 4 Ifyou disabled Any IP Section 8 4 1 on page 123 make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device If you know that there are routers between your computer and the ZyXEL Device skip this step Ifthere is a DHCP server on your network make sure your computer is using a dynamic IP address See Appendix A on page 435 Your ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server by default Ifthere is no DHCP server on your network make sure your computer s IP address is in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Appendix A on page 435 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 28 Troubleshooting 5
508. s from the headquarters to their sales team The head office has a public IP address a b c d and the branch office has a public IP address w x y z Figure 126 VoIP to PSTN Example A B ___ 555 555 550 NS 555 555 551 Internet IP a b c d 555 555 552 The proposed solution is to establish a peer to peer call between the two ZyXEL Devices and have the branch office ZyXEL Device forward calls to the sales team members via PSTN 12 8 2 Configuration Details Outgoing The ZyXEL Device at headquarters from which the call originates needs to have the following configuration settings 1 Speed dial entries need to be set up for the numbers headquarters wants to call The destination field of these entries 1s the IP address of the branch office ZyXEL Device This must be a non proxy IP address The numbers are the phone numbers of the sales team members This can be configured in the VoIP gt Phone Book gt Speed Dial screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Figure 127 VoIP to PSTN Examples Speed Dial Screen Speed Dial Incomin Speed Dial feo 7 Speed Dial Phone Book g Call Policy Number 555555550 555555551 555555552 D inctiv Salesi Sales2 Sales2 Clear Ring SIP Prefix pf Number Name tte 9 J Use Proxy Non Proxy Use IP or URL Destination Cancel Add 2 An outgoing authentication a
509. s is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyXEL Device Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router s configured local IP addresses Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address es both the same Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address but not both You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses as long as only one is active at any time Remote Address Type Use the drop down menu to choose Single Range or Subnet Select Single with a single IP address Select Range for a specific range of IP addresses Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask IP Address Start When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the beginning static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Subnet enter a static IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router End Subnet Mask When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Single this field is N A When the Remote Address Type field is configured to Range enter the end static IP address in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router When the Remote Address Type field
510. s similar to enabling a PIN Personal Identification Number that callers must Authentication enter to forward calls via your ZyXEL Device Password This is the PIN callers have to enter via their phone pad when dialing into your ZyXEL Device to forward calls through it Enter a number between 1 and 32 digits long Apply Click this to save your changes and to apply them to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click this to reset the fields 12 6 Trunking Peer Call Screen Use this screen to set up outgoing authentication accounts for forwarding calls through peer devices and incoming authentication accounts for forwarding calls from peer devices To access this screen click VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 12 VoIP Trunking Figure 124 VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call General Peer Call Call Rule Outgoing Authentication FS a TT Incoming Authentication O pooo AP AP HP AP Al Aaf Cn A a cn of oJ JI oj oj oj St St oJ ge amp Dl Dl Dl oj Sf aj oj oj o OF oJ oJ OF oj oj oj oj oj o SS 1 l NW an a Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 83 VoIP gt Trunking gt Peer Call LABEL DESCRIPTION Outgoing You need to set up accounts for the peer devices you use in VoIP trunking This is Authentication the IP address of the remote peer device as well as the username and password needed to authenticate with the remote peer devi
511. s than with standard IEEE 802 11g External Antenna The ZyXEL Device is equipped with an attached antenna to provide a clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points Wireless LAN MAC Address Filtering Your device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 186 Wireless Features Association List This feature allows you to know which wireless stations are currently associated with the ZyXEL Device You can block the individual wireless station in the association list screen from accessing the ZyXEL Device WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private Wi Fi Protected Access Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 11i security standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption WPA2 WPA 2 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA WDS Use the WDS Wireless Distribution System to secure the link between the ZyXEL Device and other APs on your network At the time of writing the ZyXEL Device only supports WDS links with other ZyXEL Devices WMM QoS WMM Wi Fi MultiMedia QoS Qu
512. se Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device 10 3 NAT General Setup BS You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens Figure 91 NAT General NZZN M NAT Setup IV Active Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only C Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 512 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 53 NAT General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to enable NAT Network Address Translation NAT SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Feature Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing applications they Firewall need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the number of NAT sessions a Session Per single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessions being User used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a correspondi
513. secure version of IMAP4 that runs over SSL IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol NetBIOS TCP UDP 137 The Network Basic Input Output System is TCP UDP 138 used for communication between TCP UDP 139 computers in a LAN TCP UDP 445 NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other POP3S TCP 995 This is a more secure version of POP3 that runs over SSL PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix E Services Table 204 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION PPTP TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling Pro
514. service Secured Client IP A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service SNMP Configuration Get Community Enter the Get Community which is the password for the incoming Get and GetNext requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Set Community Enter the Set community which is the password for incoming Set requests from the management station The default is public and allows all requests Trap Community Type the trap community which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP manager The default is public and allows all requests Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 23 8 Configuring DNS Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to Chapter 8 on page 117 for background information To change your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS The screen appears as shown Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXE
515. service provider tells you to change it Enter the number of seconds the SIP server should provide the message waiting service each time the ZyXEL Device subscribes to the service Before this time passes the ZyXEL Device automatically subscribes again Call Forward Call Forward Select which call forwarding table you want the ZyXEL Device to use for incoming Table calls You set up these tables in VoIP Phone Book Incoming Call Policy Caller Ringing Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when they call you The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add additional tones using IVR See Section 11 2 10 on page 176 for more information Caller Ringing Select the tone you want people to hear when they call you You should set up Tone these tones using IVR first See Section 11 2 10 on page 176 for more information On Hold Enable Select the check box if you want to specify what tone people hear when you put them on hold The ZyXEL Device provides a default tone but you can add additional tones using IVR See Section 11 2 10 on page 176 for more information On Hold Tone Select the tone you want people to hear when you put them on hold You should setup these tones using IVR first See Section 11 2 10 on page 176 for more information Back Click this to return to the SIP Settings screen without saving your changes Apply Click this to save your changes and to app
516. ses a lower bitrate than standard PCM conversion ADPCM converts analog audio into digital signals based on the difference between each audio sample and a prediction based on previous samples The more similar the audio sample is to the prediction the less space needed to describe it G 726 operates at 16 24 32 or 40 kbps G729 is an Analysis by Synthesis AbS hybrid waveform codec that uses a filter based on information about how the human vocal tract produces sounds G 729 provides good sound quality and reduces the required bandwidth to 8 kbps 11 2 8 PSTN Call Setup Signaling Dual Tone MultiFrequency DTMF signaling uses pairs of frequencies one lower frequency and one higher frequency to set up calls It is also known as Touch Tone Each of the keys on a DTMF telephone corresponds to a different pair of frequencies Pulse dialing sends a series of clicks to the local phone office in order to dial numbers 11 2 9 MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Message Waiting Indication MWI enables your phone to give you a message waiting beeping dial tone when you have a voice message s Your VoIP service provider must have a messaging system that sends message waiting status SIP packets as defined in RFC 3842 4 The ZyXEL Device does not support pulse dialing at the time of writing P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 2 10 Custom Tones IVR IVR Interactive Voice Response is a feature that allows
517. sesrrecerrrrreseerrresrinnaessttnnaaarnnnnaaeennnaanannaanenna 331 21 2 Application based Bandwidth Management sss 331 21 9 FUN TAB SIRI hs Sacer desta dies asa cem faq dena aec agn dob ea dao a Re ta dac a 331 21 4 Subnet based Bandwidth Management sss 332 21 5 Application and Subnet based Bandwidth Management sse 333 21 5 1 Bandwidth Management FPHOEIDBS iisaslloscieu ets tete trt da npa era eiat 333 21 6 Configuring Bandwidth Management General eese nnn 333 21 7 Bandwidth Management Rule Setup ieseseitm rere enni t itc dnacti itta doa as ied auae s eio coda kate 334 21 7 1 Rule Cot ARNO seanina ind dad pd dada du Rd NR 335 PARE usu C 337 Chapter 22 Dynamic DNS Setup 339 2271 Ernie DNS TOVOPEGUN isi excidat QUO NI iet det Lu ot AR ac e eens bacca Ud 339 EPA ERI IBI cEuse oT 339 42 2 Contigunng Dynami DNS uuu ortus etie patrare ertt ta ty a ai ANa a MXN SEL bba QVE EEUU Padi EEUpES 339 Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration eese eee eeeeueeeseeeee enne nnn nnn 343 23 1 Remote Management Overview eeeesecsusseses een nena nnne ttn a nua nea A ku ERI PA d 4a st naAA 343 23 1 1 Remote Management LIMMMIONS 1 iraiucruers itu tome tuid tette st danke dn etna 344 22 1 2 Remote Management and NAT sssrinin nnen tasa Lih nt ead ta d
518. splays the extension number When you change the Sub Number number of an MSN the extension number automatically refreshes When you call an MSN s extension number all phones configured to use that MSN ring Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to set every field in this screen to its last saved value 11 13 Advanced Ext Table Setup Screen You can create call forwarding rules for internal calls To access this screen click Advanced in a phone extension entry in the VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 110 VolP gt Phone gt Ext Table gt Advanced Forward to Number Setup Unconditional Forward to Number Busy Forward to Number No Answer Forward to Number No Answer Waiting Time 0 Second Back Apply Reset Each field is described in the following table Table 69 VoIP gt Phone gt Ext Table gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Forward to The ZyXEL Device checks these rules in the order in which they appear Number Setup Unconditional Specify the extension number to which you want the ZyXEL Device to forward all ud to incoming internal calls umber Busy Forward Specify the extension number to which you want the ZyXEL Device to forward to Number incoming internal calls if the phone port is busy If you have call waiting the incoming call is forwarded to the specified phone number if you reject or ignore
519. ss 229 Class of Service 177 client server protocol 170 codecs 429 comfort noise generation 184 429 Complementary Code Keying Modulation 431 configuration 118 configuration file 407 contact information 483 content filtering 265 categories 265 schedule 266 trusted computers 267 URL keyword blocking 265 copyright 479 CoS 177 country code 428 creating certificates 306 CTS Clear to Send 464 custom ports creating editing 254 customer support 483 customized services 254 D data confidentiality 270 data integrity 270 data origin authentication 270 DBPSK 430 default 412 default LAN IP address 49 Denial of Service 234 235 260 destination address 247 DH 289 DHCP 118 339 375 diagnostic 419 Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed Modulation 430 Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation 430 differentiated services 177 Diffie Hellman key groups 289 DiffServ 177 DiffServ code points 177 DiffServ marking rule 177 directory servers adding editing 323 certificates 302 directory servers and certificates 322 disclaimer 479 distinctive ring 202 428 DnD 428 DNS 118 352 DNS Server for VPN host 280 do not disturb 428 domain name 375 domain name system see DNS DoS 235 basics 235 types 236 DoS attacks types of 236 DQPSK 430 DS field 177 DSCPs 177 DSL line reinitialize 421 DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer 43 DTMF 175 DTMF detection and gen
520. ss the system in this field New Password Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation Confirm Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 25 System 25 2 Time Setting To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting The screen appears as shown Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone Figure 226 System Time Setting Time Setting Current Time and Date Current Time 00 52 08 Current Date 2000 01 01 Time and Date Setup Manual New Time hh mm ss fo so s New Date yyyy mm dd 2000 sft sft Get from Time Server Time Protocol Time Server Address 0 0 Time Zone Setup Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Daylight Savings Start Date z 7 of z 2000 01 02 at lo o clock End Date z rz of v 2000 01 02 at 0 o clock Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 148 System Time Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time a
521. st Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings 16 3 Configuring the Schedule Use this screen to set the days and times for the ZyXEL Device to perform content filtering Click Security gt Content Filter gt Schedule The screen appears as shown Figure 152 Content Filter Schedule ovo MERIM Schedule I Block Everyday Iv Edit Daily to Block Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday pH A 0 ho min o hefo min O 0 h0 min o ho min a o ndo min o ndo min r 0 ndo min fo ndo min m o hdo min 0 hea min Oo 0 ho min o ho min a 0 hO min 0 hdo min Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 16 Content Filtering The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 99 Content Filter Schedule LABEL DESCRIPTION Schedule Select Block Everyday to make the content filtering active everyday Otherwise select Edit Daily to Block and configure which days of the week or everyday and which time of the day you want the content filtering to be active Active Select the check box to have the content filtering to be active on the selected day Start Time Enter the time when you want the content filtering to take effect in hour minute format End Time Enter the time when you want the content filtering to stop in hour minut
522. st one service on the Internet Other services on the Internet include Internet Relay Chat and Newsgroups The Web is accessed through use of a browser User Defined User defined services are user specific services configured using known ports and applications Dest Port This displays the port the selected service uses Type a port number in the field provided if you want to use a different port to the default port Priority Select a priority from the drop down list box Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previous screen 9 10 WDS Screen Use this screen to set up your WDS Wireless Distribution System links between the ZyXEL Device and other wireless APs You need to know the MAC address of the peer device Once the security settings of peer sides match one another the connection between devices is made At the time of writing the ZyXEL Device can support up to four WDS links at the same time BES WDS security is independent of the security settings between the ZyXEL Device and any wireless clients Check your other AP s documentation to make sure it supports WDS security Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WDS The following screen displays P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 84 Wireless LAN gt WDS Security Security Mode Remote Bridge MAC Address Lr active a
523. story Settings Use the Call History Settings screen to configure where the ZyXEL Device is to send call history records and the schedule for saving and sending the records To change your ZyXEL Device s call history settings click Maintenance gt Call History gt Call History Settings The screen appears as follows E mail Call History Settings Mail Server Mail Subject Send Call History to Enable SMTP Authentication User Name Password Send Call History Schedule Day for Sending Call History Time for Sending Call History Save Call History Settings Save Call History Schedule Day for Saving Call History Time for Saving Call History Summary of Call History Settings Start Day of Every Month Figure 229 Call History gt Call History Settings Call History Settings Clear Call History after sending mail Outgoing SMTP Server Name or IP Address E Mail Address when Log is Full Sunday Y 0 hour a minute Hourly fo hour minute o Apply Cancel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 26 Call History The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 151 Call History gt Call History Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION E mail Call History Settings Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e mail addresses specified belo
524. t Source Address Address Type Any Address Start IP nooo E Address ERU Add gt gt End IP tooo cz Address Sinis Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Destination Address Address Type Range Address 7 Available Services Any ICMP AIMINEVY ICQ TCP 5190 AUTH TCP 113 BGP TCP 179 Edit Customized Services Schedule Day to Apply iv Everyday IV sun IV Mon IV Tue IV wed IV Thu IV Fri IV sat Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format M all day Stardo hour minute End o hour minute Log Log Packet Detail Information Alert I Send Alert Message to Administrator When Matched Cancel Source Address List Destination Address List Start IP io00310 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 15 Address 10 0 0 10 Add gt gt End IP Address 10 0 0 15 Edit lt lt Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Delete Service Selected Services Any All MyService TCP UDP 123 On completing the configuration procedure for this Internet firewall rule the Rules screen should look like the following Rule 1 allows a MyService connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10 0 0 10 through 10 0 0 15 on the LAN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 149 Firewall Example Rules MyService Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 os i 100 Packet Direction waNto LAN Create a new rule after rule number fi 7 Add DTTZUNTTTINNNUTN
525. t clear Clears the firewall log count pktdump Dumps the last 64 bytes of packets that the firewall has dropped dynamicrule display Displays the firewall s dynamic rules tcprst rst Turns TCP reset sending on off rst113 Turns TCP reset sending for port 113 on off display Displays the TCP reset sending settings icmp This rule is not in use dos smtp Enables disables the SMTP DoS defender display Displays the SMTP DoS defender setting ignore Sets if the firewall will ignore DoS attacks on the lan wan ignore dos Sets if the firewall will ignore DoS attacks on the lan wan triangle Sets if the firewall will ignore triangle route packets on the lan wan P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Content Filtering This chapter covers how to configure content filtering 16 1 Content Filtering Overview Internet content filtering allows you to create and enforce Internet access policies tailored to your needs Content filtering gives you the ability to block web sites that contain key words that you specify in the URL You can set a schedule for when the ZyXEL Device performs content filtering You can also specify trusted IP addresses on the LAN for which the ZyXEL Device will not perform content filtering 16 2 Configuring Keyword Blocking Use this screen to block sites containing certain keywords in the URL For example if you enable the keyword bad the ZyXEL Dev
526. t IP address of 192 168 1 1 A message displays indicating the SSH protocol version supported by the ZyXEL Device Figure 207 SSH Example 2 Test telnet 192 168 1 1 22 Trying 192 168 1 1 Connected to 192 168 1 1 Escape character is SSH 1 5 1 0 0 2 Enter ssh 1 192 168 1 1 This command forces your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device using SSH version 1 If this is the first time you are connecting to the ZyXEL Device using SSH a message displays prompting you to save the host information of the ZyXEL Device Type yes and press ENTER Then enter the password to log in to the ZyXEL Device Figure 208 SSH Example 2 Log in ssh 1 192 168 1 1 The authenticity of host 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 can t be established RSA1 key fingerprint is 21 60 07 25 7e 4 75 80 ec af bd d4 3d 80 53 dl Are you sure you want to continue connecting yes no yes Warning Permanently added 192 168 1 1 RSA1 to the list of known hosts Administrator 192 168 1 1 s password 3 The SMT main menu displays next 23 15 Secure FTP Using SSH Example This section shows an example on file transfer using the OpenSSH client program The configuration and connection steps are similar for other SSH client programs Refer to your SSH client program user s guide 1 Enter sftp 1 192 168 1 1 This command forces your computer to connect to the ZyXEL Device for secure file transfer using SSH
527. t and configure certificates in the Security Certificates screens or click the My Certificates link My Certificates Click this to go to the Security Certificates My Certificates screen If you do not click Apply first your VPN settings will not be saved Encryption Algorithm Select DES 3DES AES or NULL from the drop down list box When you use one of these encryption algorithms for data communications both the sending device and the receiving device must use the same secret key which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to generate and verify a message authentication code The DES encryption algorithm uses a 56 bit key Triple DES 3DES is a variation on DES that uses a 168 bit key As a result 3DES is more secure than DES It also requires more processing power resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput This implementation of AES uses a 128 bit key AES is faster than 3DES Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHAT algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security Advanced Setup Click Advanced to configure more detailed settings of your IKE
528. t data is coming to the receiver Short and long refer to the length of the synchronization field in a packet Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending data All IEEE 802 11 compliant wireless adapters support long preamble but not all support short preamble Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode other wireless devices on the network support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Use short preamble if you are sure all wireless devices on the network support it and to provide more efficient communications Use the dynamic setting to automatically use short preamble when all wireless devices on the network support it otherwise the Product Name short uses long preamble LES The wireless devices MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 11g Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 11g access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 200 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5111 CCK Complementary Co
529. t have matching IP and UDP information will be allowed back in through the firewall A similar situation exists for ICMP except that the ZyXEL Device is even more restrictive Specifically only outgoing echoes will allow incoming echo replies outgoing address mask requests will allow incoming address mask replies and outgoing timestamp requests will allow incoming timestamp replies No other ICMP packets are allowed in through the firewall simply because they are too dangerous and contain too little tracking information For instance ICMP redirect packets are never allowed in since they could be used to reroute traffic through attacking machines 14 5 5 Upper Layer Protocols Some higher layer protocols such as FTP and RealAudio utilize multiple network connections simultaneously In general terms they usually have a control connection which is used for sending commands between endpoints and then data connections which are used for transmitting bulk information Consider the FTP protocol A user on the LAN opens a control connection to a server on the Internet and requests a file At this point the remote server will open a data connection from the Internet For FTP to work properly this connection must be allowed to pass through even though a connection from the Internet would normally be rejected In order to achieve this the ZyXEL Device inspects the application level FTP data Specifically it searches for outgoing PORT com
530. t in this screen BS You must click Start in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless device s within three minutes of each other You can start OTIST in the wireless devices and the ZyXEL Device in any order After you click Start in the ZyXEL Device the following screen appears in the ZyXEL Device Figure 76 OTIST Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer AN The security is WPA PSK mode on WLAN now The key is 2D3WBIKO9b You can use the key in this screen to set up WPA PSK encryption manually for non OTIST devices in the wireless network Review the settings and click OK The ZyXEL Device begins transferring OTIST settings The following screens appear in the ZyXEL Device and in the wireless devices Figure 77 OTIST In Progress on the ZyXEL Device OTIST OTIST in Process Please wait a moment about 129 Seconds P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 9 Wireless LAN Figure 78 OTIST In Progress on the Wireless Device OTIST in progress please waitfor 3 minutes These screens close when the transfer is complete 9 6 1 Notes on OTIST 1 If you enable OTIST in a wireless device you see this screen each time you start the utility Click Yes to search for an OTIST enabled AP in other words the ZyXEL Device Figure 79 Start OTIST OTIST x Do you wantto start OTIST function Don t show me this window again 2 Ifan OTIST enabled wireless device loses its w
531. t includes Single Address Range Address Subnet Address and Any Address Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here if applicable Add Click Add gt gt to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address box You can add multiple addresses ranges of addresses and or subnets Edit To edit an existing source or destination address select it from the box and click Edit Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or Destination Address box above and click Delete to remove it Services Available Selected Services Please see Appendix E on page 475 for more information on services available Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left then click Add gt gt to add it to the Selected Services box on the right To remove a service highlight it in the Selected Services box on the right then click Remove Edit Customized Service Click the Edit Customized Services link to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new custom service that is not in the predefined list of services Schedule Day to Apply Select everyday or the day s of the week to apply the rule Time of Day to Apply 24 Hour Format Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour mi
532. t is not associated with a specific entry IP Address This field displays the IP address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device MAC Address This field displays the MAC address of the computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this to update this screen P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens 6 3 WLAN Status Click Status WLAN Status to access this screen Use this screen to view the wireless stations that are currently associated to the ZyXEL Device Figure 45 WLAN Status 1 Wireless LAN Association List mem MAC Address Association Time 00 ac c5 01 23 45 1 Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 19 WLAN Status LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of an associated wireless station MAC Address This field displays the MAC Media Access Control address of an associated wireless station Association Time This field displays the time a wireless station first associated with the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click Refresh to reload this screen 6 4 Packet Statistics Click Status gt Packet Statistics to access this screen Read only information here includes port status and packet specific statistics Also provided are system up time and poll interval s The Poll Inter
533. t of Allowed sites Figure 265 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when 4 pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAG P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix B Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 266 Internet Options Security General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings e Z o e Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet 4 This zone contains all Web sites you Gites haven t placed in other zones m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone z Medium Safe browsing and still functional a Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned Activex controls will not be
534. t that was generated by the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates LES The certificate you import replaces the corresponding request in the My Certificates screen BES You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import it 19 5 1 Certificate File Formats The certification authority certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file formats Binary X 509 This is an ITU T recommendation that defines the formats for X 509 certificates PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary X 509 certificate into a printable form Binary PKCS 7 This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data including digital signatures that may be encrypted The ZyXEL Device currently allows the importation of a PKS 7 file that contains a single certificate e PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 This Privacy Enhanced Mail PEM format uses 64 ASCII characters to convert a binary PKCS 7 certificate into a printable form Figure 171 My Certificate Import Certificates MY Certificates Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats a Binary X 509 a PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 a Binary PKCS a PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 For my certificate importation to be successful a certification re
535. t up a tunnel without encryption When you select NULL you do not enter an encryption key Authentication Algorithm Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop down list box MD5 Message Digest 5 and SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet data The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5 but is slower Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA 1 for maximum security P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 110 Advanced VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION SA Life Time Seconds Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this field It may range from 60 to 3 000 000 seconds almost 35 days A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to update the encryption and authentication keys However every time the VPN tunnel renegotiates all users accessing remote resources are temporarily disconnected Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS is disabled NONE by default in phase 2 IPSec SA setup This allows faster IPSec setup but is not so secure Choose DH1 or DH2 from the drop down list box to enable PFS DH1 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number DH2 refers to Diffie Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit 1Kb random number more secure yet slower Back Click Ba
536. talk Fax Option This field controls how the ZyXEL Device handles fax messages G 711 Fax Select this if the ZyXEL Device should use G 711 to send fax messages The peer Passthrough devices must also use G 711 T 38 Fax Relay Select this if the ZyXEL Device should send fax messages as UDP or TCP IP packets through IP networks This provides better quality but it may have inter operability problems The peer devices must also use T 38 Dialing Interval Select P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 65 Phone gt Analog Phone gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Dialing Interval Select Enter the number of seconds the ZyXEL Device should wait after you stop dialing numbers before it makes the phone call The value depends on how quickly you dial phone numbers If you select Active Immediate Dial in VoIP Phone Common you can press the pound key to tell the ZyXEL Device to make the phone call immediately regardless of this setting Voice Active Detector Active VAD Select this if the ZyXEL Device should stop transmitting when you are not speaking This reduces the bandwidth the ZyXEL Device uses Auto Dial Active Auto Dial Select this if you want the ZyXEL Device to automatically dial the phone number you enter in the Auto Dial Phone Number field as soon as you take the phone off the hook Auto Dial Phone Number If you select Active Auto Dial enter t
537. tation does not protect the information from dissemination but will allow for verification of the integrity of the information and authentication of the originator 18 2 2 ESP Encapsulating Security Payload Protocol The ESP protocol RFC 2406 provides encryption as well as the services offered by AH ESP authenticating properties are limited compared to the AH due to the non inclusion of the IP header information during the authentication process However ESP is sufficient if only the upper layer protocols need to be authenticated An added feature of the ESP is payload padding which further protects communications by concealing the size of the packet being transmitted P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 275 276 Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 102 AH and ESP ESP AH ENCRYPTION DES default Data Encryption Standard DES is a widely used method of data encryption using a private secret key DES applies a 56 bit key to each 64 bit block of data MD5 default MD5 Message Digest 5 produces a 128 bit digest to authenticate packet data 3DES Triple DES 3DES is a variant of DES which iterates three times with three separate keys 3 x 56 168 bits effectively doubling the strength of DES SHA1 SHA1 Secure Hash Algorithm produces a 160 bit digest to authenticate packet data AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a newer method of data encryption that also uses a secret key This implementat
538. tegrity checks are performed over the combination of the original header plus original payload which is unchanged by a NAT device The compatibility of AH and ESP with NAT in tunnel and transport modes is summarized in the following table Table 104 VPN and NAT SECURITY PROTOCOL MODE NAT AH Transport N AH Tunnel N ESP Transport Y ESP Tunnel Y Y This is supported in the ZyXEL Device if you enable NAT traversal 18 8 Remote DNS Server In cases where you want to use domain names to access Intranet servers on a remote network that has a DNS server you must identify that DNS server You cannot use DNS servers on the LAN or from the ISP since these DNS servers cannot resolve domain names to private IP addresses on the remote network P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens The following figure depicts an example where three VPN tunnels are created from ZyXEL Device A one to branch office 2 one to branch office 3 and another to headquarters In order to access computers that use private domain names on the headquarters HQ network the ZyXEL Device at branch office 1 uses the Intranet DNS server in headquarters The DNS server feature for VPN does not work with Windows 2000 or Windows XP Figure 160 VPN Host using Intranet DNS Server Example EE ISP e ra V DNS Servers 212 54 64 170 212 54 64 171 1 E N j 1 S m a S E NL ecd
539. tennas as close to the center of the coverage area as possible For directional antennas point the antenna in the direction of the desired coverage area 474 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Services The following table lists some commonly used services and their associated protocols and port numbers Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you like Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is USER DEFINED the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number Port s This value depends on the Protocol Ifthe Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number Ifthe Protocol is USER this is the IP protocol number Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used Table 204 Examples of Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header IPSEC TUNNEL tunneling protocol uses this service AIM TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution fro
540. ternet without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer even when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet When you disable the Any IP feature only computers with dynamic IP addresses or static IP addresses in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address can connect to the ZyXEL Device or access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device Windows NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System are TCP or UDP packets that Networking enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN For some dial up NetBIOS over services such as PPPoE or PPTP NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls TCP IP However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN P 2602HWLNI User s Guide pl Chapter 8 LAN Setup Table 30 Advanced LAN Setup continued LABEL Allow between LAN and WAN DESCRIPTION Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block WAN to LAN traffic you also need to enable the default WAN to LAN firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WAN and from the WAN to the LAN Back Click Back to return to the previous screen Apply Click Apply to save t
541. tes issued by the certification authority Otherwise the field displays No 312 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Table 120 Trusted CAs continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the details icon to open a screen with an in depth list of information about the certificate Click the delete icon to remove the certificate A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificates Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification authority that you trust from your computer to the ZyXEL Device Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates 19 9 Trusted CA Import Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen and then click Import to open the Trusted CA Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted certification authority s certificate to the ZyXEL Device BS You must remove any spaces from the certificate s filename before you can import the certificate Figure 175 Trusted CA Import Certificates Trusted CAs Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats Binary X 509 PEM Base 64 encoded X 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64
542. teway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add 5 Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window 6 Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start and then Run 2 Inthe Run window type winipcfg and then click OK to open the IP Configuration window 3 Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway Windows 2000 NT XP 1 For Windows XP click start Control Panel In Windows 2000 NT click Start Settings Control Panel P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Figure 252 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer e My Documents fe Outlook Express Y Paint Files and Settings Transfer W 2 My Recent Documents e My Pictures B Command Prompt EJ Acrobat Reader 4 0 Tour windows XP Windows Movie Maker control Panel ka Printers and Faxes Q9 Help and Support Search All Programs gt 177 Run 22i Lag Off Ko Turn Off Computer untitled Paint 2 For Windows XP click Network Connections For Windows 2000 NT click Network and Dial up Connections Figure 253 Windows XP Control Panel Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Bat d JO Search e Folders faa Address J amp Control Panel Vg Control
543. th Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen 19 14 Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen Click the details icon to open the Trusted Remote Host Details screen Use this screen to view in depth information about the trusted remote host s certificate and or change the certificate s name P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Figure 181 Trusted Remote Host Details Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts Details Certificate Name ce riCa cer Certificate Path Searching Refresh Certificate Path Type CA signed X 509 Certificate Version V3 Serial Number 14449412048629 113676232 1733029693522805 Subject CN ZyZEL Issuer CN P662HW D1 001349000001 Signature lgorithm rsa phcs1 shal Valid From 2005 Sep 2nd 02 46 18 GMT Not Yet Valid Valid To 2010 Sep 2nd 02 54 46 GMT Key Algorithm rsaEncryption 2048 biis Key Usage DigitalSignature Basic Constraint Path Length Consiraint 10 1 CRL Distribution Point i i Full Name URI htip iizyxel g97zfcjk2 CertEnroll ZyZEL crl URI MDS5 Fingerprint amp h be 19 67 65 8
544. th the SIP server e Click Unregister to delete the SIP accounts registration in the SIP server This does not cancel your SIP account but it deletes the mapping between your SIP identity and your IP address or domain name The second field displays Registered If the SIP account is not registered with the SIP server Click Register to have the ZyXEL Device attempt to register the SIP account with the SIP server The second field displays the reason the account is not registered Inactive The SIP account is not active You can activate it in VoIP SIP SIP Settings Register Fail The last time the ZyXEL Device tried to register the SIP account with the SIP server the attempt failed The ZyXEL Device automatically tries to register the SIP account when you turn on the ZyXEL Device or when you activate it URI This field displays the account number and service domain of the SIP account You can change these in VoIP gt SIP gt SIP Settings 6 2 Any IP Table Click Status gt AnyIP Table to access this screen Use this screen to view the IP address and MAC address of each computer that is using the ZyXEL Device but is in a different subnet than the ZyXEL Device Figure 44 Any IP Table AnyIP Table Pe a Address MAC Address Refresh Each field is described in the following table Table 18 Any IP Table LABEL DESCRIPTION This field is a sequential value I
545. the SHA1 hash algorithm Some certification authorities may use rsa pkcs1 md5 RSA public private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable The text displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid message if the certificate has not yet become applicable Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires The text displays in red and includes an Expiring or Expired message if the certificate is about to expire or has already expired Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the certificate s key pair the ZyXEL Device uses RSA encryption and the length of the key set in bits 1024 bits for example P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Table 119 My Certificate Details continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Subject Alternative Name This field displays the certificate owner s IP address IP domain name DNS or e mail address EMAIL Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate s key can be used For example DigitalSignature means that the key can be used to sign certificates and KeyEncipherment means that the key can be used to encrypt text Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate For example Subject Type CA means that this is a certification authority
546. the name type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate You may use any character not including spaces Property Select this check box to have the ZyXEL Device check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Clear this check box to have the ZyXEL Device not check incoming certificates that are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List CRL Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read only text box display the end entity s certificate and a list of certification authority certificates that shows the hierarchy of certification authorities that validate the end entity s certificate If the issuing certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification authority it may be the only certification authority in the list along with the end entity s own certificate The ZyXEL Device does not trust the end entity s certificate and displays Not trusted in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or been revoked Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path Certificate These read only fields display detailed information about the certificate Information Type This field displays general information about the certificate CA signed means that a Certification Authority signed the certificate Self signed means that the certificate s owner signed t
547. the network with a spoofed source IP address of the targeted system This makes it appear as if the host computer sent the packets to itself making the system unavailable while the target system tries to respond to Itself 7 Abrute force attack such as a Smurf attack targets a feature in the IP specification known as directed or subnet broadcasting to quickly flood the target network with useless data A Smurf hacker floods a router with Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request packets pings Since the destination IP address of each packet is the broadcast address of the network the router will broadcast the ICMP echo request packet to all hosts on the network If there are numerous hosts this will create a large amount of ICMP echo request and response traffic If a hacker chooses to spoof the source IP address of the ICMP echo request packet the resulting ICMP traffic will not only clog up the intermediary network but will also congest the network of the spoofed source IP address known as the victim network This flood of broadcast traffic consumes all available bandwidth making communications impossible Figure 138 Smurf Attack Ping Responses Attacker broadcasts ping Every host on the packets with a spoofed source intermediary network address to every host on responds by sending the intermediary network responses to every host on the victim network P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 237 Chapter 14 Firewall
548. the schedule for when the ZyXEL Device is to save and send the records Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore your device s configuration settings or reset the factory default settings Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General Use this screen to test the connections to other devices DSL Line These screen displays information to help you identify problems with the DSL connection P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 2 Introducing the Web Configurator 2 3 2 1 Available Features for User and Administrator The following table lists the features respectively available for user and administrator access An O indicates that a feature is available in this mode Table 5 Available Features LINK FEATURE USER ADMINISTRATOR Internet Wireless O O Setup Wizard VolP Setup Wizard O O Bandwidth O O Management Wizard System Statistics O O Network WAN Internet Access Setup O O More Connections O WAN Backup Setup O LAN IP O DHCP Setup O Client List O IP Alias O Wireless LAN General O O OTIST O O MAC Filter O Association List O QoS O WDS O NAT General O Port Forwarding O O VolP SIP SIP Settings O O QoS O Phone Analog Phone O O ISDN Phone O Common O O Ext Table O O Region
549. the transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled Summary Client List Click this link to view current DHCP client information See Section 8 6 on page 125 AnyIP Table Click this link to view a list of IP addresses and MAC addresses of computers which are not in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device See Section 6 2 on page 91 WLAN Status Click this link to display the MAC address es of the wireless stations that are currently associating with the ZyXEL Device See Section 6 3 on page 92 Bandwidth Click this link to view the ZyXEL Device s bandwidth usage and allotments See Status Section 21 8 on page 337 VPN Status Click this link to view the ZyXEL Device s current VPN connections See Section 18 16 on page 295 Packet Click this link to view port status and packet specific statistics See Section 6 4 on Statistics page 92 VoIP Statistics Click this link to view statistics about your VoIP usage See Section 6 5 on page 94 LED Status Click this link to view the ZyXEL Device s port status See Section 6 5 on page 94 VoIP Status Account This column displays each SIP account in the ZyXEL Device P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens Table 17 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Registration This field displays the current registration status of the SIP account You have to register SIP accounts with a SIP server to use VoIP If the SIP account is already registered wi
550. thin the trusted network To engage in IP spoofing a hacker must modify the packet headers so that it appears that the packets originate from a trusted host and should be allowed through the router or firewall The ZyXEL Device blocks all IP Spoofing attempts 14 5 Stateful Inspection With stateful inspection fields of the packets are compared to packets that are already known to be trusted For example if you access some outside service the proxy server remembers things about your original request like the port number and source and destination addresses This remembering is called saving the state When the outside system responds to your request the firewall compares the received packets with the saved state to determine if they P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 14 Firewalls are allowed in The ZyXEL Device uses stateful packet inspection to protect the private LAN from hackers and vandals on the Internet By default the ZyXEL Device s stateful inspection allows all communications to the Internet that originate from the LAN and blocks all traffic to the LAN that originates from the Internet In summary stateful inspection Allows all sessions originating from the LAN local network to the WAN Internet Denies all sessions originating from the WAN to the LAN Figure 139 Stateful Inspection an aaa User A initiates a Telnet session P d lc Protected Return traffic for User s A Teln t sessio
551. thod from the ISP and makes the necessary configuration changes In cases where additional account information such as an Internet account user name and password is required or the ZyXEL Device cannot connect to the ISP you will be redirected to web screen s for information input or troubleshooting Any IP The Any IP feature allows a computer to access the Internet and the ZyXEL Device without changing the network settings such as IP address and subnet mask of the computer when the IP addresses of the computer and the ZyXEL Device are not in the same subnet Auto Provisioning Your VoIP service provider can automatically update your device s configuration via an auto provisioning server IPSec VPN Capability Establish a Virtual Private Network VPN to connect with business partners and branch offices using data encryption and the Internet to provide secure communications without the expense of leased site to site lines The ZyXEL Device VPN is based on the IPSec standard and is interoperable with other IPSec based VPN products The ZyXEL Device supports up to two simultaneous IPSec connections Universal Plug and Play UPnP Your device and other UPnP enabled devices can use the standard TCP IP protocol to dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey their capabilities to each other PPPoE Support RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dial up connection It all
552. three way conference calls 1 When you are on the phone talking to someone party A press the flash key to put the caller on hold and get a dial tone 2 Dial a phone number directly to make another call to party B If you want to have the call use a certain interface SIP PSTN or ISDN enter the SIP PSTN or ISDN prefix number first 3 When party B answers the second call press the flash key to create a three way conversation 4 Hang up the phone to drop the connection 5 If you want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections with party A on line and party B on hold press the flash key 6 If you want to go back to the three way conversation press the flash key again P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 7 Ifyou want to separate the activated three way conference into two individual connections again press the flash key This time the party B is on line and party A is on hold 11 15 Phone Region Screen Use this screen to maintain settings that depend on which region of the world the ZyXEL Device is in To access this screen click VoIP gt Phone gt Region Figure 111 VoIP gt Phone gt Region Region Settings Region Settings Defaut 7 Call Service Mode Europe Type A Caution CAUTION When Region Settings is changed you need to reboot device to take settings effect Apply Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 72 Vol
553. tificate that signs the imported trusted remote host certificates Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen 19 8 Trusted CAs Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen This screen displays a summary list of certificates of the certification authorities that you have set the ZyXEL Device to accept as trusted The ZyXEL Device accepts any valid certificate signed by a certification authority on this list as being trustworthy thus you do not need to import any certificate that is signed by one of these certification authorities P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates Figure 174 Trusted CAs oco MIEEM Trusted CAs PKI Storage Space in Use 795 Trusted CA Setting PRINT TIIN a IET RR ETE ICT RN I n OU Secure Server OU Secure Server Hs Certification Certification 1994 Nov 9th 2010 Jan 7th D tae elae ts aot stai godes 00 00 00 GMT 23 59 59 our o B Wi Inc C US Inc C US Import Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 120 Trusted CAs LABEL DESCRIPTION PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyXEL Device s PKI storage space that is Space in Use currently in use The bar turns from blue to red when the maximum is being approached When the bar is red you should consider deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates
554. tifier VPI 102 Virtual Private Network 269 425 VLAN 177 VLAN group 177 VLAN ID 177 VLAN ID tags 177 voice activity detection 184 429 voice channels 429 voice coding 175 VoIP 169 ring selection 202 testing rings 203 205 VoIP links 211 VoIP standards compliance 429 VoIP trunking 211 and security 211 call rules 213 detailed example 219 220 221 222 224 examples 213 214 how it works 211 overview 211 peer authentication 216 peer calls 215 scenarios 213 214 SIP settings 214 web configurator 214 VPI amp VCI 102 VPN 269 VPN applications 270 W WAN Wide Area Network 101 WAN to LAN rules 248 warranty 481 note 481 Web 346 Web Configurator 49 241 242 247 and VolP trunking 214 WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy 430 WEP encryption 137 152 153 Wi Fi Protected Access 469 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA 430 wireless client WPA supplicants 471 wireless LAN MAC address filtering 429 wireless security 465 WLAN interference 463 security parameters 472 WPA 469 key caching 470 pre authentication 470 user authentication 470 vs WPA PSK 470 wireless client supplicant 471 with RADIUS application example 471 WPA2 469 user authentication 470 vs WPA2 PSK 470 wireless client supplicant 471 with RADIUS application example 471 WPA2 Pre Shared Key 469 WPA2 PSK 469 470 application example 471 WPA PSK 469 470 application example 471 WWW 148 Z zero configuration Internet access 105 425 ZyNOS 408 ZyNOS ZyXE
555. tion 426 static route 327 SUA 158 SUA Single User Account 158 SUA vs NAT 158 subnet 453 subnet mask 118 253 454 subnetting 456 supplementary services 194 Sustain Cell Rate SCR 109 113 Sustained Cell Rate SCR 104 SYN flood 236 237 SYN ACK 236 syntax conventions 4 Syslog 258 System name 376 system timeout 344 T TCP maximum incomplete 260 TCP security 240 TCP IP 235 236 teardrop 236 Telnet 347 temperature 423 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP 470 TFTP file upload 417 TFTP and FTP over WAN 408 TFTP restrictions 408 three way conference 196 197 three way handshake 236 threshold values 259 TLS 430 ToS 177 traceroute 238 trademarks 479 traffic redirect 114 116 traffic shaping 104 transparent bridging 426 transport mode 272 trunking 428 trunking VoIP 211 trusted CAs and certificates 311 TTLS 430 tunnel mode 272 Type of Service 177 U UBR Unspecified Bit Rate 109 113 UDP ICMP security 241 Uniform Resource Identifier 169 Universal Plug and Play 361 application 361 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 425 upload firmware 416 UPnP 361 forum 362 security issues 361 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Index upper layer protocols 240 241 USA type call service mode 196 using speed dial 227 V VAD 184 429 VBR Variable Bit Rate 113 VBR nRT 109 VBR RT 109 Virtual Channel Identifier VCI 102 Virtual Circuit VC 102 Virtual Local Area Network 177 Virtual Path Iden
556. tion Path Show lt an gt j Value Glenn RSA 1024 Bits Digital Signature Certificate Signingt DNS Names Glenn Subject Type CA Path Length Cons E I Thumbprint algorithm shal SJ Thumbprint BOA7 22B6 7960 FF92 52F4 6B4C A2 v t Prope Copy to File Lx Verify over the phone for example that the remote host has the same information in the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certifi cates 19 13 Trusted Remote Hosts Import Click Security gt Certificates gt Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted Remote Hosts screen and then click Import to open the Trusted Remote Host Import screen Follow the instructions in this screen to save a trusted host s certificate to the ZyXEL Device BS The trusted remote host certificate must be a self signed certificate and you must remove any spaces from its filename before you can import it Figure 180 Trusted Remote Host Import Certificates Trusted Remote Hosts Import Please specify the location of the certificate file to be imported The certificate file must be in one of the following formats File Path Browse Binary x 509 PEM Base 64 encoded xX 509 Binary PKCS 7 PEM Base 64 encoded PKCS 7 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 124 Trusted Remote Host Import LABEL DESCRIPTION File Pa
557. to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 10 Network Address Translation NAT Screens The following table summarizes these types Table 52 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILA1 amp IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 amp 2 IGA1 Many to Many Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA1 ILA4 IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILA1 amp IGA1 ILA2 IGA2 ILA3 IGA3 Server Server 1 IP IGA1 Server 2 IP IGA1 Server 3 IP IGA1 10 2 SUA Single User Account Versus NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 52 on page 158 Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Choo
558. to generate and export self signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyXEL Device s CA signed certificates Use the Trusted CAs screens to save CA certificates to the ZyXEL Device Use the Trusted Remote Hosts screens to import self signed certificates Use the Directory Servers screen to configure a list of addresses of directory servers that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 19 Certificates 19 4 My Certificates Click Security gt Certificates gt My Certificates to open the My Certificates screen This is the ZyXEL Device s summary list of certificates and certification requests Certificates display in black and certification requests display in gray Figure 170 My Certificates My Certificates My Certificates PKI Storage Space in Use 3 Q9 10095 Factory Default Certificate Name auto generated self signed cert The factory default certificate is common to all P 2000 models Click Replace to create a certificate using your P 2000 s MAC address that will be specific to this device 1 auto generated self signed cert SELF Replace Factory Default Certificate Replace My Certificate Setting mES ESA CN P CN P 2000 Jan ist 2030 Jan ist 2602HWNLI D7A 2602HWNLI D7A 00 00 00 00 00 00 EA Factory Default Factory Default Certificate Certificate SM scl Create Import Refresh The following table describes th
559. tocol GRE enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login ROADRUNNER TCP UDP 1026 This is an ISP that provides services mainly for cable modems RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet SFTP TCP 115 The Simple File Transfer Protocol is an old way of transferring files between computers SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SMTPS TCP 465 This is a more secure version of SMTP that runs over SSL SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSDP UDP 1900 The Simple Service Discovery Protocol supports Universal Plug and Play UPnP SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49
560. tocol based on the manager agent model The manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol operations Get Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent GetNext Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list within an agent In SNMPv1 when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table from an agent it initiates a Get operation followed by a series of GetNext operations Set Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent Trap Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events 23 7 1 Supported MIBs The ZyXEL Device supports MIB II which is defined in RFC 1213 and RFC 1215 The focus of the MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration 23 7 2 SNMP Traps The ZyXEL Device will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events occurs Table 141 SNMP Traps TRAP TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION 0 coldStart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting power on 1 warmstart defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent after booting software reboot 4 authenticationFailure defined in RFC 1215 A trap is sent to the manager when receiving any SNMP get or set requirements with the wrong community password whyReboot defined i
561. ts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It 1s recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country Reg
562. tton to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server sends when you turn on the ZyXEL Device Not all time servers support all protocols so you may have to check with your ISP network administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works The main difference between them is the format Daytime RFC 867 format is day month year time zone of the server Time RFC 868 format displays a 4 byte integer giving the total number of seconds since 1970 1 1 at 0 0 0 The default NTP RFC 1305 is similar to Time RFC 868 Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your ISP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Saving Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of e
563. ttons You should use the same mode your VoIP service provider uses RFC 2833 send the DTMF tones in RTP packets PCM send the DTMF tones in the voice data stream This method works best when you are using a codec that does not use compression like G 711 Codecs that use compression like G 729 and G 726 can distort the tones SIP INFO send the DTMF tones in SIP messages Outbound Proxy P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Table 62 VolP gt SIP Settings gt Advanced LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Select this if your VoIP service provider has a SIP outbound server to handle voice calls This allows the ZyXEL Device to work with any type of NAT router and eliminates the need for STUN or a SIP ALG Turn off any SIP ALG on a NAT router in front of the ZyXEL Device to keep it from retranslating the IP address since this is already handled by the outbound proxy server Server Address Enter the IP address or domain name of the SIP outbound proxy server Server Port Enter the SIP outbound proxy server s listening port if your VoIP service provider gave you one Otherwise keep the default value MWI Message Waiting Indication Enable Select this if you want to hear a waiting beeping dial tone on your phone when you have at least one voice message Your VoIP service provider must support this feature Expiration Time Keep the default value for this field unless your VoIP
564. tware procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI Public Key Infrastructure 19 1 1 Advantages of Certificates Certificates offer the following benefits The ZyXEL Device only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you decide to trust no matter how many devices you need to authenticate Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and you never need to transmit private keys 19 2 Self signed Certificates You can have the ZyXEL Device act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates 19 3 Configuration Summary This section summarizes how to manage certificates on the ZyXEL Device Figure 169 Certificate Configuration Overview My Certificates My Certificates PKI Storage Space in Use 3 0 100 Factory Default Certificate Name auto_generated_self_signed_cert The factory default certificate is common to all P 2000 models Click Replace to create a certificate using your P 2000 s MAC address that will be specific to this device Replace Factory Default Certificate Replace My Certificate Setting Type Subject Issuer valid From valid To CN P CN P 2000 Jan ist 2030 Jan ist 2602HWNLI D7A 2602HWNLI D74 00 00 00 00 00 00 E Factory Default Factory Default Certificate Certificate SR ART Create Import Refresh 1 auto generated self signed cert SELF Use the My Certificates screens
565. two hosts over an unsecured network In the following figure computer A on the Internet uses SSH to securely connect to the WAN port of the ZyXEL Device for a management session P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 23 Remote Management Configuration Figure 203 SSH Communication Over the WAN Example WAN Internet SA 23 11 How SSH Works The following table summarizes how a secure connection is established between two remote hosts Figure 204 How SSH Works VN nem Encryption method to use gt Password User name A 1 Host Identification The SSH client sends a connection request to the SSH server The server identifies itself with a host key The client encrypts a randomly generated session key with the host key and server key and sends the result back to the server The client automatically saves any new server public keys In subsequent connections the server public key is checked against the saved version on the client computer 2 Encryption Method Once the identification is verified both the client and server must agree on the type of encryption method to use 3 Authentication and Data Transmission After the identification is verified and data encryption activated a secure tunnel is established between the client and the server The client then sends its authentication information user name and password to the server to log in to the server P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 355 Chapter 23 Rem
566. uccessful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot As there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before atternpting to access the router again The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 239 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default device IP address 192 168 1 1 See Appendix A on page 435 for details on how to set up your computer s IP address If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen Figure 240 Configuration Upload Error System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return 29 5 3 Reset to Factory Defaults Click the Reset button to clear all user entered configuration information and return the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults The following warning screen appears Figure 241 Reset Warning Message zj 9 Are you sure you want to reset the device back to the Fa
567. uide Chapter 31 Product Specifications Table 187 IEEE 802 11g DATA RATE MBPS MODULATION 5 51 11 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Your device may be prone to RF Radio Frequency interference from other 2 4 GHz devices such as microwave ovens wireless phones Bluetooth enabled devices and other wireless LANs Table 188 P 2602HWL Series Power Adaptor Specifications 31 5 Power Adaptor Specifications North American PLUG standards OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer LEI LEADER ELECTRONICS INC AC Power Adapter Model ADS18B W 180100 MU18 2180100 A1 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 5A AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max 12 Watt max Safety Standards UL CUL UL 60950 1 UL CUL UL 60950 1 EUROPEAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model ADS18B B 180100 MU18 2180100 C5 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 5A AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 6A Output Power DC 18Volts 1A DC 18Volts 1A Power Consumption 12 Watt max 12 Watt max Safety Standards TUV CE EN 60950 1 TUV CE EN 60950 1 UNITED KINGDOM PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model ADS18B D 180100 MU18 2180100 B2 Input Power AC 100 240Volts 50 60Hz 0 5A AC 100
568. uide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device 1 5 LEDs Figure 6 LEDs POWER ETHERNET ETHERNET ETHERNET 3 ETHERNET 4 INTERNET PHONE 1 PHONE 150N PHONE ZyXEL The following table describes your device s LEDs Table 2 LEDs LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION POWER Green On Your device is receiving power and functioning properly Blinking Your device is rebooting and performing a self test Red On Your device is not ready or there is a malfunction None Off Your device is not turned on ETHERNET Green On Your device has a successful Ethernet connection T4 Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data None Off The Ethernet port is not connected WLAN Green On Your device is ready but is not sending receiving data through the wireless LAN Blinking Your device is sending receiving data through the wireless LAN None Off The wireless LAN is not ready or has failed P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the ZyXEL Device Table 2 LEDs continued LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION DSL Green On Your device has a DSL connection Blinking Your device is initializing the DSL line None Off The DSL link is down INTERNET Green On Your device has an IP connection but no traffic Your device has a WAN IP address either static or assigned by a DHCP server PPP negotiation was success
569. uide Chapter 18 VPN Screens 18 19 VPN and Remote Management If a VPN tunnel uses Telnet FTP WWW then you should configure remote management Remote Management to allow access for that service P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Certificates This chapter gives background information about public key certificates and explains how to use them 19 1 Certificates Overview The ZyXEL Device can use certificates also called digital IDs to authenticate users Certificates are based on public private key pairs A certificate contains the certificate owner s identity and public key Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication A Certification Authority CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign and government certification authorities You can use the ZyXEL Device to generate certification requests that contain identifying information and public keys and then send the certification requests to a certification authority When using public key cryptology for authentication each host has two keys One key is public and can be made openly available the other key is private and must be kept secure Public key encryption in general works as follows 1 Tim wants to send a private message to Jenny Tim generates a public key pair What is encrypted with one key can only be decrypted using the other
570. ul for troubleshooting problems with the DSLAM and ATM network P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 30 Diagnostic Table 182 Diagnostic DSL Line continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DSL Line Status Click this button to view statistics about the DSL connections noise margin downstream is the signal to noise ratio for the downstream part of the connection coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP It is measured in decibels The higher the number the more signal and less noise there is output power upstream is the amount of power in decibels that the ZyXEL Device is using to transmit to the ISP attenuation downstream is the reduction in amplitude in decibels of the DSL signal coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP Discrete Multi Tone DMT modulation divides up a line s bandwidth into sub carriers sub channels of 4 3125 KHz each called tones The rest of the display is the line s bit allocation This is displayed as the number in hexadecimal format of bits transmitted for each tone This can be used to determine the quality of the connection whether a given sub carrier loop has sufficient margins to support certain ADSL transmission rates and possibly to determine whether particular specific types of interference or line attenuation exist Refer to the ITU T G 992 1 recommendation for more information on DMT The better or shorter the line the higher the number of bits transmitted for a DMT tone The max
571. umber VoIP Call Established A VoIP phone call was set up from the listed SIP number to the Ph Phone Port ZyXEL Device Outgoing Call Number VoIP Call End Phone Phone A VoIP phone call that came into the ZyXEL Device has Port terminated Table 174 PSTN Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION PSTN Call Start A PSTN call has been initiated PSTN Call End A PSTN call has terminated PSTN Call Established A PSTN call has been set up P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 27 Logs The following table shows RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to RFC 2408 for detailed information on each type Table 175 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER_REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification DEL Delete VID Vendor ID P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Troubleshooting This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories Power Hardware Connections and LEDs ZyXEL Device Access and Login Internet Access Phone Calls and VoIP 28 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs e The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of
572. umber 987654 and two MSNs 333 and 222 However they do not have ISDN phones They take the following steps to use analog phones with their ISDN line Carol connects her analog phone to the ZyXEL Device s PHONE 1 port and David connects his to the PHONE 2 port They connect the ISDN line to the PSTN ISDN port P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice 11 23 2 11 23 3 They configure their MSN mappings in the ZyXEL Device s VoIP gt Fixed Line Numbers screen Carol maps MSNI to 333 and David maps MSN2 to 222 They then configure the VoIP gt Phone gt Analog Phone screen so that the PHONE 1 port uses the ISDN line and MSNI to make and receive calls and the PHONE 2 port uses the ISDN line and MSN2 to make and receive calls When someone calls 987654333 only Carol s phone rings and when someone calls 987654222 only David s phone rings You must enter a prefix number in your phone s keypad if you want to make outgoing ISDN calls Use the VoIP gt ISDN Line screen to configure this prefix number see Section 11 22 on page 207 Receiving Analog Calls With Digital Phones The ZyXEL Device enables you to receive analog PSTN calls with a digital ISDN phone as follows 1 Connect an ISDN phone to the ISDN PHONE port 2 Click VoIP gt Fixed Line Numbers 3 Inthe PSTN section enter a number in the Number field 15 digits or fewer no spaces or dashes allowed This number must be different from
573. ustomized port Click a rule s number of a service to go to the Firewall Customized Services Config screen to configure or edit a customized service Name This is the name of your customized service Protocol This shows the IP protocol TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized service Port This is the port number or range that defines your customized service Back Click Back to return the Firewall Edit Rule screen 15 6 3 Configuring a Customized Service Click a rule number in the Firewall Customized Services screen to create a new custom port or edit an existing one This action displays the following screen Refer to Section 14 1 on page 233 for more information P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 144 Firewall Configure Customized Services Config Service Name Service Type TcPADP 7 Port Configuration Type single Port Range Port Number From To o Back Apply Cancel Delete The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 95 Firewall Configure Customized Services LABEL DESCRIPTION Service Name Type a unique name for your custom port Service Type Choose the IP port TCP UDP or TCP UDP that defines your customized port from the drop down list box Port Configuration Type Click Single to specify one port only or Range to specify a span of ports that define your customized ser
574. val s field is configurable P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens Figure 46 Packet Statistics System Monitor System up Time Current Date Time CPU Usage Memory Usage WAN Port Statistics Link Status WAN IP Address Upstream Speed Downstream Speed ode ink stot es manias enora Lre ny learns PESE Idle 1 PPPoE LAN Port Statistics 1 06 57 01 01 2000 01 15 30 0 29 63 Down 0 0 0 0 0 kbps 0 kbps 0 00 00 ae a NC CT Ethernet Wireless Poll Interval s Ese 5492 5177 GA 96 0 Set Interval The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 20 Packet Statistics LABEL DESCRIPTION System Monitor System up Time This is the elapsed time the system has been up Current Date Time This field displays your ZyXEL Device s present date and time CPU Usage This field specifies the percentage of CPU utilization Memory Usage This field specifies the percentage of memory utilization WAN Port Statistics Link Status This is the status of your WAN link WAN IP Address This is the IP address of the ZyXEL Device s WAN port Upstream Speed This is the upstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Downstream Speed This is the downstream speed of your ZyXEL Device Node Link This field displays the remote node index number and link type Link types are PPPoA ENET RFC
575. ves the firewall Keep Alive Select either Yes or No from the drop down list box Select Yes to have the ZyXEL Device automatically reinitiate the SA after the SA lifetime times out even if there is no traffic The remote IPSec router must also have keep alive enabled in order for this feature to work NAT Traversal This function is available if the VPN protocol is ESP Select this check box if you want to set up a VPN tunnel when there are NAT routers between the ZyXEL Device and remote IPSec router The remote IPSec router must also enable NAT traversal and the NAT routers have to forward UDP port 500 packets to the remote IPSec router behind the NAT router Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy You may use any character including spaces but the ZyXEL Device drops trailing spaces P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 18 VPN Screens Table 109 Edit VPN Policies LABEL DESCRIPTION IPSec Key Mode Select IKE or Manual from the drop down list box IKE provides more protection so it is generally recommended Manual is a useful option for troubleshooting if you have problems using IKE key management Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop down list box Multiple SAs connecting through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop down list box Mode DNS Server
576. vice Port Number Type a single port number or the range of port numbers that define your customized service Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen Cancel Click Cancel to return to the previously saved settings Delete Click Delete to delete the current rule 15 7 Example Firewall Rule The following Internet firewall rule example allows a hypothetical MyService connection from the Internet 1 Click Security gt Firewall gt Rules 2 Select WAN to LAN in the Packet Direction field P 2602HWLNI User s Guide 255 Chapter 15 Firewall Configuration Figure 145 Firewall Example Rules Rules Firewall Rules Storage Space in Use 395 ovi 100 Packet Direction WaN to LAN 7 Create a new rule after rule number o Add Destination z active source Pestipation service action schedule og modify order Apply Cancel 3 In the Rules screen select the index number after that you want to add the rule For example if you select 6 your new rule becomes number 7 and the previous rule 7 if there is one becomes rule 8 4 Click Add to display the firewall rule configuration screen 5 Inthe Edit Rule screen click the Edit Customized Services link to open the Customized Service screen 6 Click an index number to display the Customized Services Config screen and configure the screen as follows and click Apply
577. w If this field is left blank call history records will not be sent Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the call history e mail messages the ZyXEL Device sends Send Call The ZyXEL Device sends call history records to the e mail address specified in this History to field If this field is left blank the ZyXEL Device does not send logs via e mail Enable SMTP SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Authentication Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another Select this to activate SMTP authentication If mail server authentication is needed but this feature is disabled you will not receive call history e mails User Name Enter the user name up to 31 characters usually the user name of a mail account Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Send Call This field is used to configure the frequency of call history records being sent as e History mail Schedule When Log is Full Hourly Daily Weekly None If you select Weekly or Daily specify a time of day when the e mail should be sent If you select Weekly then also specify which day of the week the e mail should be sent If you select When Log is Full an alert is sent when the call history fills up If you select None no call history records are sent Day for Sending Select which day of the week to send the call history records Call History Time for Enter
578. what it does 156 NAT Network Address Translation 155 NAT mode 159 NAT sessions 427 NAT traversal 280 361 negotiation mode 289 NetBIOS commands 238 Network Address Translation see NAT O OAM 426 OFDM 431 OK response 173 175 one minute high 260 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Modulation 431 outside header 272 P packet filtering 243 when to use 243 packet filtering firewalls 233 Pairwise Master Key PMK 470 472 park 427 password change at login 50 password change at login 51 Peak Cell Rate PCR 104 109 113 peer call authentication VoIP trunking 212 peer IP 217 peer port 217 peer to peer calls 44 Perfect Forward Secrecy 289 per hop behavior 177 Permanent Virtual Circuits 426 PFS 289 PHB Per Hop Behavior 177 phone 183 phone config 428 pickup 427 ping of death 236 PKI Public Key Infrastructure 302 point to point calls 44 Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 102 point to point calls 429 POP3 235 port forwarding 427 power adaptor 431 power specifications 423 PPP Point to Point Protocol Link Layer Protocol 426 PPP over ATM AAL5 426 PPP over Ethernet 426 PPPoE 101 benefits 101 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet 101 425 preamble mode 465 pre shared key 283 priorities 333 priority 335 private keys and remote management 345 product registration 481 PSK 470 PSTN call setup signaling 175 public keys and remote management 345 Pub
579. wn 0 kbps 0 kbps 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 LAN up 100M Full Duplex Server WLAN Active 54M ZyXEL 6 Disable Summary Enabled Client List AnyIP Table Disable WLAN Status Bandwidth Status VPN Status Packet Statistics V tistic LED Status eT Register Register Fail ChangeMe profile1 zyxel com tw Register Register Fai Register Register Fail Register Register Fai Register Register Fail Register Register Fai Register Register Fail Register Register Fai Register Register Fail EEERRER Register Register Fai Each field is described in the following table Table 17 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Enter how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Apply Click this to update this screen immediately Device Information Host Name This field displays the ZyXEL Device system name It is used for identification You can change this in the Maintenance System General screen s System Name field Model This is the model name of your device Number P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 6 Status Screens Table 17 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION MAC Address This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS This field displays the current version of the firmware inside the device It also fate shows the date the firmware version was created Click this to go to the screen ersion where you can change it
580. work administration takes into account what hackers can do and prepares against attacks The best defense against hackers and crackers is information Educate all employees about the importance of security and how to minimize risk Produce lists like this one DSL or cable modem connections are always on connections and are particularly vulnerable because they provide more opportunities for hackers to crack your system Turn your computer off when not in use Never give out a password or any sensitive information to an unsolicited telephone call or e mail Never e mail sensitive information such as passwords credit card information etc without encrypting the information first Never submit sensitive information via a web page unless the web site uses secure connections You can identify a secure connection by looking for a small key icon on the bottom of your browser Internet Explorer 3 02 or better or Netscape 3 0 or better If a web site uses a secure connection it is safe to submit information Secure web transactions are quite difficult to crack Never reveal your IP address or other system networking information to people outside your company Be careful of files e mailed to you from strangers One common way of getting BackOrifice on a system is to include it as a Trojan horse with other files Change your passwords regularly Also use passwords that are not easy to figure out The most difficult passwords to crack are those
581. work but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood An ESSID ESS IDentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Figure 275 Infrastructure WLAN Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by wireless devices to transmit and receive data Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a channel different from an adjacent AP access point to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the
582. xamples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Second Sunday March and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 25 System Table 148 System Time Setting continued LABEL DESCRIPTION End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday November and 2 00 Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Unio
583. y Status Connected Duration 00 00 56 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer 9 y Packets Sent 8 Received 5 943 Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 24 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Figure 222 Network Connections 5 Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back 7 27 po Search li Folders Ez Address e Network Connections Network Tasks Internet Connection Disabled 2 Set up a home or small C m Internet Connection office network 5 Create a new connection LAN or High Speed Internet See Also Local Area Connection JJ Network Troubleshooter Enabled EL mm Accton EN1207D Tx PCI Fast Other Places J Control Panel My Network Places i My Documents E My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections 4 Anicon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Inv
584. y its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule OSPF The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Triangle route packet forwarded TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry blocked TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry message TCP Router sent blocked web site The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested Table 158 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out Default timeout values ICMP idle
585. y management than WPA Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server use WPA2 for stronger data encryption If you don t have an external RADIUS server you should use WPA2 PSK WPA2 Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2 just use WPA or WPA PSK depending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not Select WEP only when the AP and or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2 WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Encryption Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x WPA and WPA2 use Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP to offer stronger encryption than TKIP TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a block cipher that uses a 256 bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael They both include a per packet key mixing functio
586. y the phone number no prefix number the ZyXEL Device uses default SIP settings to make the call Click VoIP gt Phone Book gt SIP Prefix The following screen displays P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 11 Voice Figure 115 Phone Book gt SIP Prefix 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 SIP Selection by Prefix UST SIP Prefix Phone Book A SS MU HT 01 EP wi SIP Prefix SP1 7 profile2 zyxel com tw Add Ud Ud UU OU G CR CR UR E E E E E E E E GB Clear Cancel Each field is described in the following table Table 76 Phone Book gt SIP Prefix LABEL DESCRIPTION SIP Selection by Prefix Select the index number of the rule you want to edit Prefix Enter the prefix number 1 8 digits This is the number you dial before you dial the phone number SIP Index Select the SIP account you want to use to make outgoing calls when you dial the number in the Prefix field SIP Domain This field displays the SIP service domain name you entered when configuring this SIP account Add Click this to use the information in the SIP Selection by Prefix section to update the SIP Prefix Phone Book section SIP Prefix Phone Book This section displays all SIP prefix numbers currently configured on the ZyXEL Device This is a read only index number Prefix This field displays the SIP prefix numb
587. yXEL Device Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 19 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 ff Internet Configuration IP Address Back Next Exit P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Chapter 3 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 8 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This field is available if you select Routing in the Mode field Type your ISP assigned IP address in this field Back Click Back to go back to the previous wizard screen Next Click Next to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click Exit to close the wizard screen without saving your changes Figure 20 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP ffi Internet Configuration Selec in an IP Addre omatically if your ISP assigns you a dynamic IP address othe elect Static ess and type the static IP ormation your ISP gav Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address 4772 21 23 Subnet Mask Gateway IP address 7 2 21 23 First DNS Server 168 95 1 1 Second DNS Server 0 0 0 0 The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 9 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not Address fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you conn
588. you to use your telephone to interact with the ZyXEL Device The ZyXEL Device allows you to record custom tones for the Caller Ringing Tone and On Hold Tone functions The same recordings apply to both the caller ringing and on hold tones Table 60 Custom Tones Details LABEL DESCRIPTION Total Time for All Tones 128 seconds for all custom tones combined Time per Individual Tone 20 seconds Total Number of Tones 8 Recordable You can record up to 8 different custom tones but the total time must be 128 seconds or less 11 2 10 1 Recording Custom Tones Use the following steps 1f you would like to create new tones or change your tones 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1101 1108 on your phone followed by the 7 key 3 Play your desired music or voice recording into the receiver s mouthpiece Press the key 4 Youcan continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiver when you are done 11 2 10 2 Listening to Custom Tones Do the following to listen to a custom tone 1 Pick up the phone and press on your phone s keypad and wait for the message that says you are in the configuration menu 2 Press a number from 1201 1208 followed by the key to listen to the tone 3 You can continue to add listen to or delete tones or you can hang up the receiv
589. ys a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous number of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Table 192 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation ALTERNATIVE LAST OCTET LAST OCTET SUBNET MASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 P 2602HWLNI User s Guide Appendix C IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 192 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation continued sumerweek AUR ARGS SERRE 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetting You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are

ZyXEL P-2602HWLNI User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents